You are on page 1of 306

NOT FOR RESALE

06.05

TRUSTED
FOR 150 YEARS
We built our reputation from the ground up.

Focused Product Line:

Merit ® Tee-Lets and Drop Nipples

Anvil ® Malleable and Cast Iron Fittings

Gruvlok ® Couplings, Fittings and Valves

Anvil ® Hangers, Supports and Struts

SPF TM Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings

Anvil ® Seamless Pipe Nipples

SPF TM Malleable Iron Fittings

Anvil ® Steel Pipe Couplings and Small Steel Fittings

SPF TM Grooved Fittings and O’Lets

Beck Welded Pipe Nipples

Anvil’s history stretches back to the mid1800s,
when a company named Grinnell® began
providing its customers with the finest
quality pipe products. Since 2000, those quality
products and services —and the people who
provide them—have been known as Anvil®
International. Anvil customers receive the
quality and integrity that have been building
strong connections in both products and
business relationships for over 150 years.

J.B. Smith Swage Nipples and Bull Plugs
Catawissa ® Wing Unions and Check Valves

Anvil® International is the largest and most TODAY
complete fitting and hanger manufacturer
in the world.
Anvil® International acquires Star Pipe Products, 2004
Building and Construction Divisions (SPF) and
forms AnvilStar™ Fire Products Division.

Anvil® International acquires Merit® Manufacturing 2001
and Beck Manufacturing.
The industry’s trusted manufacturer of pipe 2000
products is renamed Anvil International, Inc.

Grinnell Co. acquired by 1969
International Telephone
Frederick Grinnell opens a piping 1909
and Telegraph.
products foundry in Cranston, RI,
and eventually develops the
Grinnell Supply Sales Division.
1919 General Fire Extinguisher Co.
becomes Grinnell Co.

Tyco sells the distribution and manufacturing 1999
operations known as “Grinnell Supply Sales“,
but keeps the Grinnell® trademark.

Grinnell® is a registered trademark
of Grinnell Corporation, a Tyco
International Ltd. company.
Providence Steam & Gas Pipe Co.
is formed. Frederick Grinnell
1850 purchases a controlling interest.

1960

B U I L D I N G
ANVIL
BRANDS:

Gruvlok® line of
grooved fittings
is introduced.

J.B. Smith™ and Catawissa™ join
the Grinnell Supply Sales and
Manufacturing division. 1994

C O N N E C T I O N S

T H A T

®

L A S T

Anvil’s focused product line consists of:
• Anvil® Malleable & Cast Iron Fittings
• SPF™ Malleable, Cast & Ductile Iron
Fittings
• Anvil® Hangers, Supports
• Anvil-Strut™ Strut and Strut Fittings
• Beck Welded Pipe Nipples
• Anvil® Seamless Pipe Nipples
• SPF™ Steel Pipe Nipples
• Anvil® Steel Pipe Couplings & Small
Steel Fittings
• Merit® Tee-Lets & Drop Nipples
• Gruvlok® Couplings, Fittings & Valves
• SPF™ Grooved Fittings & O'Lets
• J.B. Smith™ Swage Nipples & Bull
Plugs
• Catawissa™ Wing Unions & Check
Valves

CONNECTING WITH CORE MARKETS:
From plumbing, mechanical, and fire
protection, to mining, oil & gas, and

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

OEMs, Anvil's focus has always been
on providing real solutions for your
applications. Our representatives
are experts in the markets they serve,
and understand the needs of your
business. Anvil will work with you to
find innovative products that meet your
demands and exceed your expectations.

CONNECTING WITH WHOLESALERS:

CONNECTING WITH QUALITY:

CONNECTING WITH CUSTOMERS:

Many things have changed during the
150 years in the industry - including the
name above our door - but our quality
and commitment remains the best
in the business. Our ISO 9001:2000
manufacturing facilities produce a range
of products unmatched by any other
single manufacturer. Our responsive
service sets an industry standard
for dependability and effectiveness
recognized around the world.
Whatever the word "quality" meands
to your business, Anvil guarantees it in
everything we do.

Wholesale distribution has always
been a vital aspect of Anvil's business.
Our dedication to the wholesale
channel - and our customers there- is
a driving force for our services. These
relationships remain a primary focus of
Anvil's innovation.

The most import connection that Anvil
makes are the ones we make with our
customers. In the field, over the phone,
or on the web, we strive to provide our
customers with the products, assistance,
and service they need - when they need
it. Responsive and accessible customer
support is what makes the difference
between simply delivering products, and
delivering solutions.

INTRODUCTION

ANVIL—BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST

ANVIL–
BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST.
VISIT US ON THE WEB AT: www.anvilintl.com
3

INTRODUCTION

ANVIL—BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST

ANVIL® INTERNATIONAL’S history
stretches back to the mid
1800's when a company named Grinnell® began providing
its customers with the finest quality pipe products. Since
2000, those quality products and services–and the people

who provide them—have been known as Anvil® International.
Anvil customers receive the quality and integrity that have
been building strong connections in both products and
business relationships for over 150 years.

Grinnell® is a registered trademark of Grinnell Corporation, a Tyco International Ltd. company.

4

www.anvilintl.com

Gruvlok couplings and grooved-end fittings
range in sizes through 30" nominal pipe
size and are offered in a variety of
styles. These products are used for
joining pipe in a wide variety
of piping systems. Gruvlok
couplings for grooved-end
pipe are designed to provide
a self-centering joint which
accommodates the application
of pressure, vacuum and
other external forces, while
limiting the burdensome need
for special supports, expansion
joints, etc.
The Gruvlok piping method offers
many mechanical design features
which benefit the design engineer, the contractor, and the
end user. Utilization of the functional characteristics of the
Gruvlok coupling will aid in pipe system design and must be
considered for proper installation, assembly and performance.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

INTRODUCTION

THE GRUVLOK PIPING METHOD

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GRUVLOK® PRODUCT INFORMATION . . 8-146
INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY . . . . . . .147-200
TECHNICAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . 201-298

GRUVLOK® PRODUCT INFORMATION:
COUPLINGS FOR GROOVED-END PIPE
Fig. 7001 Standard Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Fig. 7011 Standard Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Fig. 7401 Rigidlok® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . 12-13
Fig. 7000 Lightweight Coupling . . . . . . . . . 14-15
Fig. 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . 16-17
Fig. 7003 Hingelok® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Fig. 7010 Reducing Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . 19-20
Fig. 7012 Gruvlok Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-23
Fig. 7013 Gruvlok Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Fig. 7240 Expansion Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

BRANCH OUTLETS
Fig. 7042 Outlet Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-27
Fig. 7045 Clamp-T, FPT Branch . . . . . . . . . 28-32
Fig. 7046 Clamp-T, Grooved Branch . . . . . 33-35
Fig. 7047, 7048 & 7049 Clamp-T, Cross . . . . 36
Fig. 7044 Branch Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

FITTINGS FOR GROOVED-END PIPE
Fig. 7050 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Fig. 7051 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

6

Fig. 7052 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Fig. 7053 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Fig. 7050LR 90° Long Radius Elbow . . . . . . . 42
Fig. 7051LR 45° Long Radius Elbow . . . . . . . 43
Fig. 7063 Tee w/Threaded Branch. . . . . . . . . 44
Fig. 7061 Reducing Tee Standard . . . . . . . 45-47
Fig. 7064 Reducing Tee w/Thd Branch . . . .48-49
Fig. 7060 Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Fig. 7076 Gr x Thd Concentric Reducers . . . . .51
Fig. 7073 & Fig. 7097 Eccentric Reducers . 52-53
Fig. 7077, 7078 & 7079 Swaged Nipples . . . . 54
Fig. 7072 Gr x Gr Concentric Reducers . . . 55-56
Fig. 7069 45° Lateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Fig. 7070 45° Reducing Lateral . . . . . . . . . 58-59
Fig. 7066 Tee Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-61
Fig. 7067 Reducing Tee Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Fig. 7071 True Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Fig. 7055 GR x MPT 90° Adapter Elbow . . . . 64
Fig. 7056 GR x MPT 45° Adapter Elbow . . . . 64
Fig. 7087 GR x FPT Female Thread Adapter . 65
Fig. 7050RF Grooved x 150# Flanged . . . . . . 65
Fig. 7084 Gr x Fl Nipples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Fig. 7085 Gr x Fl Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Fig. 7074 Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Fig. 7075 Bull Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Fig. 7068 Cross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Fig. 7086 Gr x HOSE Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 7080 Adapter Nipples Gr x Gr . . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 7081 Adapter Nipples Gr x MPT. . . . . . . 69

Fig. 7082 Adapter Nipples Gr x BEV . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 7062 Bullhead Tee Specialty Tees . . . . . 70
Fig. 7065 Standpipe Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Fig. 7050DR 90° Drain Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Fig. 7450 90° Short Pattern Elbow . . . . . . . . . 73
Fig. 7460 Short Pattern Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Fig. 7091 End of the Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Fig. 7050-3D 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Fig. 7057-3D 60° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Fig. 7051-3D 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Fig. 7058-3D 30° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Fig. 7052-3D 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Fig. 7053-3D 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Fig. 7050-5D 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Fig. 7057-5D 60° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Fig. 7051-5D 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Fig. 7058-5D 30° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Fig. 7052-5D 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Fig. 7053-5D 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Fig. 7050-6D 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fig. 7057-6D 60° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fig. 7051-6D 45° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Fig. 7058-6D 30° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Fig. 7052-6D 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Fig. 7053-6D 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

VALVES & ACCESSORIES
Series 7700 Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . .83-84
Series 7600 Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Series 8000GR Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . 86

www.anvilintl.com

. . . . . . . . 7550 90° Elbow . . . . . 7560 Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96-97 Fig. . 7105 Reducing Outlet Tee . . . . 111 Fig. . . .116 Fig. . . .112 Fig.126 Fig. . . .130 HDPE COUPLINGS Fig. . . . . 7077P Swaged Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7089 . . . . . . . . . .123 GRUVLOK PLAIN-END FITTINGS Fig. .129 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7068 EG High Pressure Cross . . .126 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Fig. .112 Fig. . 7107 Coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . .134 Fig. . . . . . . . . Series 171 Brass Ball Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7103 Straight Tee. . . 7004 EG® End Guard® Coupling . . 109 ROLL GROOVERS Model 1007 & 3007 Roll Groovers . . . . . 7561A (Gr x Gr x Gr) Reducing Tee . . .116 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Fig. . . . . . . .101 Fig. . . . 7085P Flange Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . AF21-FF Fl x Fl Flex Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 7 . . . 7081P Plain x Thread . . . . . 7050LRP 90° LR Elbow . . . . . .129 Fig. . . . . 7101 90° Reducing Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7061SS SS Reducing Tees . . 7051SS 45° SS Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Fig. . . .129 Fig. . . . . . . . . 7305 HDPE Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Model 768G Grooved-end “Wye” Strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Fig. . . . . . . . . .125 Fig. . . . 7071P 90° True Wye . . . . . . . . 117 Fig. . .132 SOCK-IT® PIPING METHOD FITTINGS Fig. . . . . .128 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7572 (Gr x Gr) Concentric Reducer . . .138 Series 7500 SS Grooved-End Ball Valve 139-140 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7075P Bull Plug . 111 GRUVLOK® ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Fig. 7074SS SS Caps . 7060P Tee . . . . . . . . . . 7080P Plain x Grooved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7060 EG High Pressure Tee . . . . . . . 7106 Reducing Tee . . . . 7051 EG High Pressure 45° LR Elbow . 7551 45° Elbow . . . .133 Fig. . . . . . . .112 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7068P Cross . . . . . . . . . . . . 7022 EG High-pressure Header Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7564A Reducing Tee . . . . 7575 Reducing Adapter. . . . . 121-122 GRUVLOK DI-LOK® NIPPLES Fig. . . 7051LRP 45° LR Elbow . . . . . . .129 Fig. . . 7090 . . 7061P Reducing Tee . . 7012 Gruvlok Flanges . 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling . . . .133 Fig.141 Fig. . . . . . .110 Fig. . . . . . 7050P 90° Elbow . . . 7312 HDPE Flange Adapter. . . . . . . . . . .136 Fig. . . 105 Models GAV-30 Automatic Air Vents . . . . 7088 . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-94 GBV-S & GBV-T Globe Valves. . 7260 Tee Strainer . . . . . . . .143 Fig. . . . . . . . . . .141 Fig. . .89-90 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEMS Fig. .118 Fig. . . . . 91 Series 7800 Check Valves . . . . 7050 EG High Pressure 90° LR Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Fig. 102-104 Models GAV-15 Automatic Air Vents . 144 Model 3006 & 3006C Roll Groovers . . . . . .123 Fig. . .124 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Fig. . . . . 108 Fig.143 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT'D. . . 7582 Transition Fitting. . . . . . . .Groove by Groove . 7574 End Caps . . . . . . . . .131 Fig. . . . . . . . . 7073SS SS Eccentric Reducers . .142 Fig. . . . . . . . 7050SS 90° SS Elbow . . . . . .135 Fig. . . . . . AF21-GF Gr x Fl Flex Connectors . . .Thread by Thread . . .112 Fig.141 Fig. 7082P Plain x Bevel . . . . 7400SS Rigidlite® Coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131 Fig. . . 7100 90° Elbow . . . . . .125 Fig. . . . . . 400G Silent Check Valve . . . . . . . .Groove by Thread . 7005 Roughneck® Coupling . . . . .120 Series 7500B Bronze Ball Valve . . . 106 Fig. .126 Fig. . . . . . . . . . 95 FTV-S & FTV-A Tri-Service Valves . . . . . .137 STAINLESS STEEL METHOD Fig. . . . . . .128 Fig. . . . . . .125 Fig. . . . . 7072SS SS Concentric Reducers . . . AF21-GG Gr x Gr Flex Connector . 7051P 45° Elbow . . . . . 7004 HPR® Coupling . . . .120 Fig. . . . . .123 Fig. .127 Fig. . . . . . . . . . 87-88 Series 7500 Ball-valves . . .98-99 Model 758G Grooved-End “Wye” Strainer . . . . . . . 7307 HDPE Transition Coupling . . . 7060SS SS Tees . . 7084P & Fig.141 Fig. . 7250 Suction Diffuser . . . . . . . . 7069P 45° Lateral . 92 GBV-G & GBV-A Balancing Valves . . . . . .128 Fig. . . 114-115 Fig. . . . . . . .

90 15.3 2.1 3. Range of Deflection from Coupling Dimensions Dimensions* O./mm In.0 2.5 21⁄2 41⁄2 17⁄8 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 51⁄4 133 61⁄4 159 114 41⁄2 114 45⁄8 117 61⁄8 156 61⁄2 165 63⁄4 171 71⁄8 181 81⁄4 210 83⁄4 222 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.32 0-1⁄8 0-.6 0.32 0-1⁄8 0-.50 41.9 1000 68./mm In.3 0.9 1000 68.7 0. Wt.8 0.75 In. Size GRUVLOK ® X Z Y X SIZES 16" .621 42.3 2.3 2.835 12. Size of Pipe X Coupling In.14 94.1 1.904 70.492 28. Ft./kN 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 100 135 100 135 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 130 175 130 175 1.-Lbs.88 7.In./mm PSI/bar Lbs.9 1000 68.6 1.0 5.43 35.14" X 8 FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Z 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O./N-M Lbs.63 52.050 31.500 88.7 1.32 0-1⁄8 0-.000 101.4 Degrees 5° 26' 4° 19' 3° 46' 3° 1' 2° 29' 2° 23' 2° 3' 1° 48' 3° 11' In.4 1.566 55.996 76.358 6.9 1000 68.9 1000 68.7 0.4 3.3 0. Max.D. 76.1 3 80 31⁄2 65 4 100 1.5 0.com . 7001 STANDARD COUPLING Y Nom.900 48.61 4.3 6.7 3.875 73. Max.660 42.2 1.9 4./kN DN(mm) SIZES 1" .3 2.315 33.anvilintl.80 12. Min.6 0.24" Z Y SIZES 28" ./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 89 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 89 Specified Torque § Approx.71 6.52 43.Couplings FIG.8 3.500 114.90 75.32 0-1⁄8 0-./mm 0-1⁄8 0-.3 0.36 9.4 0.0 4.6 4.38 31.9 1000 68.430 19. End Pipe End Per Pressure Load Separation Y Z Qty. Ea.67 55.1 2.7 4.375 60.32 0-1⁄8 0-.4 0.6 1.04 2.30" Bolt Max.32 0-1⁄4 0-6.32 0-1⁄8 0-./ In.9 1000 68.9 1.1 www./mm mm/m 1./ft.79 65. Work.32 0-1⁄8 0-.D. In.3 1000 68.63 2.9 1000 68.164 9.

563 1000 24.19 15.61 6.46 38.4 0./kN 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 180 245 180 245 180 245 200 200 - 180 245 180 245 180 245 220 300 220 300 220 300 220 300 250 250 - 9.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.0 12.1 68.4 21.000 300 60./mm PSI/bar Lbs.Couplings FIG.000 300 46. GRUVLOK ® Y Z 9 .8 50. Min.7 205.7 9.7 268.9 147.7 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.750 800 102. Max.35 14./mm In./mm mm/m 0. 165.54 45./kN DN(mm) SIZES 1" .30" 5 125 61⁄2 O.43 16.8 0.45 37.23 19.7 0.2 207.6 4.4 2° 12' 2° 10' 1° 40' 1° 20' 1° 7' 1° 2' 0° 54' 0° 48' In.0 16.1 0.000 300 76.4 0-1⁄4 0-6. 7001.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.1 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 5.2 35./ft./mm In.99 12.14" Z Y X SIZES 16" .341 457.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.7 72.6 20.1 55.9 108. Size X Bolt Max.472 168.0 55.31 18.24" Z Y X SIZES 28" .141 323.34 8.9 37./ In.741 219.91 10.0 15.306 141.319 406. Ea.28 23.4 11.0 0.7 339.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.0 71⁄4 184 81⁄4 210 85⁄8 219 11 279 131⁄8 333 151⁄2 394 161⁄8 410 181⁄8 460 211⁄8 537 111⁄4 286 113⁄4 298 113⁄4 298 143⁄8 365 165⁄8 422 185⁄8 473 201⁄2 521 227⁄8 581 253⁄8 645 2 51 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 3 76 3 76 31⁄8 79 In.8 5. Wt. Ft.4 11./mm Degrees 0-1⁄4 2° 35' 0-6.750 800 72.500 1000 33.22 18. Range of Deflection from Coupling Dimensions Dimensions* O.2 322.In.625 800 46.1 0./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3 ⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 7 ⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 140 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 140 7⁄8 x 6 M22 x 150 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 140 1x4 * 1x4 * Specified Torque § Approx.9 153.4 0-1⁄4 0-6./N-M Lbs. CONT'D.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.0 22.625 1000 34.35 29.-Lbs. Max. Work.3 0. End Pipe End Per Pressure Load Separation Y Z Qty.D.8 5.3 68.4 20. Size of Pipe X Coupling In.8 27.17 14.0 32.610 273.12 6. STANDARD COUPLING FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nom.9 55.D.181 355.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.58 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In.5 0.3 68.2 20.183 165.2 454.

Range of O.717 20.12 9. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.D.D. Ft.5 0.4 31./kN DN(mm) SIZES 1" .In.248 20.10 8.7 603.61 Bolt Deflection Coupling Dimensions Dimensions* from CL Per Per.93 150 113. In.4 20.anvilintl.000 609. Size Coupling In/Ft. CONT'D. Work.1 * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. 733.com .4 0-1⁄4 0-6./mm In. X Y Z Qty. Wt.6 0.0 40./kN 225 225 200 200 - 275 275 250 250 - 82. End Pipe End Pressure Load Separation 20 500 24 600 28" O.00 787.000 508. Size X GRUVLOK ® FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Z In. Not for use in copper systems.226 10.8 105./mm PSI/bar Lbs. For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.3 503.15 12. www./mm Degrees 0-1⁄4 0° 43' 0-6.1 23 584 27 686 331⁄2 851 333⁄4 857 281⁄4 718 323⁄8 822 351⁄2 902 381⁄4 972 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 35⁄8 92 In./mm 4 4 6 6 11⁄8 x 41⁄2 * 11⁄8 x 41⁄2 * 1 x 51⁄2 * 1 x 51⁄2 * Specified Torque § Approx. Max.4 30" O.5 0.0 47.30" 10 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 300 94.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.-Lbs.D. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 148-149./ In./N-M Lbs.3 436.6 28. Min.Couplings FIG. STANDARD COUPLING Y Nom./mm mm/m 0.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.24" Z Y X Max. Ea.0 37.13 10.7 419./ft.0 62.70 150 98.14" Z Y X SIZES 16" .215 10. Max./mm In.875 733. 787. 7001.2 90. SIZES 28" .0 24.4 0° 36' 0° 33' 0° 28' In.6 137.23 300 135.

/M-M 600 - 800 - Lbs. In./mm 34 864 391⁄2 1003 5 127 Size In. Working Pressure In. Max.2 0 -3⁄16 0 . Torque § Wt.000 762. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200. 750 30. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 150-151./kN In./DN(mm) In.7 212. Max. GRUVLOK ® X 11 . Coupling Dimensions X Y Z Coupling Bolts* Qty./Kg 200 90. Ea. Roll and Cut Grooving Specifications can be found in the technical data section./ft.8 0° 40' 0. 7011 STANDARD COUPLING Z Y FIGURE 7011 STANDARD COUPLING Nominal Size O.0 300 20./mm 6 11⁄4 x 43⁄8 – Specified Approx. Ft. * Available in ANSI bolt sizes only as indicated./mm In. See technical data section for design factors./mm Degrees mm/m 30 O.-Lbs.058 943.4. End Load Range of Deflection from CL Pipe End Separation Per Coupling Per in./mm PSI/bar Lbs. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 Max.9 Working pressure and end load values are for standard wall pipe.D. Min.D.14 11.Couplings FIG./mm In. For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.

26 18.7 5 125 61⁄2 O./mm In./DN(mm) In./kN 750 51. www.0 2.900 48.6 18" .216 32.1 6 150 1.996 76.3 Max.854 115.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .7 2.4 1.375 60. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size In.7 750 51.7 5.52 7.4 7./mm In.7 750 51.9 3.6.2 0 -1⁄8 0 ./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 Lbs.66 5. Working Pressure Max.anvilintl.1 6. Ea.6.6 3.875 73.0 2.09 24.14" Z X 16" Z Y X O.500 114./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 .4 1.78 4.6.1 2.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .00 Range of Coupling Dimensions Pipe End Separation X Y Z In.500 88.7 750 51.869 21.563 141./mm 3 76 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄8 105 43⁄4 121 57⁄8 149 7 178 7 178 8 203 81⁄8 206 51⁄8 130 55⁄8 143 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 71⁄4 184 83⁄8 213 93⁄4 248 10 254 11 279 111⁄8 283 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 Coupling Bolts* Qty.625 168. In.-Lbs./Kg 1.8 2.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .819 79. End Load PSI/bar Lbs.7 750 51.8 0. Min.7 750 51.3 6.3.3 6. 76.7 750 51. 139.46 3.Couplings FIG.500 139. Max.9 3.323 14.1 7.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 In.10 11.887 110.9 4.5 3. 165. Wt.9 1.com .126 9.500 165.6 5.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 0 -1⁄4 0 .3 2.D. 7401 RIGIDLOK® COUPLING Z Y GRUVLOK ® 11⁄2" .2 0 -1⁄8 0 .1 3 80 4 100 1 5 ⁄2 O.70 25.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .3.6.6.6 1.229 81.928 53.7 750 51.24" 12 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.207 23.3 3.9 3.3.D.1 3.3. Ft.7 750 51.3 2.06 17.1 6.3./mm 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 M10 x 63 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 M10 x 63 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 Specified Torque § Approx.3 5.D./mm X Y FIGURE 7401 RIGIDLOK COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.7 750 51.D.

Z Y FIGURE 7401 RIGIDLOK COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size O.23 113.94 45. 7401.000 406.7 300 20.24" 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 8.9 7./mm In.6. Min.000 355.7 500 51.000 508. Ea.2 20.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6 Range of Max.0 89.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6.6.2 Lbs.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6 16.31 76.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .319 268./Kg 15./mm 101⁄2 267 127⁄8 327 15 381 161⁄4 413 181⁄8 460 201⁄2 521 23 581 271⁄8 689 141⁄8 359 171⁄2 445 191⁄2 495 193⁄4 502 221⁄4 565 243⁄8 619 267⁄8 683 307⁄8 784 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 3 76 3 76 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 Coupling Bolts* Qty. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200./kN 35.7 300 20.8 36. Max.17 46. Coupling Dimensions Max.5 GRUVLOK ® RIGIDLOK® COUPLING * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated.9 14.181 205. In.6 30.7 300 20.7 400 51.6.1 12./mm 0 -1⁄4 0 . 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 4 Size In.87 51.750 323./mm 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 Specified Approx.43 60.625 219.381 201.2 25. CONT'D.D. Ft.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.248 419. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm X 11⁄2" .097 503.4 18.4 42.3 31.7 300 20./N-M 130 M20 x 110 175 1x6 200 M24 x 150 270 7⁄8 x 6 180 M22 x 150 245 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 180 245 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 180 245 1x4 200 270 1x4 200 270 1x4 200 270 180 245 250 340 220 300 220 300 220 300 250 340 250 340 250 340 Lbs./mm In.750 273.-Lbs.0 19.6 11.341 339. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 152-153.0 24.5 13.Couplings FIG.6.4 In.1 16.000 457.58 94.3 40.7 250 17.6. Torque § Wt. 13 .6. End Pipe End Working Load Separation Pressure X Y Z PSI/bar 600 51./DN(mm) In. Not for use in copper systems.070 227.08 In.6 23.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .000 609.056 155.1 51.4 68.14" Y Z X 16" Z Y X 18" .1 10.6.

2 0 -1⁄8 0 .4 1.7 0.500 114.230 18.375 60.3. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 1.Couplings FIG. Size Max.3 0.875 73.68 7. Ea.4 600 41.0 1.4 0.3 0.3.78 1.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .2 0 -1⁄8 0 .-Lbs.1 3./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 ./mm Degrees mm/m In.3 600 41.anvilintl.3.9 1.3./mm Ft.86 9.4 600 41.8 1./mm PSI/bar Lbs.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .3.70 58.4 5° 26' 1. 108.3 2.6.3 2.6 0. Torque § Wt./Kg Coupling Bolts 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 2 51 2 51 Qty.7 1.3.6 1.6 4.773 25. 23⁄8 60 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 45⁄8 117 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 45⁄8 117 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 61⁄8 156 63⁄4 171 75⁄8 194 73⁄4 197 81⁄8 206 Size Specified Approx./mm In.D.79 65.D.512 37.67 55.4 4.90 75.9 2.62 1. Max.701 7.0 2.3.63 52.658 11./mm In.250 108. Working End Pipe End Pressure Load Separation In. Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.8 0.2 0 -1⁄8 0 ./ In.1 www.com .0 4 100 1.38 31. 7000 LIGHTWEIGHT FLEXIBLE COUPLING FIGURE 7000 COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) GRUVLOK ® Y 14 X Z Nom.895 17.0 2.543 42.6 1.4 0. In.6 0.54 8.996 76.3 3.5 0.3 0.5 4° 19' 3° 46' 3° 1' 2° 29' 2° 23' 2° 3' 1° 48' 3° 22' 3° 11' For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.43 35.82 3.7 0./N-M Lbs.7 0.000 101.3.500 88.45 Deflection from CL Per Per Coupling in.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 41⁄4 O.57 2.3 1.660 42.4 600 41.9 0. 76.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .2 0 -1⁄8 0 .D.4 600 41.540 33./kN DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.4 815 3.0 4. Min.2 1.82 5.4 600 41.4 600 41.299 5.900 48.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .14 94.6.7 0.315 33.4 600 41.52 43.1 1.50 41.9 4. Range of O.8 4.4 600 41./ft.4 600 41.6 2.33 4.2 0 -1⁄8 0 . Max.

Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.5 500 34.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .0 5.8 0.6.5 10.5 500 34. See Installation & Assembly directions on page 154-155.35 29.153 54.06 15.1 2° 36' 2° 35' 2° 17' 2° 12' 2° 10' 1° 40' Size Specified Approx.2 8. 15 .0 51⁄2 O.6. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200. Max. Y X FIGURE 7000 COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Z Nom.259 159.384 68. Ea.6.0 61⁄2 O./ In. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 5. 159. 133.D.7 6.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.57 47./ft.5 500 34. Torque § Wt.0 6.6.6. Min.4 0.54 45.43 16. Range of O./mm In.3 6. Size Max. Max.7 2.236 76.0 3.95 Deflection from CL Per Per Coupling in. 7000.0 7.67 29.879 52.500 139.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .625 219.6. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 3.1 3.5 500 34.D.500 165./Kg Coupling Bolts 61⁄2 91⁄8 2 165 232 51 63⁄4 93⁄8 2 171 238 51 5 7 9 ⁄8 2 178 244 51 1 3 7 ⁄2 10 ⁄8 2 191 264 51 73⁄4 103⁄4 2 197 273 51 8 11 2 203 279 51 10 131⁄4 23⁄8 264 337 60 Qty.625 168.1 2./mm 0 -1⁄4 0 .1 0.2 6./mm Ft.8 0.7 14.7 5.4 GRUVLOK ® LIGHTWEIGHT FLEXIBLE COUPLING For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262. 165.54 45.84 12.6 6 2.4 2° 44' 0.D.1 500 34.-Lbs./kN DN(mm) 51⁄4 O./N-M Lbs.1 6.D./mm Degrees mm/m In.89 11.5 500 34.8 0.48 39. Working End Pipe End Pressure Load Separation In.766 47.3 8.46 34.213 129.592 73.6. Not for use in copper systems.80 17.45 37.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .D.5 500 34.Couplings FIG.236 133. In.4 0 -1⁄4 0 ./mm In. CONT'D.563 141.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .1 6 150 8 200 5. 139.7 0.4 0 -1⁄4 0 ./mm PSI/bar Lbs.8 6.

500 88.1 1.89 851 3.0 3./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O./mm 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 4 102 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.660 42.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .7 1.5 1.4 1. Range of Coupling Dimensions End Pipe End Load Separation X Y Z Lbs. 41⁄2 114 43⁄4 121 47⁄8 124 51⁄2 140 6 152 57⁄8 149 63⁄4 171 73⁄4 197 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 Size In.1 1.com ./ DN(mm) In.3 0.9 1.3.anvilintl.78 1.7 300 20.6 0.900 48.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .2 0 -1⁄8 0 .7 Max.3.9 2.9 0./mm In.84 4. Ft.3.4 0. Min.3 2./Kg 1.7 300 20.3.Couplings FIG.81 649 2.4 www.3 2.7 300 20. 76.3.-Lbs.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .9 0.1 3. O. 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING GRUVLOK ® Y 16 X Z FIGURE 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size Max.315 33.22 0 -1⁄8 0 .948 8.7 300 20. In. Torque § Wt.6.500 114. Wk.875 73.3 PSI/bar 300 20.7 300 20.D.115 9. Pressure In.771 21.9 4.2 0.91 1.329 5.3.0 2.6 1.3.2 0 -1⁄4 0 . Ea.1 3 80 4 100 1.996 76.375 60.41 2./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 Specified Approx.2 1.D.7 300 20. Max./kN In.2 0 -1⁄8 0 ./mm In./mm 407 1.6 1.4 Coupling Bolts Qty.66 2./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 Lbs.7 300 20.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .886 12.

7 7.7 5.-Lbs.1 6.4 0 -1⁄8 0 .3 6.3 8. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 156-157 Other sizes available. GRUVLOK ® Y FIGURE 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE).7 300 20.6. 139. 165./mm Ft.4 3. Range of Coupling Dimensions End Pipe End Load Separation X Y Z Coupling Bolts Qty.500 139.500 165. Not for use in copper systems./ DN(mm) Max./mm PSI/bar Lbs.5 8.7 300 20.1 5.28 10. Torque § Wt.127 31.D./mm In./Kg 4. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. RIGIDLITE® COUPLING X Nominal Size O.2 51⁄2 O.5 2.625 219. Z 17 .563 141.Couplings FIG. In.1 6 150 8 200 Max. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Max.6.97 0 -1⁄4 0 . In.625 168.292 32./mm In. Min.4 0 -1⁄4 0 ./kN In.5 5.7 300 20.5 2./mm 63⁄4 171 67⁄8 175 73⁄4 200 77⁄8 200 101⁄4 260 91⁄4 235 91⁄4 235 103⁄8 264 103⁄8 264 123⁄4 324 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 2 2 2 2 2 Size Specified Approx.44 9. 7400.1 300 20.D. Ea. Wk.0 4.8 For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.D. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.6 2.6. CONT'D.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .00 17.7 5 125 61⁄2 O./mm 5. Pressure In./N-M 1⁄2 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 x3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 Lbs.955 44. In.341 46.7 300 20.5 2.6.3.70 7.528 77.

7 300 20.7 300 20.7 300 20./mm In.6.3 5.5 0.84 4.3 2.625 168.79 65.0 3. Not for use in copper systems.97 0 -1⁄8 0 .2 0 -1⁄8 0 .45 37.8 0.3.2 CAUTION: Hammering or banging on the handle or coupling housing could cause serious damage to the locking device and coupling assembly. housing hinge and handle for looseness./mm 18 X SPECIAL NOTE: Fig. distortion bent or any other damage./kN In.3 6.91 1.7 300 20. End Range of Pipe Pressure Load End Separation Per Coupling Per in. www.2 1. Max.com .6 0.3 9.1 For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262. gasket cavity.9 4.1 2.886 12.5 3. When re-using.1 0. and pipe grooves must be kept free of all foreign matter.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .2 0 -1⁄8 0 .4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Deflection from CL Max.52 43.35 29.3 2.948 8.4 0 -1⁄4 0 ./ft.7 300 20.Couplings FIG.22 7.3 8. The result may be an unsuitable pipe joint and unusable coupling assembly.0 3.3 0.54 45.341 46./Kg 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 51⁄4 133 55⁄8 143 7 178 85⁄8 219 97⁄8 251 12 305 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 57⁄8 149 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 91⁄2 241 107⁄8 276 131⁄8 333 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄2 64 1.3.875 73. 7003 HINGELOK® COUPLING Z Y FIGURE 7003 HINGELOK COUPLING Nominal Size O.500 88.66 2. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 158-159 3° 1' 2° 29' 2° 3' 3° 11' 2° 35' 2° 10' 1° 40' In.8 0.4 3° 46' 0./mm Lbs.6 5.292 32. Shockload must be considered and is to be included in the maximum working pressure listed above.500 114. GRUVLOK ® In./mm In.1 18. Ea.7 300 20.3.6.528 77. PSI/bar Lbs. 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 1.3.7 0. 7003 Hingelok Couplings are not designed for eccentric loading and therefore are not recommended for use at the end of concrete pumping booms or vertical risers above 30 feet (9.2 5. always check for gasket damage.7 300 20.3 11. Proper anchoring practice must always be exercised.anvilintl. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 2.1 meters).6 1.1 Coupling Dimensions Approx.D.78 1.563 141.44 10. Wk.900 48.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .625 219.6.00 17.771 21.1 8. Coupling keys. X Y Z Wt./DN(mm) In.5 4.329 5.375 60.2 1.43 35.67 55.7 0.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .63 52./mm Degrees mm/m 300 20.6.7 851 3.

2 0 -1⁄8 0 .375 60.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 7.32 27. 7010 REDUCING COUPLING Y Reducing Coupling Housing Gasket Center Rib X Fig.0 2.9 3.3 2./mm In.40 7.4 2.8 0 -3⁄16 0 .1 1. GRUVLOK ® Gasket Z 19 .0 0.0 0.3 In.9 0.3.Couplings FIG./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 .2 0 -1⁄8 0 .215 9./kN 2.4.3 2.27 22.39 32.500 88./DN(mm) 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 Max.375 60.9 3./N-M 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 130 175 130 175 130 175 Lbs.246 14.8 Degrees 1° 53' 1° 33' 1° 17' 1° 17' 2° 38' 2° 38' 2° 38' mm/m 0.5 500 34.0 4.37 7.952 35. Max.5 500 34.811 21.3.37 7.55 45.3 2.6 4.D.9 0. Ft.2 0 -1⁄8 0 . Pressure In.-Lbs.0 3.7 3.3 4.5 500 34.875 73.4./mm 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 Specified Torque § Min.3.9 4.9 3.900 48. 7010 Coupling with Gasket FIGURE 7010 REDUCING COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In./mm 2.6 6.375 60.44 4. Wt.500 88. Approx.3 2.37 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Range of Deflection from CL Pipe End Per Per Separation Coupling in.9 0.500 114.55 45.85 3.2 0 -3⁄16 0 .952 35.5 Max.8 0 -3⁄16 0 . O. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size In.40 4./Kg 2.5 1./mm 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 57⁄8 149 63⁄8 162 71⁄8 181 71⁄8 181 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 2 51 2 51 Coupling Bolts Qty.4 0.3.5 500 34./ft. End Load Lbs.3 4.952 35.875 73.D.9 PSI/bar 500 34./mm In.0 3.4 0.9 8.875 73. Larger Smaller Working O.55 45. In.500 88.27 22.811 21.375 60.5 500 34.3 2.500 114.4. Ea.9 4.5 500 34.500 114./mm 1.9 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.

4 6.36 30./mm In.-Lbs.625 219.6.2 0.D.06 17.67 29.1 13.4 5.625 168.5 500 34.3 6.4 Degrees 2° 5' 1° 44' 1° 44' 1° 15' mm/m 0.com . Ft.500 114.3 PSI/bar 500 34.236 76. Pressure In.5 500 34.4 0./N-M 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 180 245 180 245 180 245 Lbs. REDUCING COUPLING Y Reducing Coupling Housing GRUVLOK ® Gasket Gasket Center Rib Z X Fig.anvilintl.625 168.6./mm 5.563 141.1 17.500 114./ft./mm 4.3 4.1 In./mm 0 -1⁄4 0 .95 Range of Deflection from CL Pipe End Per Per Separation Coupling in. www.562 141.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .44 36.7 8./mm 71⁄4 184 81⁄4 210 81⁄2 216 101⁄2 267 105⁄8 270 115⁄8 295 115⁄8 295 14 356 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄4 57 Coupling Bolts Qty. O.6. Wt./mm 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3 ⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3 ⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 Approx.5 500 34. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 160-161.26 21./mm In. 20 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.67 17.236 76.3 6./Kg 11.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6.3 8.2 0.3 6./kN 12.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Max. In. 7010. End Load Lbs.36 30. Not for use in copper systems. 7010 Coupling with Gasket FIGURE 7010 REDUCING COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size In.D.Couplings FIG. CONT'D. Larger Smaller Working O. In.213 129. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.153 54./DN(mm) 5x4 125 x 100 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 Max. 2 2 2 2 Size Specified Torque § Min.5 6. Ea.5 Max.2 13.3 5.0 For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.625 168.

/mm In.D./Kg 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 M16 x 75 110 149 110 149 110 149 110 149 110 149 220 298 140 190 140 190 140 190 140 190 140 190 250 339 4. B Min. Torque § Wt.2 6.875 73. 2"-12" sizes 14"-24" sizes GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size Latch Bolt Max. Amax./mm In. Qty. Specified End Latch* O.3 2.91 1.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Max.6 2./mm In.996 76. In. Max.7 Lbs.9 15.886 12.1 4.0 2.3 2./mm In.2 1.1 3.Couplings FIG.771 21./kN 1.D.84 4. Max.9 4 100 51⁄2 O. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min.7 300 20.7 300 20.500 114.7 300 20.9 4.7 300 20.22 7.1 3 88.-Lbs/N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 Dimensions Mating Flange Bolts Specified Approx.115 9. GRUVLOK ® X 21 .6 7./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.41 2. 7012 GRUVLOK FLANGES Y Z Y Z X Bmin. Ea.70 In.D.8 2. (ISO) mm Ft.7 6.948 8.3 5.127 31./mm PN10 (16) 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 7⁄8 22 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 3 76 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 59⁄16 141 37⁄16 87 4 102 41⁄8 105 49⁄16 116 59⁄16 141 63⁄4 171 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 in.375 60. Working Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min. Sealing Surface X Y Z 61⁄4 159 7 178 71⁄4 184 77⁄8 200 9 229 97⁄8 251 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 93⁄4 248 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 127⁄8 327 3⁄4 Mating Flange Bolts In.-Lbs/N-M Lbs.329 5.9 4./mm 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 M10 x 70 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Ft.7 2.500 88.0 2. A Max. 76. 139.7 300 20.500 139.66 2./DN(mm) In.7 PSI/bar 300 20.

7 300 20.38 In. Qty.2 8.750 323.4 15.0 9.7 300 20./mm In.303 170.1 6. A Max.7 300 20. Max.1 10.D.D.-Lbs/N-M Lbs./kN 7. (ISO) mm Ft./mm In. B Min.4 9.750 273. Amax.Couplings FIG.500 165.00 17.9 13.1 18.7 300 20.28 10.7 4.6 www. Working Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min.341 46.955 44.3 8. CONT'D GRUVLOK FLANGES Y Z Y Z X GRUVLOK ® X 22 Bmin. Sealing Surface X Y Z 10 254 111⁄4 286 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 19 483 121⁄2 7⁄8 Mating Flange Bolts In. Ea.1 12. In.3 29./mm In./DN(mm) In.-Lbs/N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 Dimensions Mating Flange Bolts Specified Approx.1 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 5.3 6.anvilintl.com . Max. 63⁄4 171 713⁄16 198 713⁄16 198 10 254 121⁄8 308 141⁄8 359 8 8 8 8 8 8 (12) 12 12 12 12 in. 165./mm 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 Ft. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min.9 PSI/bar 300 20.97 27.44 9.7 300 20. Torque § Wt./Kg 3⁄4 x 27⁄8 M20 x 80 3⁄4 x 31⁄8 M20 x 80 3⁄4 x 31⁄4 M20 x 80 7⁄8 x 31⁄2 M20 x 90 7⁄8 x 33⁄4 - 220 298 220 298 220 298 220 298 320 439 320 439 250 339 250 339 250 339 250 339 400 542 400 542 8.563 141.625 219.229 121. 7012./mm 5 125 61⁄2 O.292 32./mm PN10 (16) 318 14 356 14 356 161⁄2 419 19 483 213⁄4 552 22 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 59⁄16 141 65⁄8 168 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 103⁄4 273 123⁄4 324 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.528 77. Specified End Latch* O. 2"-12" sizes 14"-24" sizes GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size Latch Bolt Max.12 38. Max.6 4.8 4./mm In.625 168.7 Lbs.6 7.

D.000 457./mm In.750 323.4 450 725 106.6 16.7 300 20.5 610 983 37./mm In. In.000 355. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min. For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262.000 138.31 76. Sealing Surface 21 ⁄4 540 24 610 261⁄2 673 29 737 311⁄2 800 361⁄2 927 1 25 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 123⁄4 324 14 356 16 406 18 457 20 508 24 610 141⁄8 359 16 406 18 457 20 508 22 559 26 660 12 12 12 16 16 20 20 - in.7 250 17. Torque § Wt.3 620 1. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe./mm In. Max. flanges cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Mating Flange Bolts Specified Approx. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 162-167./Kg M20 x 90 ✛ 1 x 41⁄4 1 x 41⁄4 11⁄8 x 43⁄4 – 11⁄8 x 43⁄4 – 11⁄4 x 51⁄2 - 320 400 20.097 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 503. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.23 113.0 488 705 30. A Max.Couplings FIG.000 609.8 360 520 67. Working Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min.9 14./kN In.7 300 20.248 3⁄4 x 5 419./mm PN10 (16) 18 ⁄8 460 21 533 231⁄2 597 25 635 271⁄2 699 32 813 ✛ PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bolt circle PN 10 & 16 Flange.43 60.5 841 1.38 M10 x 70 5 46./DN(mm) In. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600 valve only.5 360 520 52.58 94. To avoid interference issues. Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE J429 Grade 5 are acceptable.2 20./mm 12 (PN) 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 12. GRUVLOK FLANGES GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE).5 610 983 48.000 508. Max.2 Lbs.-Lbs/N-M 40 30 100 136 100 136 130 176 130 176 180 244 60 45 130 176 130 176 180 244 180 244 220 298 Dimensions X Y 1 1 Z Mating Flange Bolts In. * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. § – For additional Bolt Torque information.319 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 268. Ea.4 450 725 82.000 406. 23 . Specified End Latch* O. see page 200 The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 & Class 125 flanges.8 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size Latch Bolt Max./mm 38.341 3⁄4 x 5 339. Qty.7 300 20. butterfly valve.08 - Ft.0 24.5 488 705 23.4 18.356 62. (ISO) mm Ft. Mating flange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per ASME B16. B Min. 7012.-Lbs/N-M Lbs.6 PSI/bar 300 20. Max.181 ⁄8 x 41⁄4 205./mm In. Refer to Gruvlok Products Catalog or Anvil's web site for more information on installing this flange.7 300 20.9 439 542 9.5. CONT'D.303 170.

3 2.3 24. For Bolt Torque information.1 10.7 750 51.3 5.3 35.9 11.3 6. End Size Pressure Load GRUVLOK ® In.5 74.7 750 51.500 88. Max.3 8. Wk./mm Bmin. 24 Dimensions X Y Z Sealing Mating Surface Flange Bolts Approx. 7013 GRUVLOK FLANGES (#300 FLANGE) GRUVLOK FIGURE 7013 FLANGE Max.1 9.1 12.625 219.06 18.anvilintl.928 53.3 6.com .0 2.875 73.5 18. Effective sealing area of mating flange must be free from gouges.869 21.757 425.9 Flange cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 butterfly valve.80 95./mm In.4 6.10 11.4 4. Nominal O.750 273. Ft. undulations or deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of the gasket.7 750 51. Max. 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 - * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe./mm In./DN(mm) In./mm In.-Lbs/N-M In.95 Latch* Specified Torque § Bolt Size Min. A Max. X Y Z 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.9 3./mm 30 45 30 45 30 45 30 45 30 45 30 45 80 100 80 100 80 100 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 15 381 171⁄2 445 201⁄2 521 8 203 91⁄8 232 97⁄8 251 113⁄8 289 125⁄8 321 141⁄8 359 167⁄8 429 193⁄8 492 221⁄2 572 1 25 1 25 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 17⁄8 48 2 51 23⁄8 37⁄16 60 87 27⁄8 4 73 102 31⁄2 49⁄16 89 116 41⁄2 55⁄8 114 143 59⁄16 63⁄4 141 171 65⁄8 713⁄16 168 198 85⁄8 10 219 254 3 10 ⁄4 121⁄8 273 308 123⁄4 143⁄16 324 360 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 16 16 - (ISO) mm 5⁄8 x 3 3⁄4 x 31⁄4 3 ⁄4 x 31⁄2 3 ⁄4 x 33⁄4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 7⁄8 x 43⁄4 1x5 11⁄8 x 53⁄4 - Lbs.323 14. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 & 7600 valve.7 750 51. ANSI (ANSI) in.500 114. In.7 750 51. Not for use with copper systems.7 Lbs.1 54./kN 3.375 60.0 24.625 168.0 3. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.216 32.4 16.92 68.66 7. www. Qty./mm In.7 750 51.00 43.8 33. see page 200 For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262.9 PSI/bar 750 51.854 115.820 194.072 302.7 750 51. Amax.Couplings FIG.78 4.3 8.D./Kg 5.9 4. Size Wt.750 323.563 141.229 81.3 14.09 25. Ea.7 750 51. B Min.

4 In. 7240 EXPANSION JOINTS Y GRUVLOK 4'' FIG./DN(mm) In.4 1 ⁄4 6.3 5.8 11⁄4 31./mm In./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.1 12.3 2.375 60.500 114.8 11⁄4 31. In. 7000 COUPLING GRUVLOK 4'' FIG.3 6.4 1⁄4 6.3 8.D.625 219. GRUVLOK ® 7240 PERFORMANCE DATA X 25 .4 1⁄4 6.8 11⁄4 31.875 73. 7000 L GRUVLOK 4'' FIG.0 10./mm 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 11⁄4 31./mm 1⁄8 3.9 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Coupling Figure 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7001 7001 X Y In. 7000 END ADAPTER Nominal Size O.4 1⁄4 6.8 11⁄4 31.9 4.Couplings FIG.2 1⁄8 3.2 1⁄8 3.8 11⁄4 31.4 1⁄4 6. 7000 GRUVLOK 4'' FIG./mm 311⁄4 794 311⁄4 794 311⁄4 794 183⁄4 476 201⁄4 514 201⁄4 514 233⁄4 603 243⁄4 629 243⁄4 629 Total Coupling Number of Movement Movement Couplings Capability Capability In.8 11⁄4 31./mm 31⁄2 89 4 100 45⁄8 117 57⁄8 149 7 178 8 200 103⁄8 264 127⁄8 327 15 381 51⁄2 125 53⁄4 146 63⁄4 171 81⁄8 206 95⁄8 244 11 279 131⁄4 337 171⁄2 445 191⁄2 495 Compressed Expanded Length Length L L In.500 88.562 141.625 168.8 11⁄4 31./mm 30 450 30 450 30 450 171⁄2 445 19 483 19 483 221⁄2 572 231⁄2 597 231⁄2 597 In.750 323.8 11⁄4 31.750 273.2 1 ⁄4 6. 7000 NIPPLE GRUVLOK 4'' FIG.8 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 3.

44 3246 14.5 5 00 34.5 500 34./mm — — — — — — — — — — 1 25 — — — — — — 11⁄4 32 psi/bar 500 34.5 500 34.2 4.85 3246 14.6 1.6 1. Each In./mm In./DN(mm) In.8 2./mm 1⁄2 Y Female IPS Outlet.com . 7042 OUTLET COUPLING FIGURE 7042 ./mm 3⁄4-11⁄16 19-27 3⁄4-11⁄16 19-27 3⁄4-11⁄16 19-27 11⁄16-1 17-25 11⁄16-1 17-25 11⁄16-1 17-25 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z FPT F MPT M Grv.5 3.85 2215 9.2 5.31 1418 6./mm In.5 500 34.5 4. Pressure Run Load Separation F M/G F X GRUVLOK ® In.7042G 26 11⁄2 40 21⁄2 65 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 1 ⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 — — In./mm 215⁄16 75 215⁄16 75 215⁄16 75 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 51⁄4 133 51⁄4 133 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 Bolt Size Approx./kN 1418 6. G 21⁄16 52 21⁄16 52 115⁄16 49 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 23⁄16 56 29⁄16 65 29⁄16 65 27⁄16 62 — — 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 — — — — — — — — — — — — 31⁄2 89 — — — — — — 35⁄8 92 In./mm In.5 See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 168-169.3 1.5 500 34./mm In. For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262.7042M 2 50 Z G X Y Grooved Outlet .2 2.2 3.2 4. www.Branch Outlets FIG./mm Lbs.OUTLET COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Pipe Size Max.44 In.3 1.31 1418 6.44 3246 14.85 2215 9. Range of Working Outlet Run End Pipe End FPT MPT/Grv./mm In.5 Lbs. Wt.8 2.5 500 34.8 2. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 2.5 500 34.31 2215 9.6 1.3 1./Kg 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 23⁄8 2.5 3.5 500 34.7042F M X Y Male IPS Outlet .5 2.44 3246 14.5 500 34.anvilintl.

7042M 4 100 Z G X Y Grooved Outlet . Wt.5 500 34./mm 3⁄4 Y Female IPS Outlet./mm 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 63⁄16 157 63⁄16 157 63⁄16 157 63⁄16 157 81⁄8 206 81⁄8 206 81⁄8 206 71⁄4 184 71⁄4 184 71⁄4 184 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 111⁄4 286 111⁄4 286 111⁄4 286 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 35⁄8 92 35⁄8 92 35⁄8 92 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 Bolt Size Approx./mm In.0 5.2 18./mm 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 15⁄8-115⁄16 41-51 15⁄8-115⁄16 41-51 15⁄8-115⁄16 41-51 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z FPT F MPT M Grv. Range of Working Outlet Run End Pipe End FPT MPT/Grv.5 500 34./mm In./kN 4811 21. Each In.6 3.37 7952 35./mm In.9 4.5 500 34.0 11.37 17236 76./mm In.7042G 6 150 20 1 25 — — 3⁄4 20 1 25 — — — — 1 25 11⁄2 40 — — In. Pressure Run Load Separation F M/G Pipe ends must be prepared in accordance with Gruvlok "Roll or For a one-time field test only.9 9.5 500 34.5 9.5 11.0 18.5 500 34./mm Lbs. be increased 11⁄2 times the figure shown.37 7952 35./mm In.Branch Branch Outlets Outlets FIG.6 7.9 3.66 17236 76.66 17236 76.0 8. 7042.2 18.0 8./mm — — 1 25 11⁄2 40 — — — — 11⁄2 25 2 50 — — 11⁄2 40 2 50 psi/bar 500 34.5 500 34.5 500 34. Not for use in copper systems.40 7952 35.40 4811 21. G 213⁄16 72 23⁄4 70 — — 311⁄16 94 39⁄16 91 — — — — 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 — — 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 — — 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 — — — — 53⁄8 137 53⁄8 137 — — — — 4 102 4 102 — — — — 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 — — 6 152 6 152 In.9 3. Nominal Pipe Size Max.7 8.6 8. 27 .5 500 34. the maximum working pressure may Cut Groove Specifications for Steel & Other IPS or ISO size Pipe". OUTLET COUPLING F X In./Kg 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 7.5 GRUVLOK ® FIGURE 7042 . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Pressure & end load ratings are for use with standard wall steel pipe.40 4811 21.7042F 3 80 M X Y Male IPS Outlet .37 7952 35.66 In.5 Lbs.9 4.5 500 34.0 5. CONT'D.OUTLET COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)./DN(mm) In.

/mm 14 ⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9 Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In. In.7 1.4 Hole Dimensions Max.050 73.840 73./mm 1⁄2 12 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 3.2 2.0 1./mm In.875 x 1./mm 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 In.5 500 34.5 500 34.0 x 33.375 x 1.6 1.3 1./DN(mm) 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 15 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 20 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1⁄2 65 x 15 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 O.4 2.1 3.5 500 34.3 x 26. FPT BRANCH Z T V W Fig.9 1.4 2./Kg 2. 7045 CLAMP-T. Pressure▼ In.3 2.5 500 34.5 500 34./mm In.660 60.5 500 34. 7045 (U-Bolt) U FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.5 500 34.875 x 1.3 2. Bolt Size In.050 60.0 2./N-M 1⁄2 U-Bolt 30 40 1 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 ⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt - Lbs.315 60.900 60.7 2./mm 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 Y Z 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 7 178 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 3 76 3 76 3 76 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 3 76 3 76 3 76 33⁄8 86 In.375 x 0. Wt.3 x 33.375 x 1.5 T U 23⁄16 56 21⁄16 52 115⁄16 51 23⁄16 55 23⁄16 55 27⁄16 62 25⁄16 59 23⁄16 55 27⁄16 62 9⁄16 In.Branch Outlets FIG.0 x 21.7 2./mm In.-Lbs./mm 2.anvilintl.7 2.5 www./mm 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 psi/bar 500 34. Max./mm Specified Torque § Approx.315 73.875 x 0. Each Ft. Dia.9 1. Max.5 1.3 x 42.5 500 34.375 x 1.0 2.2 2.4 1.3 2.3 x 21. Working Min. Dia. Min.7 2.com .D.840 60.0 x 42. 7045 GRUVLOK ® Y V T 28 Z Y W Fig.875 x 1.0 x 26.660 73.3 1.375 x 1.3 x 48.3 2.

3 3.-Lbs.500 x 1. Max. FPT BRANCH In./mm 31⁄8 79 3 76 3 76 3 76 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 Y Z 61⁄8 156 7 178 7 178 7 178 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 33⁄8 86 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 In. 5" and 6" Nom./mm 21⁄8 54 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 psi/bar 500 34.050 114.7 4. and 61⁄2" O. size run pipe may be used on 3" O../N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 100 80 100 80 100 30 40 30 40 30 40 Lbs.840 88. Max./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 3 x 1⁄2 80 x 15 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 20 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 4 x 1⁄2 100 x 15 4 x 3⁄4 100 x 20 4x1 100 x 25 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) O.7 3.875 x 1.500 x 1.900 88.3 3.840 114.4 3.500 x 1.500 x 1. Working Min. pipe ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.5 500 34.315 88. 51⁄2" O.3 2.5 T U 27⁄16 62 29⁄16 65 27⁄16 62 25⁄16 59 211⁄16 68 211⁄16 68 211⁄16 68 31⁄16 76 31⁄16 78 213⁄16 73 9⁄16 In. Each Ft.D.5 500 34.3 x 33.5 500 34. Wt. 7045.3 2.9 x 26. CLAMP-T.5 500 34.375 88.D.5 500 34.3 x 26. In.3 3.5 500 34.D./mm 2 51 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 In.500 x 2.9 x 48.2 3.9 x 33.050 88.3 x 21.2 2.5 500 34. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Pressure▼ In.8 1.500 x 0.7 Hole Dimensions Max. CONT'D./mm 13⁄4 44 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 Bolt Size In. Dia. Min.4 2.500 x 1.2 2./Kg 3. Not for use in copper systems./mm In.7 1.2 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size NOTE: 21⁄2".7 3.6 2. Dia.0 x 48./mm In.D./mm In./mm 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt - Specified Torque § Approx./mm 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.5 500 34.1 2.9 x 21.3 4.7 1.500 x 0.8 1.5 500 34.5 4.500 x 1.9 x 60.315 114.4 1.900 73./mm 2.9 x 42.3 4. 29 .Branch Outlets FIG.9 1.0 4.7 1.4 1.660 88.5 2.

Max.500 x 2.900 114.7 2.3 x 42.3 x 73.5 2.0 4. FPT BRANCH Z Y T V W Fig./mm 4.9 5.5 500 34.375 141.563 x 2.563 x 1. Min.500 x 3.5 2./mm 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 - Specified Torque § Approx.D./Kg 4. CLAMP-T.4 6.3 4. Pressure▼ In.2 2.3 x 76. Wt.375 114. 7045.500 114. Dia./DN(mm) 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4 x 3 O./mm Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In./N-M 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 100 130 100 130 100 130 Lbs.D.3 x 42.4 5. Max. Bolt Size In./mm In.500 x 1.5 2.6 2. CONT'D.3 4.5 5.996 114.5 500 34.0 4.4 5.5 500 34.Branch Outlets FIG. Working Min./mm 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 In.5 5./mm In.2 2.4 4. In.5 500 34.1 4x3 100 x 80 5 x 11⁄4 125 x 32 5 x 11⁄2 125 x 40 5x2 125 x 50 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) O.-Lbs./mm 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 4 102 4 102 4 102 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 41⁄2 114 Y Z 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 In.3 5.3 x 48.500 x 1.5 500 34./mm 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 psi/bar 500 34. 114.6 www. Each Ft.3 x 88.1 4.660 141. 7045 (U-Bolt) U Nominal Size In.500 x 2.3 x 60./mm In.3 x 48.5 T U 33⁄16 81 33⁄16 81 35⁄16 84 31⁄16 78 3 76 31⁄4 83 311⁄16 94 311⁄16 94 313⁄16 97 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 In.com .500 x 2.3 Hole Dimensions Max. 7045 GRUVLOK ® Z V T 30 Y W Fig.660 114. Dia.563 x 1.9 5.7 3.4 5./mm 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 500 34.5 500 34.3 x 76.900 141.5 500 34.875 114.anvilintl.1 7.3 x 60.4 2.

/mm In./mm 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 5 127 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 53⁄8 137 51⁄2 140 Y Z 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 In.996 168. and 61⁄2" O.8 3.5 4.1 5.-Lbs./mm 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5 ⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 - Specified Torque § Approx. CLAMP-T./mm 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 In. Dia.5 500 34.500 168.3 x 76.625 x 1..996 141.9 6.3 x 88.9 7.1 5x3 125 x 80 6 x11⁄4 150 x 32 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6 x 3 O.660 168. 31 .625 x 1.0 6.1 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) O.D.D.3 Hole Dimensions Max. FPT BRANCH In.9 6.5 8. size run pipe may be used on 3" O. CONT'D. pipe ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.4 10.D./mm In.0 3. Max.0 5. 7045.5 T U 313⁄16 97 33⁄4 95 4 102 3 4 ⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 In.5 500 34. 168.3 x 48.625 x 2.375 168.8 9.875 168. In.3 x 76.3 x 73.5 500 34./mm 5.875 141./N-M 100 130 130 180 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 Lbs.4 3.5 500 34.3 x 76. 141. Not for use in copper systems.0 3.3 x 42. Each Ft.6 4. Working Min.3 x 73.3 x 88.Branch Outlets FIG.8 8.625 x 3.500 168.5 500 34. Min. Pressure▼ In. Wt./mm 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 Bolt Size In.5 500 34.2 7. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.D.3 x 76.3 x 114./mm 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 psi/bar 500 34.563 x 3.7 3.563 x 2.5 500 34.1 6.3 x 60. Dia.5 500 34.625 x 2.900 168.500 141. Max.D.5 7./mm In.3 6. 51⁄2" O.4 3.8 3./mm Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.5 500 34.5 7./Kg 7.4 6.8 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size NOTE: 21⁄2"./DN(mm) 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5 x 3 O.2 8.D.625 x 4.563 x 2.3 6.8 3. 5" and 6" Nom.625 x 2.

0 11.D.D. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 170-171.1 x 76.750 219./mm In. Each Ft.625 x 4. Min.1 x 73.625 x 2.0 8. www.5 500 34. Pressure▼ In.3 Hole Dimensions Max./mm 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 Bolt Size In. 7045 (U-Bolt) U Nominal Size In.5 500 34. CONT'D.1 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)) O.1 5. Dia. Wt.0 13.3 NOTE: 21⁄2"./mm 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 - Specified Torque § Approx.D.1 x 70. FPT BRANCH Y V T Z T V W Fig./Kg 11.Branch Outlets FIG.500 219./mm 8.-Lbs. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.1 11.500 219.1 8.2 7.625 x 2. Not for use in copper systems./mm In.5 T U 53⁄16 132 55⁄16 134 51⁄4 133 53⁄8 137 53⁄8 137 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 In./mm In. see page 200.D.5 500 34. pipe ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe. 7045./mm 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 In./N-M 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 Lbs. CLAMP-T./mm Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.com .D. Max.1 x 114./mm 57⁄8 149 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 63⁄8 162 61⁄2 165 Y Z 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 In.625 x 2.5 500 34.0 5..996 219.9 8. In.anvilintl. and 61⁄2" O.875 219.625 x 3. Working Min./mm 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 psi/bar 500 34.9 16. 7045 GRUVLOK ® Z Y W Fig. 5" and 6" Nom.1 x 88.2 5. Max.1 x 76. § – For additional Bolt Torque information. 51⁄2" O. Dia./DN(mm) 8x2 200 x 50 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 65 8 x 3 O.1 5.0 8. 32 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 219.

4 1.5 500 34. Hole Dimensions Max. 7046 Z Y Z Y V T V T W Fig./mm In.4 4.-Lbs.500 x 2./mm 2.3 x 48.0 x 42.5 500 34.500 x 1.660 73. Max. 7046 Fig.500 x 1.D. Max.6 2. Ft.3 x 60.500 x 1./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 11⁄4• 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 O.4 1.875 x 1.5 500 34. Dia./mm 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK psi/bar 500 34. Pressure▼ Dia.5 500 34. Working Min./mm 9⁄16 14 ⁄16 14 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 9 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 4 102 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 Bolt Size In. GROOVED BRANCH 33 .5 500 34.3 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 In.5 3.5 500 34.5 Clamp-T Dimensions U V Grooved W Y Z In./mm In.3 4.Branch Outlets FIG.900 114.660 114.3 3.9 x 60.375 114.875 x 1. Wt./mm In.4 2. In.9 4.3 4.0 x 48.4 2.500 x 1.3 2.5 4. GRUVLOK ® CLAMP-T.4 1./mm In.2 1.3 x 42.1 4. Each Lbs. 7046 (U-BOLT) W U FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.900 73.4 3.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 4.5 3.6 2./mm Specified Torque § Min./N-M 1⁄2 U-Bolt 30 1 30 40 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 ⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 - 40 Approx.9 x 48.0 4.900 88.660 88./Kg 3.9 x 42.500 x 2.375 88.3 3.5 500 34./mm In.

6 2.9 5.563 x 1.875 114./mm In. Pressure▼ Dia.1 4x3 100 x 80 5 x 11⁄4 125 x 32 5 x 11⁄2 125 x 40 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 O.3 x 60. 7046 34 Z Y V T W Fig.375 141.6 2.0 2. 114.1 4.500 114./Kg 5.563 x 2.5 5.3 x 73. Working Min./mm 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 psi/bar 500 34.4 5.900 141.3 x 76./mm 4. Hole Dimensions Max. Each Lbs.com .500 x 2.5 500 34. CLAMP-T.500 x 2.5 5.5 Clamp-T Dimensions U V Grooved W Y Z In.0 5. 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 Bolt Size In.5 500 34.563 x 3.3 x 76.3 5.0 2./mm In. Max.500 141.996 114.5 2.3 5.3 x 88.3 5.3 x 73./mm In./mm 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 4 102 4 102 4 102 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 45⁄8 117 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.D.5 500 34.-Lbs.2 www./mm Specified Torque § Min.3 x 88. Max.5 500 34./mm In.5 5.3 x 42./DN(mm) 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4 x 3 O. GROOVED BRANCH Z Y V T GRUVLOK ® Fig.5 500 34.anvilintl.660 141.500 x 3. CONT'D.3 5.563 x 2.6 7.Branch Outlets FIG.1 3./N-M 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 100 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 100 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 80 100 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 100 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 100 130 5 100 130 100 130 100 130 - ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 - Approx. Dia.0 4.8 2.6 2.5 500 34. Wt.563 x 1. 7046 (U-BOLT) W U FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.D.875 141. In.5 500 34. Ft./mm In.9 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 In.3 x 48.5 5. 7046.

/mm Specified Torque § Min. 51⁄2" O.-Lbs.5 Clamp-T Dimensions U V Grooved W Y Z In./mm 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 5 127 5 127 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 51⁄4 133 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 61⁄4 159 NOTE: 21⁄2".6 3./mm In.625 x 4.2 7.625 x 1. 5" & 6" Nom. 7046..7 10.3 x 60.0 6.875 219.1 x 73.8 11.D. Not for use in copper systems.3 6.D.5 5.4 4./mm In.5 500 34. In.375 219./mm 6.625 x 3.500 219. see page 200.1 6.D. Ft. & 61⁄2" O. Pressure▼ Dia. Each Lbs.3 x 48. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 170-171. CLAMP-T.996 168.5 500 34./mm 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 psi/bar 500 34./Kg 7.0 8.900 168. Max.4 7. CONT'D./N-M 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5 100 130 130 180 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 180 245 180 245 * * * * * ⁄8 x 41⁄4 * 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 Approx. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 3. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.3 x 76.2 3.2 16.3 6.5 500 34.1 x 88.4 4.6 4.375 168. • Cannot be used in cross configuration. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 Bolt Size In.5 500 34.625 x 2.1 x 114.Branch Outlets FIG.875 168.500 168.5 500 34. Working Min.4 8.3 x 76.500 219./DN(mm) 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6 x 3 O.0 3.3 8.6 10.625 x 4.D.3 x 88. Dia.5 500 34.3 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size Hole Dimensions Max.5 7.9 6.3 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 In.3 x 114. Wt.625 x 2.7 10.625 x 2. pipe. 35 .D.625 x 3. § – For additional Bolt Torque information./mm In.6 3.1 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 8x2 200 x 50 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 65 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 O.9 8.500 168.5 500 34. Max.3 7./mm In. 168. GROOVED BRANCH FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) In. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe./mm In.625 x 2.5 500 34.5 500 34.625 x 2.3 x 73.3 8.1 x 60.

7049 CLAMP-T. The Fig. www. Fig. 36 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7047 – Thread x Thread Z V V V Y Z Y V V Fig. 7048 – Groove x Groove The Gruvlok Clamp-T provides for a branch or cross connection in light wall or standard wall steel pipe. In addition. 7045 Clamp-T female pipe thread branch is available with NPT or ISO 7/1 connection and the Fig. 7047. 7049 – Groove x Thread NOTES: 21⁄2" x 11/4" Figure 7046 cannot be used in cross configuration. 7048 & FIG. Clamp-T cross connections are available allowing greater versatility in piping design. 2 x 1⁄2" through 2 x 11⁄2" can now be made into crosses from the new design. 7046 Clamp-T has grooved-end branch connection.com .anvilintl. CROSS Z Y GRUVLOK ® V T Fig. FIG.Branch Outlets FIG.

3 x 33. Hole Diameter Min.8 0.7 2.8 0.9 0./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 Dimensions A B C In.7 2.840 60.4 0./mm In.7 2.4 0.0 x 26.875 x 1. 7044 FIGURE 7044 BRANCH OUTLET Nominal Size A T B C Maximum Working Pressure for all sizes is 175 PSI (12.4 0.4 x 26.8 0.4 x 33.7 1.660 x 1./N-M 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 Approx.3 x 21. Dia. In./mm 21⁄16 53 21⁄16 53 23⁄16 56 25⁄32 55 25⁄32 55 29⁄32 58 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 25⁄8 67 211⁄16 69 211⁄16 69 213⁄16 72 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 Take-out T In.4 0. GRUVLOK ® BRANCH OUTLET 37 .8 0.4 0.5 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 0.050 42.7 1.050 73.660 x 0. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 172-173.3 x 21.900 x 0.4 0.8 0. Wt. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200 For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" from page 262.D.315 73./mm In. Each Lbs.4 0.7 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 In./DN(mm) 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 32 x 15 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 32 x 20 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 15 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 20 2x1 50 x 25 21⁄2 x 1⁄2 65 x 15 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK O. Dia./mm In.7 1.9 0.840 48.315 48./Kg 0.7 2.3 1.8 0.3 x 26.315 60./mm 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 42 15⁄8 42 13⁄4 45 2 51 2 51 21⁄8 54 Specified Torque § Min. In.0 x 21.875 x 0.1 bar) Not for use in copper systems.9 0.0 x 33. Max.900 x 1. Max. Ft./mm 1.3 2.4 0.375 x 1.3 x 26.4 0.0 0.050 48.660 x 1.840 42.875 x 1.375 x 1.315 42.Branch Outlets FIG.8 0.3 2.375 x 0.050 60.900 x 1.9 0.4 1.-Lbs.840 73.3 x 33.4 x 21.3 1.

0 2.2 169. 73⁄4 C 197 9C 229 10 C 254 21 533 24 610 27 686 30 762 36 914 30./DN(mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 In.250 108.4 1.com .6 4.500 139.8 5.9 14.0 0.D.1 5.7 0.4 4.900 48.7 222.5 7. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.0 1.0 156.000 508.1 6. 8./DN(mm) 0./mm Lbs.D.D.4 18. all others are fabricated steel.2 1.5 41⁄4 O.5 1.6 0.2 0.D.0 222./Kg 4./mm Lbs.3 6.6 Center to End Approx. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.0 61⁄2 O. Wt.1 10.6 16.anvilintl.D.9 53. 139.1 3. * 14"-24" Standard Radius 90° Elbows are 11⁄2.0 76. In.9 17. Size O.D. Nom.0 100.500 165./mm In.000 355.000 457. 7050 90° ELBOW* C to E C .375 60. Ea. Wt.875 73.0 24.660 42.236 133.5 10.9 11. 38 FIGURE 7050 90° ELBOW* Nom.1 12.2 3. Size O. In. Nom./DN(mm) In. Ea.000 406.Cast malleable or ductile iron.4 7.0 4 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.0 51⁄2 O.3 82 37.9 16. 165.0 490.3 2.750 273.3 2. 108.0 344.500 88. 133.563 141.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 1. 76.000 101.D./mm 21⁄4 C 57 23⁄4 C 70 23⁄4 C 70 31⁄4 C 83 33⁄4 C 95 4C 102 41⁄4 C 108 41⁄2 C 114 In.D.2 6. 43⁄4 C 121 5C 127 51⁄4 C 133 51⁄4C 133 51⁄2 C 140 6C 152 61⁄2 C 165 61⁄2 C 165 7./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O. 159.259 159.3 Center to End Approx.625 168.3 1.996 76.5 2.5 24.6 Center to End Approx.7 3.2 20.000 609.5 7.500 114. Size O.6 1.3 5.1 6 150 In.6 13.5 1.6 1.D.625 219.Grooved Fittings FIG.7 5.0 15.3 In. Ea./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O./Kg www.7 3.7 10.0 6.750 323.0 127.7 280.5 In.9 4.0 5. GRUVLOK ® O.315 33.9 4.8 2.0 4. Wt.D./mm Lbs.

Cast malleable or ductile iron.5 0. In.1 10.7 In.4 7. * 14"-24" Standard Radius 45° Elbows are 11⁄2.D.Grooved Fittings FIG. 165.0 66.1 146.9 0.7 5.563 141. 76./mm Lbs.D.5 0. GRUVLOK ® 45° ELBOW* 39 .6 Center to End Approx.500 88. 41⁄4 C 108 43⁄4 C 121 51⁄4 C 133 83⁄4 222 10 254 111⁄4 286 121⁄2 317 15 381 19. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.900 48.3 Center to End Approx.1 10.7 1. Wt.1 3.3 2.375 60.0 5. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.D. Size O.3 3.3 2.0 4.3 6.625 168./mm In./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O./DN(mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 In.0 61⁄2 O.4 1.0 In. Ea.2 0.8 3.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.0 5./mm In.0 4./mm Lbs.D. 159. Ea. C .250 108.000 609.7 117.3 15.D.0 11. all others are fabricated steel.2 5.0 53. Nom.236 133.0 2.1 6 150 In.9 14. Size O.2 179.1 5.6 Center to End Approx.D.7 0.0 51⁄2 O.D./DN(mm) 41⁄4 O. Ea./DN(mm) In.0 115.000 355.660 42.750 273.5 9. FIGURE 7051 45° ELBOW* Nom. 133.1 In.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 1. Wt.1 12.0 24.0 22.875 73. 27⁄8 C 83 3C 76 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄2 C 89 31⁄2 C 89 31⁄2 C 89 4.2 1.4 1.0 6.1 4.4 2./Kg ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4.750 323.1 6.6 16.8 9.3 2.3 7./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 1.000 508. Size O.996 76.4 18./Kg 8. 139.3 1.9 0. Wt.000 457.500 165.D.6 50.0 41.0 81.2 255.0 34.625 219.000 406.D.259 159.6 11. 108.0 4 100 51⁄4 O.5 4.2 20.3 5.D.9 4.315 33. Nom.000 101.3 0.4 2./mm Lbs.7 92.0 3.500 114.500 139. 7051 C to E O. 13⁄4 C 44 13⁄4 C 44 13⁄4 C 44 2C 51 21⁄4 C 57 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 C 64 23⁄4 C 70 0.9 2.

Size O.0 13.625 219.3 8.6 16.1 30.0 1.2 1. Wt.2 0./mm Lbs.625 168. Wt.3 6.Cast malleable or ductile iron.000 406.500 88.3 0. Size O.875 73.9 3. 7052 221⁄2° ELBOW O./DN(mm) In.7 1.0 20. Nom. Size O.5 In.D./Kg 5.3 112./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 In.D.000 101.4 1. Nom. C to E O.0 3.6 40.Grooved Fittings FIG./mm 20 500 24 600 20.0 24./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In.375 60.750 273.9 14.3 46.2 23.500 114.9 52.4 In.660 42.3 8.0 36. In.6 Center to End Approx. C to E GRUVLOK ® Cast 40 Fabricated FIGURE 7052 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.2 3.2 3. all others are fabricated steel.1 10.3 2.7 65.D.7 17.8 5. Ea.5 4. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. 31⁄4 83 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 C 48 2 51 1 2 ⁄4 C 57 21⁄2 64 25⁄8 C 67 0.4 18.5 0./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 1./mm Lbs.2 1.3 2.563 141./mm Lbs.0 50./DN(mm) In.9 4.000 508./Kg C . Ea.1 12.750 323.8 8.000 457.D.6 4.4 18.900 48.315 33.0 29.2 Center to End Approx.3 2.000 355. In.D. 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 C 79 37⁄8 C 98 43⁄8 111 47⁄8 124 5 127 5 127 51⁄2 140 7.com . 6 152 7 178 80. www.9 0. Ea. Wt. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.4 1.7 0.3 Center to End Approx.8 0.anvilintl.5 0.000 609.8 In.

750 323.0 4. 41 .2 24.1 10.6 18./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 1. 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 0.3 2./Kg C .D.375 60.Grooved Fittings FIG.4 18.9 10.5 In.7 29. Ea.3 6.1 12./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 In. Wt.6 16.D.563 141.000 406.2 1. Size O.D. 7053 111⁄4° ELBOW O.000 101.9 4. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. In. 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄8 54 21⁄4 57 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄2 114 5.0 24.3 8.500 88. Size O.5 0.1 In.5 14. In.8 1./mm Lbs.6 Center to End Approx.0 2./mm In.3 Center to End Approx. all others are fabricated steel.9 2. FIGURE 7053 111⁄4° ELBOW Nom. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.3 2. Wt.500 114.7 8. GRUVLOK ® C to E Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.0 3.4 1.3 0.000 457.5 0./Kg Nom./mm Lbs.625 168.000 508.D.000 355.315 33.8 96./mm 20 500 24 600 20.900 48.0 0.5 6.5 2. Ea.875 73.9 14.625 219.000 609.0 43./DN(mm) In.6 4.5 32.1 14.2 Center to End Approx.1 0. Nom.7 2.0 19.660 42.Cast malleable or ductile iron.750 273.6 42.3 3.2 0.9 0. Wt./mm Lbs.4 1.3 0.3 6. Size O.7 0.3 1./Kg ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5./DN(mm) In.5 In. 5 127 6 152 65.1 53. Ea.

9 4./Kg Nominal Size In. Wt.1 4.0 490./mm 1.750 323. 7050 LR 90° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* C to E GRUVLOK ® O.D.6 Center to End Approx. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. In.9 104.5 2./mm Lbs.900 48.875 73.0 76.660 42.7 280.Grooved Fittings FIG. all others are fabricated steel.D.7 4.3 In.0 100.1 13.7 222.000 355. Wt.9 14. 42 FIGURE 7050 LR 90° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* Nominal Size In.0 127.4 1.000 609.8 2./mm Lbs.Cast malleable or ductile iron.3 Center to End Approx. Wt.750 273.3 8.4 11./DN(mm) 20 500 24 600 O.000 101./mm 5.9 9./mm 20. 30 762 36 914 344.2 147./Kg C . www.3 0.315 33.0 3. 31⁄2 89 37⁄8 98 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 C 136 53⁄4 146 57⁄8 C 181 71⁄4 184 71⁄2 C 191 0.com . In./mm Lbs.7 0.000 508.1 12. Nominal Size In.500 88.0 47.9 0. * 14"-24" Standard Radius 90° Elbows are 11⁄2. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.5 5.2 6.2 1.4 1.6 4.9 2.625 168.D.D.000 406.2 26.3 2.000 457.5 1.2 Center to End Approx.2 59.6 1./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 O.6 16.anvilintl. Ea.1 10.0 66. 91⁄2 241 103⁄4 273 15 381 18 457 21 533 21 533 24 610 27 686 20.563 141./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Ea.7 169.0 In.0 222.0 24.3 6. Ea./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 O.3 2.5 29. In.2 In.500 114.625 219.4 18.375 60.9 9.0 156.

0 5.000 101./Kg ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size In.6 16. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.0 41.2 In.7 117. 7051LR 45° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* Nominal Size In.D. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. GRUVLOK ® C to E * 14"-24" Standard Radius 45° Elbows are 11⁄2./Kg C .6 Center to End Approx.3 2.0 24.3 2. 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 33⁄8 86 31⁄2 89 4 102 0.5 1. Ea.000 609.500 114.563 141./mm 1.4 18./Kg Nominal Size In. In.625 219.375 60.7 In.4 57.000 355.3 2./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 O.4 26. Ea./mm Lbs.750 273.0 0.D. 5 127 51⁄2 140 71⁄4 184 81⁄2 216 10 254 21 222 10 254 111⁄4 286 12.2 5.5 1.875 73.4 7. 121⁄2 317 15 381 179./mm 20.8 2.3 Center to End Approx.3 2.7 0. In.0 53.4 1./mm Lbs.750 323.9 14.D.9 4.900 48. 7051LR 45° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* O.315 33.6 4.1 12.000 406. 43 .Cast malleable or ductile iron.6 37.3 1.3 6. Wt.2 Center to End Approx.9 1.1 10.2 0./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 O.3 In.1 146.0 115.0 15.0 66.000 508.Grooved Fittings FIG.4 7./mm 5.625 168. Wt.9 34. FIG. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 169. Ea.660 42. In.500 88.5 17. all others are fabricated steel.3 4.0 3./mm Lbs.000 457.2 3.7 0. Wt./DN(mm) 20 500 24 600 O.D.2 255.3 8.0 82.0 81.2 1.

1 10.1 16./Kg Approx.Cast malleable or ductile iron.D.3 8.1 8./Kg 1.3 2.9 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 71⁄4 184 51⁄2 7.7 2.6 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 13./mm Lbs.6 45.1 98.3 4.750 273. all others are fabricated steel.8 2.6 11.1 3.750 323./mm In.500 88.0 44.7 0./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 0. Nominal Size O.D.D.5 C . C to GE C to TE In.4 1.7 8.9 0.500 114. Ea.563 140 6.3 5.3 2.0 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 4. Wt./mm In.6 25./mm In.875 73.com . 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 41⁄4 108 33⁄4 95 6 152 41⁄2 114 In.anvilintl.0 3.4 0.4 73. www.315 33./DN(mm) In.0 20.000 101.6 1. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Wt.2 1./mm Lbs.900 48.0 33. C to GE C to TE Approx.9 4.6 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 In.660 42.625 168.Grooved Fittings FIG.8 4./mm In.7 7. GRUVLOK ® C to GE 44 C to TE FIGURE 7063 TEE WITH THREADED BRANCH Nominal Size O.5 6.375 60.4 1. 7063 TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH O.1 12. Ea.625 219.9 1.

4 165 12.2 1⁄2 1⁄4 1 1 3 3 x 3 x 2 4 6.Grooved Fittings FIG.6 125 x 125 x 100 1 4 x 4 x 2 ⁄2 5C 11.2 5x5x4 100 x 100 x 50 127 4.Cast malleable or ductile iron. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD C to E O.6 80 x 80 x 32 108 2.7 50 x 50 x 32 83 0.6 6x6x2 125 x 125 x 25 140 6.9 65 x 65 x 25 95 1./Kg 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 ⁄ 2 x 2 ⁄ 2 x 1 ⁄ 2 33⁄4 4./mm Lbs.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 33⁄4 4.0 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 23⁄4 1.3 150 x 150 x 65 5x5x2 51⁄2 14 6x6x3 125 x 125 x 50 140 6.6 140 6.0 165 9. GRUVLOK ® Cast 45 .0 61⁄2 C 26.5 165 12.1 150 x 150 x 25 4x4x3 5C 11./DN(mm) In.D.9 4x4x1 33⁄4 7. C to E C to E Fabricated C to E FIG.0 40 x 40 x 25 70 0.8 80 x 80 x 25 108 3. Size to End Wt.D.4 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 23⁄4 1.7 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 33⁄4 4.2 150 x 150 x 40 5x5x1 51⁄2 13. Ea. Nominal Size to End Wt. O.0 32 x 32 x 25 70 0.9 2 x 2 x 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 1.2 5x5x3 100 x 100 x 40 127 4.5 165 12.6 51⁄2 C 17./Kg 51⁄2 14.4 125 x 125 x 65 4 x 4 x 11⁄2 5 10.4 150 x 150 x 80 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. Ea. Nominal Center Approx. Ea. Size In.0 61⁄2 C 26.2 6x6x1 100 x 100 x 65 127 5.2 100 x 100 x 25 95 3.1 61⁄2 20.3 1 ⁄4 x 1 ⁄4 x 1 2 ⁄4 1. all others are fabricated steel./Kg In. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Center Approx. to End Wt.9 140 8.2 40 x 40 x 32 70 0. In.3 2 ⁄2 x 2 ⁄2 x 1 3 ⁄4 4.2 65 x 65 x 32 95 1./DN(mm) 5 9.8 3x3x1 41⁄4 C 7.5 2 x 2 x 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 C 2.1 80 x 80 x 65 108 2.2 150 x 150 x 50 5 x 5 x 11⁄2 51⁄2 13.5 50 x 50 x 40 83 1.2 1 1 1 1 3 x 3 x 1 ⁄2 4 ⁄4 5. sizes Center Approx.6 50 x 50 x 25 83 1.7 80 x 80 x 40 108 2.6 4 x 4 x 11⁄4 5 x 5 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 32 127 4.8 2x2x1 3 ⁄4 C 2.5 165 9. Ea.6 125 x 125 x 80 4x4x2 5C 10.5 65 x 65 x 40 95 2.8 1 1 1 3 x 3 x 1 ⁄4 4 ⁄4 5.3 140 6.5 61⁄2 C 26.8 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 125 x 125 x 40 140 6./DN(mm) In.7 80 x 80 x 50 108 2. In.8 1 1 1 3x3x2 4 ⁄4 C 5.8 65 x 65 x 50 95 2. Size to End Wt./mm Lbs. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Center Approx./mm Lbs.3 61⁄2 21.5 51⁄2 14.D./DN(mm) In.9 C ./Kg In.4 6 x 6 x 11⁄2 100 x 100 x 80 127 5./mm Lbs.

CONT'D./mm Lbs.0 300 x 300 x 65 254 35.7 73⁄4C 54.6 300 x 300 x 80 254 33.5 12 130 305 59.7 250 x 250 x 200 229 29.0 300 x 300 x 50 254 36.3 12 x 12 x 21⁄2 10 78. In.3 10 x 10 x 5 9 54.6 10 x 10 x 6 9C 55.com .D.6 10 x 10 x 2 9 52. Ea.0 3 7 ⁄4 33.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. to End Wt./Kg 12 x 12 x 2 10 80./DN(mm) 14 x 14 x 6 350 x 350 x 150 14 x 14 x 8 350 x 350 x 200 14 x 14 x 10 350 x 350 x 250 14 x 14 x 12 350 x 350 x 300 16 x 16 x 4 400 x 400 x 100 16 x 16 x 6 400 x 400 x 150 16 x 16 x 8 400 x 400 x 200 16 x 16 x 10 400 x 400 x 250 16 x 16 x 12 400 x 400 x 300 Center Approx. In.2 11 105 279 47.6 12 128 305 58./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) In.2 14 x 14 x 4 11 100./mm Lbs.6 300 x 300 x 250 254 35. Ea.Grooved Fittings FIG.2 3 7 ⁄4 C 50.8 12 x 12 x 4 10 75. REDUCING TEE STANDARD C to E O.8 73⁄4 33.7 197 15.2 250 x 250 x 50 229 23.anvilintl.0 61⁄2 C 28.7 11 104 279 47./mm Lbs. Ea./mm Lbs. Size to End Wt.0 10 x 10 x 4 9 53.6 12 x 12 x 10 10 77.1 12 129 305 58. In.6 250 x 250 x 65 229 23.5 197 15.5 165 12.6 300 x 300 x 125 254 34.7 73⁄4 34.0 www.0 165 12.0 197 22.1 300 x 300 x 100 254 34.2 300 x 300 x 150 254 34.6 250 x 250 x 100 229 24./Kg 11 101 279 45.7 197 14.5 Nominal Center Approx. Ea.7 3 7 ⁄4 33.0 250 x 250 x 80 229 24.9 Nominal Center Approx.4 12 x 12 x 3 10 74.8 11 103 279 46.6 12 x 12 x 8 10 76. Nominal Size In.0 3 7 ⁄4 32. O.0 197 15.3 12 x 12 x 6 10 76.1 12 x 12 x 5 10 75.0 197 24. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.0 350 x 350 x 100 279 45. C to E GRUVLOK ® Cast 46 Fabricated C to E C to E FIG.6 12 126 305 57./Kg 61⁄2 C 26.0 197 15.7 1 10 x 10 x 2 ⁄2 9 52. to End Wt. 7061.2 250 x 250 x 125 229 24.2 12 127 305 57./Kg 9 52.0 10 x 10 x 11⁄2 250 x 250 x 40 229 23. Size to End Wt.3 12 x 12 x 1 10 77.D.9 10 x 10 x 3 9 53.3 300 x 300 x 200 254 34.0 300 x 300 x 25 254 34.0 250 x 250 x 150 229 24./DN(mm) 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 8 x 8 x 11⁄2 200 x 200 x 40 8x8x2 200 x 200 x 50 8 x 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 200 x 65 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 Center Approx. In.9 10 x 10 x 8 9C 64.

FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) O. 47 .9 1 20 x 20 x 8 17 ⁄4 242 500 x 500 x 200 438 109.2 1 18 x 18 x 16 15 ⁄2 203 450 x 450 x 400 394 92.9 1 18 x 18 x 4 15 ⁄2 188 450 x 450 x 100 394 85.6 1 20 x 20 x 14 17 ⁄4 248 500 x 500 x 350 438 112.4 3 20 x 20 x 18 17 ⁄4 252 500 x 500 x 450 451 114.5 24 x 24 x 14 20 340 600 x 600 x 350 508 154. C to E C to E See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./DN(mm) In. In./mm Lbs.7 24 x 24 x 12 20 334 600 x 600 x 300 508 151.0 18 x 18 x 12 151⁄2 196 450 x 450 x 300 394 88.1 20 x 20 x 6 171⁄4 240 500 x 500 x 150 438 108. Ea. Ea. Size to End Wt. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./Kg 246 20 x 20 x 12 171⁄4 500 x 500 x 300 438 111. 7061.3 24 x 24 x 10 20 330 600 x 600 x 250 508 149. REDUCING TEE STANDARD Nominal Center Approx.5 24 x 24 x 20 20 347 600 x 600 x 500 508 157.D.9 1 18 x 18 x 14 15 ⁄2 201 450 x 450 x 350 394 91.1 1 18 x 18 x 10 15 ⁄2 194 450 x 450 x 250 394 88. all others are fabricated steel. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C to E Cast O. C to E Fabricated GRUVLOK ® FIG.Grooved Fittings FIG.7 Nominal Center Approx.3 24 x 24 x 8 20 327 600 x 600 x 200 508 148.8 1 20 x 20 x 10 17 ⁄4 244 500 x 500 x 250 438 110./DN(mm) In.3 18 x 18 x 6 151⁄2 190 450 x 450 x 150 394 86. Size to End Wt./Kg 16 x 16 x 14 12 132 400 x 400 x 350 305 59.2 24 x 24 x 16 20 342 600 x 600 x 400 508 155.D./mm Lbs. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD (CONT'D.D.4 C .Cast malleable or ductile iron.5 20 x 20 x 16 171⁄4 250 500 x 500 x 400 438 113.2 1 18 x 18 x 8 15 ⁄2 192 450 x 450 x 200 394 87.1 24 x 24 x 18 20 345 600 x 600 x 450 508 156. CONT'D. In.

Ea. End Wt.2 4.0 54.8 2./DN(mm) 3x3x1 80 x 80 x 25 3 x 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 80 x 40 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 4 x 4 x 3⁄4 100 x 100 x 20 4x4x1 100 x 100 x 25 4 x 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 100 x 40 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 Center to Approx.0 61./DN(mm) 2 x 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 2 x 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 50 x 32 2 x 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3 x 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 80 x 20 Center to Approx.9 4./mm 41⁄4 C 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 5 127 5 127 Lbs/Kg 7.6 200 x 200 x 150 197 24.4 5.3 2 4.0 3. In.0 8x8x5 8x8x6 10 x 10 x 2 3 7 ⁄4 3 7 ⁄4 9 41. Ea./mm 6x6x4 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 100 165 6x6x5 61⁄2 C 150 x 150 x 125 165 8x8x2 73⁄4 200 x 200 x 50 197 8x8x3 73⁄4 200 x 200 x 80 197 8x8x4 73⁄4 Lbs/Kg 26.7 1.6 16.4 5.2 5.1 11.2 5.5 6.2 4.7 0.1 7. O.8 www.1 1.5 12 28.6 7. In. In.5 12 Nominal Size In.7 37.2 14.5 5.7 200 x 200 x 125 197 18./DN(mm) Center to Approx.8 2.6 1.5 17 38. End Wt.2 9. Ea.1 26.Grooved Fittings FIG. Ea.D.6 Nominal Size In. End Wt.4 12 26. 7064 REDUCING TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH C to E O.7 2.9 8.4 2 5.5 2.0 12.3 2./DN(mm) Center to Approx. Lbs/Kg 11.0 200 x 200 x 100 197 22.2 4.5 12 26./mm 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 5 100 x 100 x 65 127 4x4x3 5 100 x 100 x 80 127 5x5x2 51⁄2 125 x 125 x 50 140 5x5x3 51⁄2 125 x 125 x 80 140 5x5x4 51⁄2 C 125 x 125 x 100 140 6x6x2 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 50 165 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 65 165 6x6x3 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 80 165 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. End Wt.5 250 x 250 x 50 229 28.D.6 Nominal Size In.7 17.7 2.6 0.3 17.3 7.anvilintl. In. GRUVLOK ® Cast 48 C to E C to E Fabricated C to E FIGURE 7064 REDUCING TEE W/THREADED BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.2 10.2 3.0 3.6 50.2 1.com ./mm 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 C 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 Lbs/Kg 1.

0 64.0 1 250 x 250 x 80 229 28.0 11 117./mm Lbs/Kg 12 142.0 65. End Wt.3 16 x 16 x 12 Center to Approx.8 87.0 11 114. O.9 85.0 300 x 300 x 200 254 41.7 98.2 600 x 600 x 250 508 300 x 300 x 125 254 39.0 12 135.8 11 110. REDUCING TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH C to E O.7 84.4 18 x 18 x 10 15 ⁄2 204. C to E C to E Fabricated C to E FIGURE 7064 REDUCING TEE W/THREADED BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size In. Ea.4 450 x 450 x 250 250 x 250 x 125 229 29.2 94.5 300 x 300 x 250 254 43.0 24 x 24 x 8 20 334.0 18 x 18 x 14 151⁄2 211.5 450 x 450 x 400 300 x 300 x 80 254 38.0 18 x 18 x 12 151⁄2 209./mm Lbs/Kg In.D. 49 . Ea.0 155 C .0 450 x 450 x 300 250 x 250 x 150 229 24.0 12 139.0 152 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.0 12 x 12 x 8 12 x 12 x 10 14 x 14 x 8 14 x 14 x 10 14 x 14 x 12 16 x 16 x 8 16 x 16 x 10 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10 10 91.Cast malleable or ductile iron.7 450 x 450 x 350 250 x 250 x 200 229 29.9 400 x 400 x 200 305 61.8 GRUVLOK ® Cast 95.0 158 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm Lbs/Kg In. Nominal Size In. In.1 55. sizes 20 349./DN(mm) 10 x 10 x 3 Center to Approx. End Wt.5 400 x 400 x 250 305 63.0 600 x 600 x 300 508 10 x 10 x 4 10 x 10 x 5 10 x 10 x 6 10 x 10 x 8 12 x 12 x 3 12 x 12 x 4 12 x 12 x 5 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 64.5 350 x 350 x 300 279 52.0 305 64./DN(mm) 9 63.Grooved Fittings FIG. 24 x 24 x 10 24 x 24 x 12 394 394 394 394 92.8 600 x 600 x 200 508 300 x 300 x 100 254 38.0 12 x 12 x 6 Center to Approx. Nominal Size In.6 300 x 300 x 150 254 40. 7064. Ea.3 350 x 350 x 250 279 51.5 94.1 400 x 400 x 300 250 x 250 x 100 229 29. End Wt.0 18 x 18 x 16 151⁄2 216.9 350 x 350 x 200 279 49.D. all others are fabricated steel.D.0 20 342. CONT'D./DN(mm) 10 88.

3 6.D.000 406.1 6.563 141.Grooved Fittings FIG. Wt./mm Lbs.D.875 73.6 16.3 2.6 2.8 4.8 2.625 168.000 609.D.375 60.9 4.4 In.6 Center to End Approx. 108. 43⁄4 C 121 5C 127 51⁄4 C 133 51⁄2 C 140 51⁄2 C 140 6C 152 61⁄2 C 165 61⁄2 C 165 9.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 O.1 6 150 O.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.anvilintl.1 4.000 355.750 323.1 5.8 2.9 275. C to E GRUVLOK ® Cast Fabricated C to E FIG.1 3.3 4.660 42.0 98. 7060 TEE C to E O.8 94.1 6.5 33.3 Center to End Approx.3 5./Kg Nominal Size In.236 133.9 14.0 24.4 18.3 16. Ea.2 218./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.4 24.2 1.D. 7060 TEE Nominal Size In./mm 4.2 20.4 11.0 4 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.500 139./mm Lbs.000 508. 21⁄4 C 57 23⁄4 C 70 23⁄4 C 70 31⁄4 C 83 33⁄4 C 95 4C 101 41⁄4 C 108 41⁄2 C 114 0.D. Wt.000 101. www. 73⁄4 C 197 9C 229 10 C 254 11 279 12 305 151⁄2 394 171⁄4 438 20 508 41.2 10.D.3 2.7 In.4 1.5 146.8 9.0 118.D. 159.D.4 16.D.D.D.0 4.0 125 379.8 4.9 0.7 43. 133.0 53.7 14./Kg C . O.4 1.315 33.8 0. In.3 20.4 1. 139.5 0.7 11./mm Lbs.0 5./mm 8.000 457.259 159.6 74.0 61⁄2 O.Cast malleable or ductile iron.250 108. In.7 1. In.0 1.625 219.500 114. all others are fabricated steel. 76.1 7.com .750 273. Ea.1 25.0 2. 50 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./DN(mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.1 12.7 5. 165.0 172 In.0 51⁄2 O.500 88.6 9.1 18./Kg Nominal Size In.2 7.1 10.0 6. Wt.0 66. Ea.996 76./DN(mm) 41⁄4 O.3 4./mm 1.6 Center to End Approx.900 48.500 165.

1 5x4 125 x 100 6x1 150 x 25 6x2 150 x 50 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4.7 5.D.D. sizes ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 1./mm Lbs.0 2.6 1. Ea. 1.3 0./DN(mm) In.6 0.4 1./DN(mm) End to End Approx.3 0.0 6.8 0.3 1. 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 80 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 0.5 In.5 0.5 2.3 1. Ea. 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 80 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 1. Wt./mm Lbs.6 1. Ea.7 6.2 0.2 0.7 In. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.6 In.3 0.5 1.7 5.Grooved Fittings FIG.6 1. 7076 GR X THD CONCENTRIC REDUCERS Nominal Size End to End Approx.6 1.0 2. Wt.5 1./DN(mm) In.5 1.7 6.8 2.3 0.0 2.6 1. Wt. 7076 GR X THD CONCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E FIG.2 0.0 0.3 0.5 0. Ea./Kg GRUVLOK ® O./Kg Nominal Size In./DN(mm) In.5 1. All are Fabricated Steel.6 1./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.0 2.9 2.8 0. Wt./mm Lbs./mm Lbs.0 2.3 1./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx. 51 .8 2.3 1. 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 In.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 2.2 2.2 1.

Wt.8 4. 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 5./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.7 6.5 3.1 2.9 9.4 2./DN(mm) In. Wt.0 1./Kg See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.7 3. GRUVLOK ® Fabricated FIG. Ea.9 2. 7097 ECCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E FIG. 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 6x1 150 x 25 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 10 254 11 279 11 279 11 279 11 279 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 8./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.3 2. Fabricated FIGURE 7073 & 7097 ECCENTRIC REDUCERS (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size End to End Approx.3 4./DN(mm) In. 7073– GR.2 1.6 4.4 1.7 4.0 4. Wt.D./mm Lbs.anvilintl. 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 3. Ea. O.6 1. Ea.6 In.9 11.2 1.8 4./DN(mm) In.1 5.2 9.5 3.5 10./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx. X GR.4 12.3 3.0 5. 7073 & FIG.5 0.8 4.0 2.4 1.0 1.3 2./mm Lbs.7 0.5 12.0 4. X THD.4 12.2 5./mm Lbs.9 6.2 In.com .9 6.5 3.7 1./mm Lbs. 7097 – GR.0 7.8 2.Grooved Fittings FIG. O.1 1. Ea.D. 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 80 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 1.6 3.5 6.7 1.5 In.9 3. www.0 2.9 5.5 1. Wt.6 0.0 5.6 2.0 2.D. sizes 52 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 In.3 7.5 2.5 2.9 4./DN(mm) In.

3 17.2 110 49.9 21.3 96 43.5 47.7 14. 91 41./Kg Nominal Size In.7 194 88 199 90.2 184 83. Ea.4 9.6 20 x 14 500 x 350 20 x 16 500 x 400 20 x 18 500 x 450 24 x 10 600 x 250 24 x 12 600 x 300 24 x 14 600 x 350 24 x 16 600 x 400 24 x 18 600 x 450 24 x 20 600 x 500 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 152 68.7 21. Wt.D. ECCENTRIC REDUCERS FIGURE 7073 & 7097 ECCENTRIC REDUCERS (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) End to End Approx.8 149 67.7 13./mm Lbs.6 44. Wt./Kg Nominal Size In./mm Lbs. Ea.4 10 x 6 250 x 150 10 x 8 250 x 200 12 x 4 300 x 100 12 x 6 300 x 150 12 x 8 300 x 200 12 x 10 300 x 250 14 x 6 350 x 150 14 x 8 350 x 200 14 x 10 350 x 250 14 x 12 350 x 300 13 330 13 330 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 In.7 23.5 99 44.3 117 53./DN(mm) End to End Approx.9 16 x 8 400 x 200 16 x 10 400 x 250 16 x 12 400 x 300 16 x 14 400 x 350 18 x 10 450 x 250 18 x 12 450 x 300 18 x 14 450 x 350 18 x 16 450 x 400 20 x 10 500 x 250 20 x 12 500 x 300 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 20 508 20 508 In.7 8.8 13. 7097. Wt. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 10 x 4 250 x 100 10 x 5 250 x 125 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 13 330 13 330 In.3 84 38.5 31.0 23./DN(mm) End to End Approx.0 15./mm Lbs.8 160 72.2 7. CONT'D./DN(mm) In.4 80 36. 7073 & FIG.9 145 65.9 179 81.Grooved Fittings FIG. 53 . Center to end dimensions may differ from those shown above.6 174 78.1 88 39. 34.5 189 85.2 14. Wt.9 113 51.6 6. Ea.6 52./Kg GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./DN(mm) End to End Approx. sizes Fabricated Steel *Figure 7097 is available in sizes 11⁄4 x 1 through 12 x 10.4 15./mm Lbs.2 10.2 20.9 6.1 19./Kg Nominal Size In.8 5.8 20.3 In.6 78 35. 12. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Ea.5 29.8 16.4 34.9 104 47.9 8.9 156 70.3 45.1 121 54.

7078 GR X THD O.0 3.6 12.3 7.0 3.6 8.0 2.9 2./Kg Nominal Size In.6 4x3 100 x 80 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 6x1 150 x 25 6 x 11⁄4 150 x 32 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 9 229 9 229 11 279 11 279 11 279 11 279 12 305 12 305 12 305 In.anvilintl. 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 8 203 8 203 2.5 1.9 3.0 8.6 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6 x 31⁄2 150 x 90 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 19.0 2.6 19.Grooved Fittings FIG.0 8. Ea. 8.0 8.6 3./DN(mm) In.4 12./mm For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm Lbs.0 8.0 8.6 19.6 8.5 1.6 In./DN(mm) In.6 19. Wt./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.0 3.4 19. Lbs.D./Kg Nominal Size In.0 8. FIG.0 3.6 8.3 5.0 8.6 19.0 0.3 5. 7079 SWAGED NIPPLES E to E GRUVLOK ® FIG. 7079 GR X BEV O./Kg See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 In. Ea.D. Ea.0 3.0 2. 7077 GR X GR 54 E to E E to E FIG.3 5. FIGURE 7077. 7078 & FIG.0 7. O.0 3.D. 7078 & 7079 SWAGED NIPPLES Nominal Size End to End Approx./mm Lbs. Wt. 7077.6 8.0 3. 5.0 3.4 12./DN(mm) End to End Approx.0 0.4 12.2 8.0 5. Wt.0 2.6 5.3 In. sizes www.6 17.5 1./mm Lbs.com . Wt.D.6 3.0 5.6 8.0 5.0 2.5 1. Ea./DN(mm) End to End Approx.0 0.6 3.0 8. FIG.0 5.9 2.7 19.6 19.

6 1.5 9.5 3.5 1.3 0.4 2.0 2.0 2.6 1.0 In.3 1./DN(mm) In. 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 C 64 3 76 3C 76 3 76 1. Wt.6 1. Ea./mm Lbs.6 1.2 1./DN(mm) ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In./mm Lbs.1 4.D.0 2.3 0.4 1.0 4.0 0. 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 0.6 In./mm Lbs.2 3.5 0. Ea.1 6.7 12. Ea.3 0.3 0.8 0. Cast Fabricated FIGURE 7072 CONCENTRIC REDUCER (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size End to End Approx.8 0./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. GRUVLOK ® GR X GR CONCENTRIC REDUCERS 55 .7 6.6 0.0 2./DN(mm) In.6 0. 7072 E to E E to E O.0 0.0 2.7 5. Ea. Wt.6 4.9 3.3 0.5 1.3 0.4 2.7 1.6 0.6 2.6 2.0 In.4 5. Wt.6 1.D.6 0.5 1.6 1.3 0.1 In.2 0.8 2.1 2.5 6.0 4.0 4./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx. 6x1 150 x 25 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 4 102 4 102 4C 102 4 102 4C 102 4C 102 4C 102 5 127 5C 127 6.1 6. 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 3 76 3C 76 3C 76 3C 76 3C 76 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 C 89 2./mm Lbs. Wt.3 0.4 1.5 2./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.5 2. O.2 1.7 1.4 0.2 1.0 5.8 3.6 1./DN(mm) In./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.Grooved Fittings FIG.

4 154./mm For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 152.5 5.9 71.8 125.0 32.1 30.7 66. Wt. Wt.2 39. Ea./mm Lbs.0 67. 7072.9 155.0 68. sizes www./mm Lbs.3 57. O.0 65./DN(mm) In.2 39.4 133.3 24.0 69. GR X GR CONCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E O. 24 x 10 600 x 250 24 x 12 600 x 300 24 x 14 600 x 350 24 x 16 600 x 400 24 x 18 600 x 450 24 x 20 600 x 500 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 147.3 83./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.6 123. 18 x 10 450 x 250 18 x 12 450 x 300 18 x 14 450 x 350 18 x 16 450 x 400 20 x 10 500 x 250 20 x 12 500 x 300 20 x 14 500 x 350 20 x 16 500 x 400 20 x 18 500 x 450 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 82./DN(mm) In.1 20 9.8 20 9. Ea.1 23.6 54.0 70.0 66.4 29./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.3 In.5 24./Kg See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. Lbs.4 14.0 69.7 55.3 68.0 58.7 25.3 29 13.6 37.2 29 13.7 30.9 86.com ./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.9 153.D.5 131./DN(mm) In.8 25 11. 12 x 10 300 x 250 14 x 6 350 x 150 14 x 8 350 x 200 14 x 10 350 x 250 14 x 12 350 x 300 16 x 8 400 x 200 16 x 10 400 x 250 16 x 12 400 x 300 16 x 14 400 x 350 7 178 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 32./DN(mm) In.D.anvilintl. Ea.2 10.2 In.6 4. Wt. 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 10 x 4 250 x 100 10 x 5 250 x 125 10 x 6 250 x 150 10 x 8 250 x 200 12 x 4 300 x 100 12 x 6 300 x 150 12 x 8 300 x 200 5 127 5C 127 6 152 6 152 6C 152 6 152 7 178 7 178 7 178 11.2 In.1 20 9.0 55.Grooved Fittings FIG. Ea. Wt.0 56.7 54.7 129.1 87.0 60.3 37.0 59. CONT'D.3 In.3 26./mm Lbs.9 10.D. GRUVLOK ® Cast 56 Fabricated FIGURE 7072 CONCENTRIC REDUCER (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size End to End Approx.7 149.

Grooved Fittings FIG. 7069 45° LATERAL O./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx./mm In.3 8.6 127 57.0 4.0 6.6 4.2 20.000 609. C to LE FIGURE 7069 45° LATERALS Nominal Size O.0 24.500 88./Kg 3 18.5 0. End End In./mm In.000 508. Ea./mm In. GRUVLOK ® C to LE C to SE 57 . End End In.5 11.625 168.4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.3 6.000 406.5 2. In. to Long to Short Wt./ DN(mm) 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.0 13./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx./Kg 1.D.1 10.8 37./mm 5 127 53⁄4 146 61⁄4 159 7 178 73⁄4 197 81⁄2 216 10 254 1 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 1.2 1.3 5.375 60.0 3./mm In.3 2.6 21.900 48.4 18.1 12.563 141.5 3 ⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 71⁄2 191 Nominal Size In.6 46.4 1. In.7 2.D.750 273.500 114.000 457.000 101./mm 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 4. Ea.000 355. Ea.3 2.660 42./mm Lbs.5 1.625 219. to Long to Short Wt.0 10.1 82.875 73. End End In.3 8.6 1 10 ⁄2 267 121⁄2 318 14 356 18 457 201⁄2 521 23 584 261⁄2 673 In.9 14.0 14.8 215 97.D.315 33. to Long to Short Wt.3 30.5 1. Center Center Approx./mm Lbs./mm In.9 4.1 3.6 2 ⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 Lbs./Kg 16.0 5.750 323.D.4 165 74.6 29 737 32 813 35 889 40 1016 8 203 81⁄2 216 9 229 10 254 345 157 425 193 517 235 940 426 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.

0 30.0 45. Center to Center to Approx.8 75./DN(mm) 33. Ea.0 62.0 16./Kg 100.7 18./mm 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 4 102 4 102 4 102 Nominal Size Lbs.0 47.5 10.0 37.D./mm 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 261⁄2 673 In. Long End Short End Wt.0 15. C to LE GRUVLOK ® C to SE 58 C to LE FIGURE 7070 45° REDUCING LATERAL Nominal Size In.2 15.4 11.8 40.0 20.1 140.2 26./mm 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 In.5 www./mm 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 6 152 6 152 6 152 61⁄2 165 Nominal Size Lbs.0 30./DN(mm) 9.6 10 x 10 x 5 250 x 250 x 125 10 x 10 x 6 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 8 250 x 250 x 200 12 x 12 x 4 300 x 300 x 100 12 x 12 x 6 300 x 300 x 150 12 x 12 x 8 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 10 300 x 300 x 250 14 x 14 x 4 350 x 350 x 100 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 7.4 59. Ea.8 4.0 7.6 137.anvilintl. Long End Short End Wt. 7070 45° REDUCING LATERAL O.0 34.1 45. In.5 8.0 37.4 105.0 68./mm 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 18 457 18 457 18 457 201⁄2 521 In. Ea.5 12.5 13.0 66.5 5. In.0 83.6 27./Kg In.2 173 78.0 17./Kg In.5 147.4 22./DN(mm) 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 5x5x2 125 x 125 x 50 5x5x3 125 x 125 x 80 5x5x4 125 x 125 x 100 Center to Center to Approx. In.8 6x6x2 150 x 150 x 50 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 10 x 10 x 4 250 x 250 x 100 Center to Center to Approx.0 63. Long End Short End Wt.6 116.Grooved Fittings FIG.7 168 76.0 18.0 52./mm 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 71⁄2 191 Lbs.com .

In./mm 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 81⁄2 216 Nominal Size Lbs. Long End Short End Wt.D./Kg In. Ea. Ea. sizes O./mm 261⁄2 673 261⁄2 673 261⁄2 673 261⁄2 673 29 737 29 737 29 737 29 737 29 737 32 813 In. Long End Short End Wt./mm 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 9 229 10 254 10 254 Lbs. 45° REDUCING LATERAL In.Grooved Fittings FIG./DN(mm) 185 83.D. GRUVLOK ® FIGURE 7070 45° REDUCING LATERAL Nominal Size 59 . CONT'D. 7070./mm 32 813 32 813 32 813 32 813 32 813 35 889 35 889 235 889 40 1016 40 1016 In./Kg 306 139 321 146 333 151 358 162 382 173 390 177 410 186 440 200 725 329 785 356 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./DN(mm) 14 x 14 x 6 350 x 350 x 150 14 x 14 x 8 350 x 350 x 200 14 x 14 x 10 350 x 350 x 250 14 x 14 x 12 350 x 350 x 300 16 x 16 x 6 400 x 400 x 150 16 x 16 x 8 400 x 400 x 200 16 x 16 x 10 400 x 400 x 250 16 x 16 x 12 400 x 400 x 300 16 x 16 x 14 400 x 400 x 350 18 x 18 x 6 450 x 450 x 150 Center to Center to Approx.9 195 88.5 223 101 240 109 235 107 250 113 263 119 283 128 307 139 275 125 18 x 18 x 8 450 x 450 x 200 18 x 18 x 10 450 x 450 x 250 18 x 18 x 12 450 x 450 x 300 18 x 18 x 14 450 x 450 x 350 18 x 18 x 16 450 x 450 x 400 20 x 20 x 12 500 x 500 x 300 20 x 20 x 14 500 x 500 x 350 20 x 20 x 16 500 x 500 x 400 24 x 24 x 16 600 x 600 x 400 24 x 24 x 20 600 x 600 x 500 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Center to Center to Approx. In. C to LE C to SE C to LE For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.

Ea.5 27.2 16./mm In.0 23 10.anvilintl.8 32 14. GRUVLOK ® H 60 E2 G FIGURE 7066 TEE WYE (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In./mm In. Ea.9 11./mm In.5 22 10./mm 5x5x5 125 x 125 x 125 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 6x6x6 150 x 150 x 150 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 4 102 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 6 152 6 152 6 152 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./Kg 6.5 35 15. Lbs.3 60. 7066 TEE WYE E1 O./mm In./DN(mm) In.1 50 22.5 5.3 www.9 58 26.Grooved Fittings FIG.9 Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In./mm In.4 2. 121⁄2 318 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 18 457 18 457 18 457 161⁄8 410 155⁄16 389 161⁄4 413 171⁄4 438 181⁄4 464 183⁄16 462 19 483 20 508 10 254 105⁄16 262 103⁄4 273 111⁄8 283 111⁄2 292 133⁄16 338 131⁄2 343 137⁄8 352 Approx. Wt./DN(mm) 2x2x2 50 x 50 x 50 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 65 x 65 x 65 3x3x3 80 x 80 x 80 1 3 ⁄2 x 31⁄2 x 31⁄2 90 x 90 x 90 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 4x4x4 100 x 100 x 100 5x5x3 125 x 125 x 80 5x5x4 125 x 125 x 100 G H E1 E2 In.9 111 50.com .D.4 100 45. Wt.5 7./mm 7 178 73⁄4 197 81⁄2 216 10 254 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 9 229 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 13 330 127⁄8 327 135⁄8 346 141⁄4 362 151⁄8 384 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 4 102 4 102 45⁄8 117 53⁄4 146 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 77⁄8 200 81⁄8 206 91⁄4 235 95⁄8 244 Approx. Lbs.7 55 24./mm In./Kg 40 18.4 110 49.4 26 11.

Lbs. H G FIGURE 7066 TEE WYE (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In./mm 112 50.8 175 79.5 145 65. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 240 109 GRUVLOK ® E2 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.D./DN(mm) In./mm 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 8x8x8 200 x 200 x 200 10 x 10 x 3 250 x 250 x 80 10 x 10 x 4 250 x 250 x 100 10 x 10 x 5 250 x 250 x 125 10 x 10 x 6 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 8 250 x 250 x 200 10 x 10 x 10 250 x 250 x 250 6 152 6 152 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 18 457 18 457 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 211⁄8 537 231⁄4 591 197⁄8 505 203⁄4 527 217⁄8 556 227⁄8 581 271⁄4 692 271⁄4 692 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 143⁄8 365 151⁄4 387 147⁄8 378 151⁄4 387 153⁄4 400 161⁄8 410 191⁄4 489 18 457 Approx. Wt. Ea. 7066.8 120 54./mm In. CONT'D.Grooved Fittings FIG. TEE WYE E1 O. 61 .D./mm In./mm Lbs./DN(mm) In.0 135 61./mm In. Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In.4 200 90.8 150 68. Ea. Wt.2 140 63./Kg In./mm In.4 130 59./mm In.8 165 74.5 145 65.2 12 x 12 x 3 300 x 300 x 80 12 x 12 x 4 300 x 300 x 100 12 x 12 x 6 300 x 300 x 150 12 x 12 x 8 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 10 300 x 300 x 250 12 x 12 x 12 300 x 300 x 300 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 203⁄4 527 211⁄2 546 233⁄4 603 26 660 28 711 31 787 153⁄4 400 16 406 17 432 18 457 183⁄4 476 201⁄2 521 Approx.0 190 86./Kg 140 63.

anvilintl.1 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.0 11.0 11.3 Approx.0 9./mm In./mm In./Kg In. Ea.0 6x4x6 12 x 12 x 10 6x5x3 12 x 12 x 10 6x5x4 12 x 12 x 10 8x6x4 12 x 12 x 10 8x6x8 12 x 12 x 10 41⁄2 114 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 1 25 6 152 14 356 103⁄4 273 103⁄4 273 12 305 18 457 181⁄4 464 13 330 137⁄8 352 143⁄4 375 231⁄4 591 111⁄2 292 8 203 83⁄8 213 91⁄4 235 151⁄4 387 25.0 21. Ea./DN(mm) In.D. Wt.D./mm In. GRUVLOK ® H 62 E2 G FIGURE 7067 REDUCING TEE WYE Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In.7 27.0 14.0 27. Nominal Size G H E1 E2 Lbs.3 27./mm 4x3x3 12 x 12 x 10 4x3x4 12 x 12 x 10 5x3x3 12 x 12 x 10 5x3x5 12 x 12 x 10 5x4x3 12 x 12 x 10 5x4x4 12 x 12 x 10 15⁄8 41 33⁄4 267 11⁄4 32 4 102 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 73⁄8 187 101⁄2 346 93⁄4 248 121⁄2 318 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 103⁄4 273 135⁄8 346 111⁄2 292 161⁄8 410 117⁄8 302 123⁄4 324 55⁄8 143 81⁄8 206 61⁄2 165 10 254 67⁄8 175 71⁄4 184 Approx.0 20. 7067 REDUCINGTEE WYE E1 O. Lbs. Wt.0 20.5 25.1 45.0 12./DN(mm) In.0 7.4 95./mm In. www.com .Grooved Fittings FIG./mm In.2 31./mm 16. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 44.0 43./mm In./Kg 61.

8 2. Center Center Approx.000 101.1 10.000 508./mm Lbs. to Long to Short Wt.7 166.3 6.2 1.8 15 6.1 41⁄2 114 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 61⁄2 165 8.3 3.0 24.900 48. Ea.000 457. Ea./ DN(mm) 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.3 51.375 60.D.750 273.500 88. End End In. GRUVLOK ® O. to Long to Short Wt. 63 . End End In.750 323.8 10.1 2.0 23.3 1.000 355.500 114.3 5.625 219.4 1.3 2.563 141.8 21.0 72.6 4.315 33.000 406./mm Lbs.000 609./mm Lbs.625 168.3 6.9 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 1.8 36.0 3.6 136./mm In.0 2./Kg 1.8 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.3 8. In./mm In.D./Kg 4./mm In. to Long to Short Wt.6 16.5 0.D.0 61.8 0.3 234 106 281 128 523 237 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 Nominal Size In.6 9.5 1. End End In./mm In.6 10 254 11 279 12 305 151⁄2 394 171⁄4 438 20 508 7 178 71⁄2 191 8 203 81⁄2 216 9 229 10 254 160.1 0.7 1./mm In.3 2.660 42.0 75.Grooved Fittings FIG./Kg 12./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx. 7071 TRUE WYE C to LE C to SE FIGURE 7071 TRUE WYE Nominal Size O./mm In. Ea. In./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx.875 73.9 14.2 20.0 5.D.5 4.0 16.4 18.

8 0.8 9.3 6.2 0.625 168. Lbs.6 4.2 1.315 33.1 5.2 3.7 1. Ea./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 6 150 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 2.2 1.0 Nominal Size In.500 88. Wt.com ./mm 1.3 0.625 168.500 88.4 1.3 2.D.2 1.3 2. C to TE C to TE GRUVLOK ® C to GE 64 Nominal Size In.4 11.0 www.5 1.315 33.0 4.D.5 2.375 60. Lbs./Kg 0. Wt.900 48.2 1./mm 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 41⁄4 108 33⁄4 95 6 152 61⁄4 159 71⁄4 184 61⁄2 165 Approx.7 11 5.D.0 4.500 114.875 73. Ea.0 3.9 7.4 1.Grooved Fittings FIG.900 48. 7055 GR X MPT 45° ADAPTER ELBOW 90° ADAPTER ELBOW O.6 0.3 2.3 2.3 6.000 101. C to GE O.875 73.0 3.660 42./Kg 0.000 101.6 0.7 0.0 3.3 0.500 114.5 2.9 8.6 4.anvilintl.9 4.6 0. In./mm 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 3 76 21⁄4 57 41⁄4 108 23⁄4 70 51⁄4 133 31⁄2 89 Approx.D.375 60.5 3. FIGURE 7056 45° ADAPTER ELBOWS O. In./mm 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄2 89 In./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 6 150 FIGURE 7055 90° ADAPTER ELBOWS O.3 2.0 0.660 42.0 19.9 4./mm 1.3 Center to Center to Grooved End Threaded End In.3 Center to Center to Grooved End Threaded End In.3 1./mm 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 5 127 61⁄2 165 In. 7056 GR X MPT FIG.3 1.7 6.4 1.

3 3.3 186 84.750 273./mm NPSC Lbs.5 2.5 45.6 0./mm In.750 273.0 1 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size Grooved End O./DN(mm) In. End to End Approx.750 323.6 65. E to E FIGURE 7050 RF REDUCING BASE SUPPORT ELBOWS FIGURE 7087 FEMALE THREAD ADAPTER Nominal Size Grooved End O. 65 .625 168.500 114. 7087 GR X FPT FIG./mm Lbs.9 4./Kg 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 10 x 6 250 x 150 10 x 8 250 x 200 12 x 8 300 x 200 12 x 10 300 x 250 6. GRUVLOK ® H B Dia.7 2.Grooved Fittings FIG.7 1.1 10.7 0.5 0. Threaded Approx.625 168.315 33.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 8. Ea.4 127 57. Ea.1 10.D.3 1.D.5 1.4 0.7 73 33.9 12.D.900 48.5 17.2 1./mm In.4 20. O.1 8.660 42.500 88.4 1.3 6.6 155 70.3 2 ⁄16 52 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 0. 7050RF FEMALE THREAD ADAPTER GROOVED X 150# FLANGED (GXF) C to E E to E O./mm In. In.D./Kg 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 1./DN(mm) In.625 219.1 12.625 219. Center to End H B Dia. GxF In.375 60.6 1. Wt.1 4. Wt.3 2.9 12 305 121⁄2 318 16 406 16 406 19 483 19 483 22 559 22 559 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 3 76 3 76 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 38.1 100 45.5 29.750 323.

7085 E to E GROOVE X CLASS 150 FLANGE NIPPLES GROOVE X CLASS 300 FLANGE NIPPLES GRUVLOK ® O./Kg 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 2. FIGURE 7085 GROOVE X CLASS 300 FLANGE NIPPLES End Approx.0 24.5 13.1 12.2 4.9 14.3 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.375 60.4 18.000 508.875 73./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 1.1 12./ In.7 4.6 4.D.5 28.315 33.6 4./mm DN(mm) 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 6.500 114./ In.4 15.0 10.6 End Approx.375 60.1 3. to End Wt.750 323.0 12./ In.3 2.4 Nominal O.1 1.2 20.7 * * * * * * * * * * * * www.2 8.4 18.9 96.D.9 50. to End Wt.0 2.4 1. In.0 24.000 609. to End Wt.563 141./mm Lbs.0 6.7 72.1 3.Grooved Fittings FIG. to End Wt.0 21.0 22. In. In.6 1.3 8. Size In.900 48.2 10.000 101./Kg 6 152 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 * * * * * * * * 35./mm Lbs.9 4.3 8. End Approx.D. FIGURE 7084 GROOVE X CLASS 150 FLANGE NIPPLES Nominal O.000 457.D.com . In./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 1.000 355.0 9.9 4.500 114.9 6.1 43.2 30.2 1.D.2 1.3 2./mm DN(mm) 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 6.625 219.900 48.0 32. Size In./mm Lbs.4 1. Ea.9 14.660 42.3 2.625 219.000 457.7 11. 7084 FIG.7 23.D.3 5.3 2.000 355.1 8.660 42.3 End Approx.625 168.6 2.9 Nominal O.000 406.6 4.315 33.5 7./mm Lbs.7 9.2 3.5 19.7 68./ In.0 3.750 323.6 16.000 101. Ea.750 273.750 273.000 508. 66 * Contact a Gruvlok Representative for dimensions & weights.5 1.500 88. Ea.000 609.8 1.anvilintl.0 15.500 88. Size In.000 406. Size In.4 4.6 E to E O.1 7.875 73.1 10.6 * * * * * * * * * * Nominal O.4 19.4 43.563 141.625 168.7 35.9 5.0 3.1 10. Ea./Kg 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 * * * * * * * * * * 29./Kg 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 3.6 16.3 5.7 14.0 15.2 20.

625 168.4 58 26.0 24.Cast Malleable or Ductile Iron For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Lbs.3 0./mm 1.2 0.1 6C 150 8C 200 4.0 6.1 2.259 159.625 219.7 10 C 250 12 C 300 14* 350 16* 400 18* 450 20* 500 24* 600 10.3 40 18. Ea.1 45 20.0 O.0 0.6 2. C 108.D.000 406. C 76.7 5.9 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.2 20. Wt.D.563 141.5 0.750 323.000 355.375 60.6 In.1 3C 80 31⁄2 C 90 41⁄4 O. C 133.1 6.000 508.2 1.3 6. FIGURE 7074 CAP Nominal Size In.D.875 73./DN(mm) In.0 End to End In.0 5.0 51⁄2 O.1 3. Wt.7 6.9 4.500 88.4 18.D.8 4.5 0.1 0./mm 4C 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.0 61⁄2 O.5 5.000 101.3 2.2 0.5 1. 67 .8 5./Kg In.996 76. Wt. Ea./Kg 0.Grooved Fittings FIG.4 0.4 In./mm Nominal Size O.7 12.500 139.D.4 1.5 4.0 1. C 159.250 108.750 273.9 9.3 3./DN(mm) 11⁄4 C 32 11⁄2 C 40 2C 50 21⁄2 C 65 3 O.D.900 48.3 6.0 1.000 457.8 100 45.236 133.D./mm 2./mm Lbs.1 12.9 14.7 0.2 1. In.0 2. 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 15⁄16 33 11⁄2 38 Lbs.D.0 2. In.1 End to End Approx.6 16.0 2.D.3 79 35. End to End Approx. 7074 CAP O./Kg GRUVLOK ® E to E * Machined Cap C .9 33.3 5.3 8.7 5C 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.500 165. 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 81⁄2 216 9 229 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 21.2 0.500 114.8 1.6 4. C 139.4 0.8 15./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄8 29 Approx./DN(mm) In. C 165.3 2.000 609.D.660 42. Ea.8 0.

4 7.3 2./Kg 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 2.4 2.5 1.0 7.8 70.4 12./mm Lbs.8 48.1 1. Nominal Size O.5 170 77.660 42.D.D.9 14.9 4.3 5.8 4.563 141.4 * Contact a Gruvlok Representative for dimensions & weights.5 1.D.315 33.com .9 4.5 3.anvilintl.000 355.900 48. GRUVLOK ® O. Ea.1 260 118 320 145 585 265 In.Grooved Fittings FIG. In.0 31. 7068 FIG.1 3.6 4.1 2.4 9.375 60.3 8.4 18.000 101.563 141. In.500 88.3 Center to End Approx.0 24.000 508. Wt./mm Lbs. Ea.625 219. End to End Approx. In.4 3.6 2./mm Lbs.0 In./DN(mm) In.750 273.875 73.750 323. 7075 CROSS BULL PLUG C to E E to E O.2 20. Ea.3 2.000 406.2 5./mm 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 6.5 8.9 1.1 12.500 114.D. 68 Nominal Size O.000 609.500 88.4 * * 18.0 3.1 10.0 3.9 140 63.3 5.375 60.2 1.6 16.5 17./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 1.D./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) In. Wt.3 0.3 6./mm In.6 Center to End Approx.1 1.0 21. 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 11 279 12 305 151⁄2 394 171⁄4 438 20 508 28./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Wt.3 2.6 8.2 2.3 4 102 5 127 6 152 7 178 * * 10 254 2.0 2. FIGURE 7075 BULL PLUG FIGURE 7068 CROSS Nominal Size Fitting O.875 73. 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 5 127 51⁄2 140 1.625 168.3 12.500 114.000 457.4 4.3 5.625 168.8 110 49./Kg www.4 1.

9 0.3 1.2 6. 7081 & 7082 ADAPTER NIPPLES End to Approx.3 2.660 42. In.375 60.375 60.9 2.750 273.2 46.5 2.D.1 12.5 Nom.5 2. Size O.625 219.4 0./ In./mm DN(mm) 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4./Kg 0.750 323.2 33.2 1.9 In.625 219.660 42.875 73.875 73. End Wt./mm Lbs.4 1.1 12./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 1. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 13. 7080 FIG./mm Lbs.315 33.4 0. Ea.0 3./mm DN(mm) End to Approx. Ea.1 3.4 1. In.3 2. 7081 FIG.3 0.5 1.D. O.3 2.4 1.9 0. In./mm 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 4 102 45⁄8 117 51⁄2 140 6 152 Lbs.2 0.625 168. Size E to E FIGURES 7080.6 End to Approx.3 8.9 End to Approx.3 6.9 7 ⁄4 184 93⁄4 248 11 279 121⁄2 318 14 356 16 406 Nom.0 3.1 1.2 0. In.6 2. Ea./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 1.3 8.0 13.900 48./Kg 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 5.315 33.0 20.5 7./mm Lbs.3 6.D.0 15.2 6.8 0.4 27.500 88.9 29.Grooved Fittings FIG.3 5. O.500 114.9 4.4 0./ In./Kg 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 0.3 5.750 273.5 4. Size O.750 323.0 GRUVLOK ® E to E This product is not UL/ULC Listed or FM Approved.D.1 1.0 10.D.1 3.000 101./ In.0 12.0 3.4 3. End Wt.3 14.8 0. End Wt.563 141. 69 .7 0.1 10. Ea.5 8.D.4 Nom.2 1. In.4 9. FIGURE 7086 HOSE NIPPLES Nom.3 2.D. 7086 FIG. In.9 E to E O.563 141. Size O.500 114.4 1.D.625 168. In. End Wt.3 0.2 0. 7082 GR X HOSE NIPPLES GR X GR GR X MPT GR X BEV E to E O./ In.500 88. 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 4.0 24. O.900 48.5 1.1 10./Kg 1 5.

Nominal Size O./mm In. Center to End of Run Center to End of Branch In. 70 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./mm In.1 37.3 6. 7001 Gruvlok Standard Coupling./mm In.4 11. Ea.625 168.D./DN(mm) In. www.D.1 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.D. 7001 Gruvlok Standard Coupling. C to EOB C to EOR FIGURE 7065 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) FIGURE 7065 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) Approx. 7065 FIG. Nominal Size O./mm Lbs.D. Wt.6 3.2 5.0 14.D. sizes These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength. These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength.1 5x5x8 125 x 125 x 200 6x6x8 150 x 150 x 200 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 31. GRUVLOK ® C to EOB O. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Pressure ratings of Gruvlok Fittings conforms to those of Fig.3 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 4 102 51⁄8 130 7./mm Lbs./Kg In. Center to End of Run Center to End of Branch Approx.Grooved Fittings FIG.1 7./DN(mm) In.D./mm In.anvilintl./Kg 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 150 x 65 4. sizes.4 11. Wt. Pressure ratings of Gruvlok Fittings conforms to those of Fig.com . 7062 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) BULLHEAD TEE SPECIALTY TEES (GR X GR X FPT) C to EOR O.2 5.6 3. Ea.500 114.6 17.

/Kg In.7 300 20.375 60.750 273.7 300 20./DN(mm) In.900 48.30 1.583 141.8 7.875 73.7 300 20.D.8 2. 71 .20 48.2 9.7 300 20.9 300 20.2 1.0 3.500 88. Ea./mm psi/bar In.660 42. Wt.0 Dimensions ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Dimensions GRUVLOK ® O.3 8./mm Lbs.Grooved Fittings FIG.3 2. Available fabricated Schedule 10 only.70 0.7 300 20. Wt. Nominal Size O.10 3.D.10 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 5.00 0.0 29./mm In.1 10.D./mm psi/bar In.50 4.20 1. In.5 22.3 300 20.50 1.90 2.7 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 69 23⁄4 69 11.7 300 20.7 23⁄4 69 23⁄4 69 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 2 51 21⁄4 57 0./mm In.500 114. Max Working Pressure C to E H Approx.40 15.1 12.60 4. 7050DR STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) C to E H FIGURE 7050DR 90° DRAIN ELBOW Nominal Size O.625 168.60 2.3 6.7 300 20.750 323.7 300 20.7 300 20.5 5.70 0.9 4.625 219.3 2.0 66. Drain elbow has a standard 1" female NPT outlet For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./DN(mm) In. Max Working Pressure C to E H Approx. Ea./mm Lbs./Kg 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 1.

Wk.3 0.7 Coupling Dimensions A X Y Approx./kg 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 17⁄8 48 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 113⁄16 46 1./mm In. 7091 END-OF-LINE FITTING A Z Y GRUVLOK ® X 72 NPT FIGURE 7091 END-OF-LINE FITTING Nominal Size Run x Branch O.7 300 20.D./mm Lbs./kg 5 ⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 15⁄16 33 15⁄16 33 13⁄8 35 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 0.6 www. Wt. Max.7 300 20.0 0.875 73 2.8 0./mm PSI/bar 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 15 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 20 1.0 0. In./mm Lbs.4 0.875 73 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm PSI/bar 2x1 50 x 25 21⁄2 x 1⁄2 65 x 15 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 2./mm In.8 0.4 Nominal Size Run x Branch O.4 0.7 300 20.4 1.7 300 20.Grooved Fittings FIG./DN(mm) In.7 300 20. Ea. Pressure In.900 48 1.3 0. In. 300 20.7 300 20.900 48 1.8 0. Pressure In.7 300 20.0 0.6 1.900 48 2.4 0./mm In.3 1. Ea.875 73 2.4 1.anvilintl./mm In.D.6 1./DN(mm) In. Wk.375 60 2.com .7 Coupling Dimensions A X Y Approx.375 60 300 20. Max. Wt.375 60 2.

500 114.625 168.0 3./Kg 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 2.0 14.1 3.875 73./DN(mm) In.8 6. 7450 90° SHORT PATTERN ELBOW SHORT PATTERN TEE C to E C to E O. Ea. FIGURE 7460 TEE FIGURE 7450 90° ELBOW Nominal Size O.6 4.2 3.5 1. Wt.1 23⁄4 70 3 76 33⁄8 86 4 102 51⁄2 140 67⁄8 175 2.1 8.3 8./mm In.500 88.3 2.3 8. 7460 FIG.3 2.875 73. Ea.2 16.3 6. In.9 4.8 2./mm In.3 6.7 25.375 60.D.6 6. 73 .7 35.375 60.5 1.2 8./mm Lbs./DN(mm) In.8 2.D.7 0.500 114.D.1 3.6 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 2.5 1.0 See the Gruvlok Catalog for additional information ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK GRUVLOK ® C to E See the Gruvlok Catalog for additional information For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 3. Center to End Approx.625 168. O.7 19. Nominal Size O.D.6 1.625 219.5 3.6 11. Center to End Approx.500 88.1 23⁄4 70 3 76 33⁄8 86 4 102 51⁄2 140 67⁄8 175 1./Kg In.9 4.Grooved Fittings FIG.625 219./mm Lbs. Wt.

4 102.625 168. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10. Ea.9 14.7 332.8 58. GRUVLOK ® R =3 74 O.563 141.6 8./Kg 226. In.3 2.750 323. In./ In.500 114.1 10.0 6.3 8.3 148.3 2./mm DN(mm) Center Approx./Kg 71⁄2 4.D.8 22. Center Approx.5 8.4 9./mm Lbs.1 97. In. In.0 7.9 127.375 60.375 60. to End Wt./Kg 5.7 322.3 14.1 Center Approx.3 6. R= D 3D FIGURE 7050-3D 90° ELBOW Nom.Grooved Fittings FIG.D.0 441.4 246.000 355./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. Size O. Size O.4 18.750 273.000 609.3 576. 7050 3D FIG.1 254.6 4.com .000 101.3 5.6 16.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Size O./ In.4 879.625 168.3 2.7 254.anvilintl.5 11.0 Nom.875 73 3.4 6.0 5. Ea.D.2 48. 7057 3D LONG RADIUS 90° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60° ELBOW O.9 44.000 508 24.4 18.000 406.2 20.D.000 508 24.3 14./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.6 In. In.500 114. to End Wt.0 194.6 544.625 219.500 88.9 40.8 115.500 88.4 24./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. Ea.750 273.9 427.5 18.7 3.5 973.9 14.000 609.563 141.3 6.625 219./mm 40 1016 48 1219 56 1422 64 1626 72 1829 80 2032 96 2438 Lbs.4 191 81⁄4 210 91⁄4 235 10 254 11 279 133⁄4 349 161⁄2 419 22 559 Nom.9 4.6 4.875 73 3.D.2 Nom.7 28.000 457. In.9 18.4 18.3 398.1 12.5 429.000 406.5 305.1 710.6 63.000 457./mm Lbs.3 5.6 327.8 560. to End Wt.6 16. Size O.9 673.D./ In. Ea.4 78.000 101.1 12.000 355./mm 10 254 111⁄2 292 13 330 141⁄2 368 16 406 20 508 24 610 32 813 Lbs.3 2.9 4.5 4. In.0 14.3 193./ In.2 20.7 150.4 31.6 FIGURE 7057-3D 60° ELBOW Center Approx.3 www.3 8. to End Wt./Kg 271⁄4 692 323⁄4 832 381⁄4 972 433⁄4 1111 491⁄4 1251 543⁄4 1391 651⁄2 1664 173.8 1270.750 323.

7051 3D FIG.9 14.8 212.875 73 3.500 88.3 6.2 20.8 2.000 457.3 5.9 14.8 6.5 4./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10. In.563 141.D.9 97.3 103.3 2./ In.3 18. to End Wt.7 7.9 15./ In. Ea.0 80. In.625 219.D.9 Nom.5 467. Ea.1 26.3 209./Kg 53⁄4 3.375 60.625 219. to End Wt.6 10.3 5./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.500 114.6 Nom.6 16.625 168.750 273.3 6.1 Center Approx.6 16.375 60.8 21.D.6 In.0 3./Kg 3.6 FIGURE 7058-3D 30° ELBOW Center Approx.9 227.000 609.3 5.1 171.000 406.000 101.2 675.1 297.1 363.3 824. GRUVLOK ® R=3 D R= 75 ./mm Lbs. In.875 73 3.Grooved Fittings FIG./mm 221⁄2 572 27 686 311⁄2 800 36 914 401⁄2 1029 45 1143 533⁄4 1365 Lbs.0 30.000 508 24.4 18.9 461.000 355./mm 61⁄2 165 71⁄4 184 73⁄4 197 81⁄2 216 9 229 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 18 457 Lbs.9 135.3 8.3 8. to End Wt.3 12.3 2.0 9./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.500 114.4 18.750 273. to End Wt./ In.8 5.1 378. 7058 3D LONG RADIUS 45° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30° ELBOW O.625 168./Kg 18 457 213⁄4 552 251⁄4 641 29 737 321⁄2 826 36 914 431⁄4 1099 120.2 20.D.6 215.7 177. Size O.7 3. In. Ea.2 4.5 164.000 355.3 103.2 540.4 68.5 12.3 227.8 9. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.4 1.9 4.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 4. Size O.0 41./ In.7 245./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.7 82.750 323./Kg 146.9 4.9 33.1 12. Size O. In.7 304.750 323.8 146 6 152 61⁄2 165 63⁄4 171 71⁄4 184 9 229 103⁄4 273 141⁄2 368 Nom.9 66. In.6 12. Ea. 3D FIGURE 7051-3D 45° ELBOW Nom.5 54./mm Lbs.6 8. In.1 12.500 88.4 373.5 5.000 457.1 Center Approx.6 4.000 508 24.D.9 37.9 1.000 101.563 141. Size O.000 406.6 15.D. O.000 609.

D.D.2 19. In.3 2.6 4./mm 16 406 191⁄4 489 221⁄2 572 251⁄2 648 283⁄4 730 32 813 381⁄4 972 Lbs.625 168.D.3 339.875 73 3.6 4.0 222.8 1.4 202.4 272./mm DN(mm) Center Approx. Size O.6 416. R=3D GRUVLOK ® R=3D 76 FIGURE 7052-3D 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.5 5./mm Lbs.3 2.1 124.3 www./mm Lbs./Kg 3.000 609.2 4. Ea.35 593 26 660 31 787 87.375 60.500 88.6 16. O.625 219.9 14. In.4 Nom. In. Ea.0 98./Kg 107.D.5 71.anvilintl. to End Wt.3 5.625 219.1 12.563 141. Center Approx.6 3./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.4 9.4 7. Ea. Size O.500 88.000 508 24. 7053 3D LONG RADIUS 221⁄2° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 111⁄4° ELBOW O.8 7.000 508 24./mm 51⁄4 133 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 6 152 61⁄2 165 8 203 91⁄2 241 123⁄4 324 Lbs.3 3./ In./ In.000 457.6 128.3 188.3 9.1 13.3 8.2 20.000 609. to End Wt.625 168.2 120. In.9 4.3 58.8 74.563 141.6 11./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.000 457.6 157.2 49.5 27.500 114.2 153.4 5.9 4.Grooved Fittings FIG.3 39.1 12.000 406. to End Wt./ In./Kg 13 330 151⁄2 394 181⁄4 464 203⁄4 527 23.5 152.3 4./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.D.2 1.6 In.2 2.3 22./ In. In.6 16.2 48.7 60.6 FIGURE 7053-3D 111⁄4° ELBOW Center Approx.000 101.3 2.000 355.8 Nom. In.8 30.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.com .3 8.750 273.9 14.875 73 3.8 216.2 24. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.D.4 8.8 601.2 11.3 6.750 273. 7052 3D FIG.9 490.750 323./Kg 41⁄2 2.6 2. Ea. Size O.1 6.0 274.4 114 43⁄4 121 5 127 5 127 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 101⁄2 267 Nom.375 60.1 Center Approx. In.8 265.750 323.000 406.4 18.2 20. Size O.3 336.2 164.8 7.4 18.3 6.500 114.3 91.3 5. to End Wt.000 355.000 101.3 4.2 15.

/mm DN(mm) Center Approx.875 73 3.4 16.000 406.0 6.4 2134 284.6 1187 162.000 508 24.2 1778 347.2 4.864. Ea.4 18. In.6 2.5 248 111⁄4 286 123⁄4 324 121⁄4 311 151⁄2 394 191⁄2 495 231⁄4 591 31 787 Nom.1 26.500 88. GRUVLOK ® R 77 ./ In.043.3 2. to End Wt.000 101.9 4. In.2 3. In.9 3048 585.1 Center Approx.7 3 46 ⁄4 358.4 187.Grooved Fittings FIG.2 93.3 6.D. 5D R= FIGURE 7050-5D 90° ELBOW Nom.9 1975 430.3 6.625 219.0 621⁄4 603. to End Wt.9 Nom. 7057 5D LONG RADIUS 90° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60° ELBOW O. Ea./mm 14 356 161⁄2 419 19 483 211⁄2 546 24 610 30 762 36 914 48 1219 Lbs./Kg 60 332.1 Nom. Size O./ In.0 931⁄4 1. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10. = O.D.0 68.2 35.6 In. to End Wt.500 88./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.000 457./Kg 7.1 137.D.875 73 3. In.000 101.D.369.2 2438 372.750 323.2 20.3 120 1.6 15.500 114./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10.6 96 822.1 12. Ea.3 5.563 141.9 70 766.500 114.5 84 627.625 168.9 14.8 1581 273.D.9 12.6 4.375 60.4 2743 473.5 42./mm Lbs.1 20. 7050 5D FIG.3 2.D.6 31.7 62. Size O.000 355.000 457.5 10. to End Wt./ In./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2./ In.750 273.0 9.7 1384 209.4 1524 150.8 20.6 4.1 991 110.3 13.3 5.3 8.8 3658 845.3 8.9 14./mm Lbs.8 44.5 144 1.000 355.750 273. In. Ea.9 9.6 5D FIGURE 7057-5D 60° ELBOW Center Approx./mm Lbs./Kg 39 244. Size O.000 508 24.625 219.9 4.4 18.750 323.0 27.0 19.9 108 1. Size O.3 6.1 Center Approx.1 12.0 26./Kg 93⁄4 5. In.5 773⁄4 947.625 168.1 60.2 20.000 609.8 72 488.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.563 141.6 85.3 2369 621.4 1829 221. In.6 16.000 609.000 406.290.7 541⁄2 460.6 16.375 60.0 11.

/mm Lbs.2 25./Kg 231⁄2 597 28 711 323⁄4 832 371⁄2 953 421⁄4 1073 463⁄4 1187 561⁄4 1429 155.7 43.anvilintl.Grooved Fittings FIG.000 101.7 Nom.8 2. to End Wt.0 274. In. to End Wt.625 219.9 103.7 293.5 112.000 508 24./ In.2 1.6 508. In.121.2 10.5 5.3 174.5 21. 7051 5D FIG.D.9 12.D.5 13.000 457./mm Lbs./Kg 4./mm 81⁄4 210 91⁄4 235 101⁄4 260 111⁄4 286 121⁄2 318 151⁄2 394 181⁄2 470 241⁄2 622 Lbs.375 60.3 627.2 8.500 88./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.6 FIGURE 7058-5D 30° ELBOW Center Approx.9 16.9 4.9 4.500 114.8 605.9 90.4 18./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.4 56.0 1.3 8.1 16./ In. Ea. GRUVLOK ® R= 78 O.000 406.7 16. In.8 7.000 101. Size O.000 609.000 406. In./Kg 199./ In.5 7.6 In.4 18./mm 303⁄4 781 37 940 43 1092 491⁄4 1251 551⁄4 1403 611⁄2 1562 733⁄4 1873 Lbs.D.5 28.3 9.500 114. In.1 12.2 20.4 385.563 141. Ea.9 39.D.875 73 3.3 8.750 323.3 5.875 73 3./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.500 88.625 168.2 Nom.9 171 71⁄2 191 8 203 83⁄4 222 91⁄2 241 113⁄4 298 14 356 183⁄4 476 Nom.750 323.7 776.563 141.7 133.000 609./ In./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.9 87.7 228. to End Wt.0 221.4 873. Ea.3 6.000 355.750 273.000 457.625 219. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.9 396. Size O.D. In. 7058 5D LONG RADIUS 45° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30° ELBOW O.2 377.3 2.5 224. Center Approx.375 60. In. to End Wt. Size O.3 2. Ea.6 4. R= 5 5D D FIGURE 7051-5D 45° ELBOW Nom.0 4.6 16.7 36.1 Center Approx.4 www.625 168.6 7.6 284.1 12.3 5.0 3.3 6.6 4.0 133.2 20.6 16.9 14.8 294./Kg 63⁄4 4.D.6 3.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 51.1 12.750 273. Size O.4 352.0 5.8 489.1 494.com .8 19.3 171.000 508 24.9 14.000 355.8 70.

1 75.3 8./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.0 2.000 609.000 355.1 252.750 323.1 Center Approx.500 88.4 34./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.7 60.2 235.9 14.6 1.3 114.8 56. to End Wt./mm Lbs.3 28.1 10./ In.000 406.6 17.000 609.4 18.8 8.9 10.5 24.750 323.750 273. Size O.3 5.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 86.2 20.9 4. to End Wt.D.8 112.563 141.3 6.6 196.3 5.000 508 24.3 2.9 3.875 73 3.3 6.875 73 3./mm Lbs.563 141.Grooved Fittings FIG.8 67.6 FIGURE 7053-5D 111⁄4° ELBOW Center Approx.6 147.6 6.3 5.9 18.000 457.000 508 24.2 564.4 18./Kg 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 71⁄2 191 8 203 10 254 12 305 16 406 3.625 168.3 12.D.625 219.1 340.0 11.7 190. In.625 168.0 1.500 88.9 315. 7052 5D FIG./ In.1 8.4 519. In./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10.8 25.D./Kg 15 381 18 457 21 533 24 610 27 686 30 762 353⁄4 908 100.500 114.1 12. 7053 5D LONG RADIUS 221⁄2° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 111⁄4° ELBOW O. In. to End Wt. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10. In. O. In.3 6. Ea.750 273. Ea.1 248.D.500 114.6 4./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.4 5.6 16. In.8 Nom.1 Center Approx.0 189. FIGURE 7052-5D 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.1 12.4 89.D.D.000 406./Kg 5 127 51⁄4 133 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 6 152 71⁄2 191 9 229 12 305 3.6 177. Ea. GRUVLOK ® R= 5D R= 5D 79 .6 In.375 60./ In. to End Wt. In. Size O.3 6.2 390. Size O.375 60.000 101.2 8.000 101./ In./Kg 20 508 24 610 28 711 32 813 36 914 40 1016 48 1219 133.8 4.2 2./mm Lbs.000 355.4 330.2 Nom. Ea.6 4.9 14.3 8.000 457.7 3.9 37.625 219.6 45.7 143.0 419. Size O.2 20./mm Lbs.7 150.2 Nom.5 750.3 256.3 2.1 14.6 16.7 4.9 4.

625 219. Ea.2 24.D.875 73 3.000 711⁄2 691.4 2489 329.5 98.9 1359 186.1 457.1 Center Approx.5 609.5 Nom./mm Lbs.750 273.5 50.D.D.1 508 2267 492.209./ In.000 621⁄2 527.162.1 12.9 11. Center Approx.9 22.000 457.3 6.1 14. Ea.000 101.1 1137 126.5 18./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.4 126 1.anvilintl.4 273.6 4.2 2045 397.4 31.8 98 727.6 16.7 3200 548.6 2724 711.2 6.6 3556 678./Kg 10. to End Wt.6 108.3 6.5 323.Grooved Fittings FIG.085.3 8.375 60.563 141.500 114./mm Lbs. 7057 6D LONG RADIUS 90° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60° ELBOW O.3 355.7 157./Kg 16 406 19 483 22 559 25 635 28 711 35 889 42 1067 56 1422 8.3 2. Ea.000 609.000 101.3 2.7 22.6 6D FIGURE 7057-6D 60° ELBOW Center Approx. In.2 16.9 112 953.0 4267 980. O. to End Wt.500 88.567.D.2 3.3 2.500 114.9 78.625 168.625 219.6 31.000 891⁄4 1.2 217. Ea.3 2845 432. In.7 12.9 14.8 20.6 4.4 1816 313.0 7.750 443⁄4 279. Size O.D.375 60.4 1778 174. R GRUVLOK ® = 80 R= 6D FIGURE 7050-6D 90° ELBOW Nom. In.750 531⁄2 410.7 Nom.3 29.8 10./ In. In.7 Nom.6 35.0 www.1 406.3 5.2 14./Kg 70 385./ In.563 141.5 22.6 69.8 13.625 168. Size O.000 508 24.4 5./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. Size O. to End Wt.875 73 3. In.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./Kg 11 279 123⁄4 324 141⁄2 368 161⁄4 413 18 457 221⁄4 565 263⁄4 679 353⁄4 908 6.8 168 2.6 1588 239. Size O.496.7 15.1 18.1 41.9 4.7 71.2 17.D./mm Lbs. 7050 6D FIG.7 140 1.000 1071⁄4 1.000 355.com . to End Wt.8 84 566.000 801⁄2 877.4 49.3 8./ In.750 323./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 Center Approx.000 406. In.3 5./mm Lbs.2 20.9 4.9 10.4 18. In. In.500 88./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.2 2134 256.

3 1238 193.D. to End Wt. to End Wt.625 219. Size O.2 48.8 833⁄4 1. In.2 20.1 12.3 6.500 114.9 44.6 4.6 4.563 141.D.6 8.6 327.3 14./Kg 26 660 311⁄4 794 361⁄2 927 413⁄4 1060 47 1194 521⁄4 1327 621⁄2 1588 173.5 4.500 88.6 FIGURE 7058-6D 30° ELBOW Center Approx.9 4./Kg 35 226.3 8.9 127.0 14.1 10.3 14.5 973. to End Wt.750 273.1 97.0 7.750 323.3 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.750 323. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.3 8. Ea.000 355.000 355.7 3 41 ⁄4 332.1 1416 254. Ea. GRUVLOK ® D D 81 . In. Size O./ In./mm 9 229 101⁄4 260 11⁄2 38 123⁄4 324 14 356 171⁄2 445 21 533 28 711 Lbs.3 148.375 60.4 9.1 Center Approx.D.5 18.875 73 3.7 1060 150.5 429./ In.7 254.000 457.270.3 2.3 2.9 4.875 73 3.3 2127 576.0 6. to End Wt.4 889 102./ In.D.4 18.5 11.4 78.625 168.1 Center Approx./mm Lbs./Kg 5.000 457.6 In.4 24./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10.4 246. In.4 31.000 508 24.1 12./mm Lbs.000 101. In.6 544.9 14./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.6 16.4 184 8 203 83⁄4 222 93⁄4 248 101⁄2 267 13 330 153⁄4 400 21 533 Nom.3 2. Size O.750 273.0 Nom.Grooved Fittings FIG./Kg 71⁄4 4./ In.625 219.2 Nom. 7051 6D FIG.500 114. O.625 168.000 406./mm DN(mm) Center Approx. R= 6 R= 6 FIGURE 7051-6D 45° ELBOW Nom.8 58.D.8 22.3 1772 398.000 101.D.000 609.6 63.9 18.7 3.8 553⁄4 560.500 88.9 40.9 483⁄4 427. In. In. 7058 6D LONG RADIUS 45° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30° ELBOW O. Ea.7 1594 322./mm Lbs.9 673.9 14.7 28.4 6.0 441.5 305. Size O.000 609.3 2.0 194.3 5.0 5.375 60.2 20. Ea.3 6.8 115.000 508 24.1 623⁄4 710.563 141. In.5 8.4 693⁄4 879.4 18.6 16.000 406.3 5.4 18./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.

Center Approx./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.0 9. to End Wt.7 3.2 570.4 18.4 7.D.1 12.3 8.6 4.7 60.000 101.000 101.5 71.6 157.4 8.1 13.D.1 26.3 5. Ea./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.5 152.5 4.6 Nom. In.000 609.9 824./mm Lbs.3 6.4 133 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 6 152 61⁄2 165 8 203 91⁄2 241 123⁄4 324 Nom.875 73 3. In.6 FIGURE 7053-6D 111⁄4° ELBOW Center Approx.anvilintl.8 601.000 406.6 416.000 508 24.500 88.000 609.4 5.9 66.625 219.8 363.6 In. GRUVLOK ® R= 6D 82 R= 6D FIGURE 7052-6D 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.9 14. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.750 273.6 16.3 3.2 19.7 258.625 219.4 373.2 1.3 336.8 www.000 508 24.8 30.6 4.8 265. to End Wt./Kg 146.3 188.4 202.500 114./mm Lbs./mm 22 559 261⁄4 667 303⁄4 781 351⁄4 895 391⁄2 1003 44 1118 52./ In.2 4.5 12./Kg 51⁄4 3.000 457.1 12.D. to End Wt.3 209.3 2.2 20./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. In.1 Center Approx.9 4.7 82.7 7./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.9 1.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 8.625 168.4 272.3 91.D.5 27. 7052 6D FIG.2 20. Ea. Size O.9 37.563 141.5 5.6 215.750 323. Size O. O.750 273.000 406.3 2. 7053 6D LONG RADIUS 221⁄2° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 111⁄4° ELBOW O./Kg 3.2 11.8 6.875 73 3.3 12.2 120. Size O./Kg 16 406 19 483 221⁄4 565 251⁄2 648 283⁄4 730 313⁄4 806 381⁄4 972 107.500 114.3 18.0 41.3 2.3 6.2 48.9 14.000 355.000 355. Ea.9 277.9 Nom. In.D.500 88.6 16.563 141./mm 61⁄2 165 7 178 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 83⁄4 222 11 279 131⁄4 337 171⁄2 445 Lbs.Grooved Fittings FIG.D.com .34 1329 Lbs.625 168. Ea.375 60.375 60.750 323.9 4. In. In.3 5.000 457./ In.3 5.6 15. to End Wt. Size O.9 461./ In.9 97.3 9.4 18./ In. In.5 164.3 125.

1 5 127.2 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 3 80 31⁄2 88.9 7⁄16 11.8 43⁄8 111.1 3 76.3 41⁄4 108.5 53⁄8 136.1 3 76.1 5 127.1 3 76.3 15⁄8 41./mm O.0 12 300 123⁄4 323.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS Dimensions In.8 33⁄16 80.8 73⁄4 196.5 57⁄8 149./mm A B C D E F 2 50 23⁄8 60.8 8 202.7 15⁄8 41.6 5 126.1 61⁄4 158.1 3 76.0 313⁄16 96.9 61⁄2 165.2 Valve Size (ANSI/DN) 5 6 125 150 59⁄16 141.6 51⁄2 138.1 3 76.9 15⁄8 41.1 9 229.4 11⁄16 26.9 7⁄16 11.1 3⁄4 19.7 11⁄16 26.4 615⁄16 175.5 51⁄16 129.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7700 P BUTTERFLY VALVE R E N K CLOSED H G OPEN F Lock with 5/16" Shackle or OSHA Lockout (Not Supplied with Valve) S T M U C O.0 10 250 103⁄4 273.9 7⁄16 11.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.D.9 7⁄16 11.0 11⁄16 26. GRUVLOK ® L 83 .8 11⁄16 26.D.9 313⁄16 96.2 21⁄2 65 27⁄8 73.0 3 75.3 45⁄8 117.9 63⁄8 161.3 513⁄16 147.4 101⁄2 266.3 513⁄16 147.2 8 200 85⁄8 219. In.9 7⁄16 11.4 43⁄16 105.2 65⁄8 168. B J A SERIES 7700 .3 33⁄16 81.2 4 100 41⁄2 114.9 11⁄16 26.1 3 76.1 3⁄4 19.1 3⁄4 19.8 313⁄16 96.1 5 127.9 91⁄2 240.3 11⁄16 26.1 51⁄4 133.9 7⁄16 11.

8 10 250 11⁄4 31.2 81⁄16 204.7 10 253.9 101⁄2 266.0 Valve Size (ANSI/DN) 5 6 125 150 7⁄8 22.0 5 127.3 5 127.1 101⁄2 266.0 1313⁄16 350.2 2 51.3 3 76.2 5 5 ⁄16 135.2 71⁄2 191.5 23⁄4 70.3 7⁄16 11.1 11⁄2 38.1 11⁄2 38.3 12 304.3 15 381.0 1013⁄16 275.4 4 102.0 4 102.7 91⁄2 241.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.1 11⁄2 38. Contact your Anvil Rep.1 4 102.0 3 80 9⁄16 14.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7700 .0 2011⁄16 525.8 12 300 11⁄4 31.2 61⁄4 158.1 11⁄2 38.1 11⁄2 38.3 5 127.3 7⁄16 11.7 8 203.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.5 101⁄2 266.3 18 457.3 5 127.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.3 5 127.5 25⁄8 66.1 3 76.1 3 76.0 7⁄8 22.0 1013⁄16 275.1 3 76. www.0 7 9 ⁄16 240.2 2 51.5 31⁄4 83.2 7⁄16 11.2 3" or 5" handwheels may be included on valves sizes 2" .7 713⁄16 198. for additional information.0 21⁄2 65 9⁄16 14.3 115⁄8 295.3 7⁄16 11.0 165⁄8 422.2 7 178.5 25⁄8 66.2 51⁄2 140. 84 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 811⁄16 221.8 1⁄2 13.2 2 51.2 7⁄16 11.1 3 76.5 17⁄8 47.6 101⁄2 266.1 11⁄2 38.3 12 304.com .2 2 51.2 2 51.anvilintl.7 9 228.0 101⁄2 266.3 7⁄16 11.3 5 127.1 1 ⁄8 3.4 1⁄2 13.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.8 5 127.0 1415⁄16 379.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.5 25⁄16 58.8 1⁄2 13.1 3 76.5 25⁄16 58.0 4 100 9⁄16 14.1 5 127.4 29⁄16 65.7 4 102.3 5 127.7 81⁄16 204.3 4 102.0 8 200 1 25.2 61⁄2 165./mm G GRUVLOK ® H J K L M N P R S T U 2 50 9⁄16 14.4".9 4 102.2 2 51.5 13⁄8 34.2 101⁄2 266.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS Dimensions In.

GRUVLOK ® K REF.8 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 5 ⁄8 15./mm 37⁄16 87.0 211⁄16 68. BLACK COATING SERIES 7600 .4 87⁄16 214./mm 5⁄16 8./mm 23⁄8 60.2 23⁄4 70.3 51⁄4 133./mm 21⁄4 57./mm 2 50.8 27⁄16 62./mm 33⁄16 81.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7600 BUTTERFLY VALVES D E ORANGE GRIP C F REF.2 G In.4 87⁄16 214./mm In.4 43⁄8 111./mm 113⁄16 46.6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C In.9 5⁄8 15.1 43⁄8 111./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 A In.3 49⁄16 116.2 39⁄16 90.1 35⁄16 84. H REF.9 41⁄4 108.0 21⁄16 52. Size In.9 Dimensions E F In.3 L In.4 313⁄16 96.4 1 25. 85 .4 121⁄4 311.7 3⁄8 8.3 25⁄8 66.0 35⁄8 91.8 45⁄8 117./mm 5⁄8 15.1 43⁄8 111.4 1 25./mm 1 25.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS Nom.8 313⁄16 96.0 415⁄16 125.4 1 25.9 3⁄8 8.5 35⁄16 84.3 K In.4 6 152.9 5⁄8 15.1 63⁄4 171.5 7 177.0 B In.4 D In.2 33⁄8 86.8 69⁄16 166.9 3 ⁄8 8.4 11⁄4 31.9 5⁄8 15.9 3⁄8 8.3 215⁄16 74.8 H In.9 6 152. L A B G REF.

/mm In.25 413 19.00 381 16.00 533 23.D./mm In. N GRUVLOK ® D 86 POSITION INDICATOR R DIA.00 356 15.00 127 5.53 13 0./DN(mm) In.5 318 14.000 406 18.00 864 39.00 76 3.75 400 16./mm In.75 171 9.00 254 10.com ./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In.50 241 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.000 FIGURE 8000GR .40 391 16./mm 13.00 76 3./mm In.00 635 27.00 51 2.75 375 15.60 66 3.25 337 14.anvilintl.25 260 www.00 127 6.38 60 2.50 165 17.000 457 20.75 832 34.000 508 24.50 699 32.00 152 6.53 13 0.75 425 5.50 38 1.81 21 13.75 273 12.25 83 3⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 3⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 3⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 3 ⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 1⁄2 x 1⁄2 116 6.25 57 2.94 456 19.000 610 26.00 76 1.00 813 2.50 38 1.44 519 20.37 1.25 667 29.00 254 10./mm In. Nominal O.25 57 2./mm In.00 127 5.12 486 21. GEAR OPERATOR (Shown 90 out of Position) F G SIZE OF KEY B P A M L C DIA.33 364 15.75 44 1.25 57 3.00 127 5. BOLT HOLE E DIA.06 332 14. HOLE J DIA.00 51 2.94 532 24.50 749 32./mm In./mm In. A Size In.00 254 10.26 464 10.38 619 10./mm 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 14.38 416 18.75 171 6.75 44 2.000 356 16.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS B C D E F G J K L M N P R In.53 13 0.53 13 0. 0.44 494 20.00 254 10.50 597 25.Valves & Accessories SERIES 8000GR BUTTERFLY VALVE K DIA.00 152 6./mm In.

Dimensions of solder joint ends conform to ANSI B16.1 1. Higher temperatures may damage the seal material.2 30./Kg 0. 171S INTERNATIONAL BRASS BALL VALVES C OPORT D 141S Standard Port A NOTES 1./mm 1⁄2 1⁄2 21⁄16 37⁄8 113⁄16 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 12 9⁄16 14 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 19⁄16 40 52 211⁄16 68 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 90 4 102 1 5 ⁄16 128 98 37⁄8 98 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 6 152 6 152 D 46 115⁄16 49 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 63 31⁄16 78 35⁄16 84 Cv 6. use the following formula: Soldered End Size Port Dia.5 1./mm In. Wt.7 0. Please refer to the limitations listed in ANSI B16. A C In.5 22.9 92.18.3 9.4 GRUVLOK ® DIMENSIONS Valve Code Where: QL = flow of liquid in gallons per minute (GPM) CV = flow coefficient ∆P = pressure drop (PSI) SL = specific gravity of liquid ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 0.7 2./mm In./mm In./mm In. For solder joint valves. Ea. FIG.Valves & Accessories FIG. 87 . 2. 3.3 0. Solder end valves are designed to be used with solders not exceeding a melting point of 470°F/250°C. the pressure/temperature rating is dependent on the solder material used.4 1.1 0. Lbs. Rate of Flow Calculations for liquids: To determine the flow rate of a liquid passing through a valve.22.9 Approx. 171N & FIG. 141S.0 3.5 0.2 1.8 60.

1 1.5 0. 141S.9 22.2 1.4 4./mm In.2 0.2 0. Ea.0 0./Kg 0. Wt.0 0. Wt./mm In.1 0. FIG.3 1.7 0.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.anvilintl.9 2./Kg 0.3 1.0 10./mm In./mm In./mm In.1 0. A C D In./mm ⁄8 10 3⁄8 10 9⁄16 14 3⁄4 19 15⁄16 24 11⁄4 32 19⁄16 40 115⁄16 49 29⁄16 2 51 2 51 27⁄16 62 211⁄16 68 31⁄16 78 37⁄16 87 37⁄8 98 45⁄16 110 59⁄16 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 6 152 6 152 63⁄8 162 81⁄16 In. 171S INTERNATIONAL BRASS BALL VALVES DIMENSIONS GRUVLOK ® Valve Code Size A C D In.0 0.6 24.4 0.7 Valve Code Size Port Dia./mm ⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 75 4 100 ⁄16 14 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 19⁄16 40 115⁄16 49 29⁄16 65 31⁄8 79 315⁄16 100 1 171S Full Port Soldered End 9 21⁄2 64 3 76 39⁄16 91 49⁄16 103 49⁄16 116 57⁄16 138 67⁄8 175 83⁄16 208 105⁄16 262 37⁄8 98 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 6 152 6 152 67⁄16 164 87⁄16 205 81⁄16 205 101⁄4 260 17⁄8 48 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 64 31⁄8 79 33⁄8 86 311⁄16 94 5 127 7 5 ⁄16 138 65⁄16 160 Cv 19 35 50 104 268 309 629 1018 1622 Approx.8 9.3 0. Ea.9 1. 3 65 141 205 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 45 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 27⁄16 62 31⁄16 78 35⁄16 84 313⁄16 97 5 127 57⁄16 138 65⁄16 160 Cv 6 7 19 35 50 104 268 309 629 1018 1622 Approx.4 4.7 0.9 8./mm In.3 0.2 12.9 3./mm In.0 3.3 14. www.7 1. Lbs.com .5 2.5 6.Valves & Accessories FIG.2 3./mm ⁄4 8 3⁄8 10 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 3 75 4 100 31⁄8 79 315⁄16 100 67⁄16 164 75⁄8 194 85⁄16 205 101⁄4 260 1 171N Full Port Threaded End 65 88 DIMENSIONS Port Dia.7 11.1 0. 171N & FIG.5 2. Lbs.0 5.

/DN(mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6* 150 Dimensions A B C D E F In.500 88.2 38 17./mm In. Ea.Valves & Accessories FIG. Lbs. 89 ./mm In.D./mm In.625 168. Wt./mm In.2 106 48.3 3.D.1 GRUVLOK ® E D * Bare Stem ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. In.375 60./mm 2.3 51⁄2 140 63⁄4 171 81⁄4 210 101⁄8 257 23⁄4 70 33⁄8 85 41⁄8 105 51⁄16 128 81⁄4 209 10 254 16 406 28 711 313⁄16 81 413⁄16 122 65⁄16 176 87⁄16 215 115⁄16 49 27⁄8 74 313⁄16 97 511⁄16 144 41⁄8 105 413⁄16 121 6 152 75⁄8 194 Cv Approx. 7500 BALL VALVES B C F Valve Pipe O./mm In.500 114./mm In./Kg 165 310 815 1500 8 3.6 18 8. A SERIES 7500 .3 6.BALL VALVE Size ANSI O.9 4.

Ea./mm In.4 87⁄16 214.com ./mm In.625 168. In.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7500 BALL VALVES G F C 90 J CLOSED OPEN GRUVLOK ® B A L K D E B H SERIES 7500 . In.4 12 304.7 41⁄4 107./mm In.6 4.4 Size ANSI O./DN(mm) 6 150 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.D.0 81⁄8 206.5 101⁄4 260.2 1 25./mm In.anvilintl./Kg 6.4 9.BALL VALVE WITH GEAR ACTUATOR Dimensions A B C D E F G H J K L Approx./mm In./mm In. Wt./mm Lbs.4 51⁄16 128.3 65⁄8 168.9 113⁄16 45./mm In.8 131⁄2 342./mm In./mm In. www.6 51⁄2 140./mm In./mm In.

1 36 16.9 4.1 402G 6 152 61⁄4 159 67⁄16 164 81⁄8 206 111⁄4 286 121⁄4 311 133⁄4 349 16 406 6 152 7 178 71⁄2 191 9 229 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 4025G 403G 404G 405G 406G 408G 410G Cv Flow Approx.8 140 63.3 8./mm In. GRUVLOK ® GROOVED-END SILENT CHECK VALVE 91 .D.5 198 89. Size O. Wt. Each Lbs.7 68 30.0 3.208 900 22./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 2.450 36.3 5./mm In.4 15 6.GROOVED-END SILENT CHECK VALVE Cv FLOW B A ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nom.750 273.375 60. Model A B In.625 168.1 10./Kg 66 1.676 88 2.Valves & Accessories FIG.8 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.860 1. 400G FIGURE 400G .3 6.791 350 8.500 88.625 219.3 2.3 50 22.8 20 9.500 114.875 73.302 228 5.563 141.830 12 5./mm Number In.890 520 13.235 130 3.

/Kg./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.500 88.375 60.2 13./mm 63⁄4 171 71⁄4 184 73⁄4 197 81⁄8 206 93⁄4 248 123⁄4 324 143⁄8 365 18 457 21 533 B In. Ea. Lbs.5 3.3 2.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7800 CHECK VALVES FIGURE 7800 ./mm 33⁄16 81 35⁄8 92 311⁄16 93 41⁄4 108 45⁄8 117 63⁄4 171 8 203 93⁄16 233 103⁄8 264 G In.1 12. 7.0 26.com .3 6.CHECK VALVE GRUVLOK ® G 92 A Hinge Pin Plug Lifting Eyebolt (10" and 12" Valves Only) F C 1/2" NPT B D E 1/2" NPT Nom./mm 43⁄8 111 41⁄2 114 415⁄16 125 6 152 63⁄4 171 81⁄2 216 101⁄4 260 1211⁄16 322 143⁄4 375 Approx.5 4.5 15.750 273.625 168./DN(mm) In.500 114.2 59.4 10. 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 113⁄16 46 21⁄2 64 27⁄16 61 31⁄8 79 4 102 49⁄16 115 51⁄16 128 41⁄2 114 313⁄16 96 41⁄16 103 51⁄16 128 513⁄16 147 61⁄4 159 515⁄16 150 67⁄8 175 71⁄4 184 F In.anvilintl.D.1 19.9 O.0 www./mm In.1 10.0 183. Size In.8 11./mm In.563 141.0 59.6 33.0 8.0 3.5 6.3 8.0 83.750 323.3 5. A In./mm 23⁄8 60 27⁄16 61 25⁄8 67 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 41⁄4 108 51⁄16 128 65⁄16 160 75⁄16 185 Nominal Dimensions C D E In.625 219.8 130.9 4./mm 17⁄16 36 19⁄16 39 2 51 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 35⁄16 84 315⁄16 100 415⁄16 125 6 152 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.875 73. Wt.5 5.

A B Open C E F In.0 3.GROOVED-END STRAIGHT BALANCING VALVES NOTE: Grooved-Ends are for connection of components with dimensions conforming to Gruvlok® standard grooved specifications for IPS pipe.7 870 394. Each Lbs.563 141. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.625 219.6 90 40.8 130 59.9 12 305 12 305 14 356 171⁄2 445 2011⁄16 525 283⁄16 716 30 762 381⁄16 966 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 C E Nom./mm 7 178 71⁄2 191 91⁄4 235 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 19 483 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 15 381 171⁄2 445 201⁄2 521 Approx.750 273.D.625 168.875 73.3 28 12.3 6./mm In.7 41 18. Wt./mm In./DN(mm) In.3 8. Size A G F 95⁄8 244 101⁄2 267 109⁄16 268 131⁄16 331 13 3⁄4 349 245⁄8 625 261⁄2 673 287⁄16 722 23⁄4 70 27⁄16 61 3 76 35⁄8 92 47⁄16 112 511⁄16 144 69⁄16 166 75⁄8 194 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 29⁄16 65 3 76 37⁄16 87 415⁄16 125 57⁄8 149 77⁄8 200 915⁄32 240 125⁄8 321 Flange Diameter G Flange G Flange 125# 250# In.500 88.6 GRUVLOK ® FIGURE GBV-G .9 4.750 323.1 10./mm In./Kg 25 11./mm In.0 310 140. 93 .3 5.500 114.6 460 208./mm In./mm 2. GROOVE D-END STRAIGHT B O.Valves & Accessories GBV-G BALANCING VALVES 21⁄2" TO 12" DUCTILE IRON./mm In.1 12.

3 5. G Flange G Flange Wt.625 219.500 88.875 73.com ./mm In.6 90 40.D.1 10.7 41 18.3 6.0 310 140.3 28 12.500 114. GROOVE D-END ANGLE GRUVLOK ® FIGURE GBV-A ./mm 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2. A B Open C D E F In./mm In.6 NOTE: Grooved-Ends are for connection of components with dimensions conforming to Gruvlok® standard grooved specifications for IPS pipe.1 12./mm In.9 4. Size O.8 130 59./mm In.3 8.750 323.0 3.Valves & Accessories GBV-A BALANCING VALVE 21⁄2" TO 12" DUCTILE IRON./mm In. www.GROOVED-END ANGLE BALANCING VALVES B E D C A G F Nom.9 73⁄8 187 83⁄8 213 95⁄8 244 12 305 141⁄8 359 1815⁄16 481 205⁄16 515 241⁄16 611 95⁄8 244 101⁄2 267 109⁄16 268 131⁄16 331 13 3⁄4 349 24 5⁄8 625 261⁄2 673 287⁄16 722 23⁄4 70 27⁄16 61 3 76 35⁄8 92 47⁄16 112 511⁄16 144 69⁄16 166 75⁄8 194 45⁄8 117 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 51⁄2 140 65⁄8 168 93⁄16 233 93⁄4 248 14 356 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 29⁄16 65 3 76 37⁄16 87 415⁄16 125 57⁄8 149 77⁄8 200 915⁄32 240 125⁄8 321 Flange Diameter Approx.563 141.anvilintl.6 460 208./mm In. Each 125# 250# In. 94 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm Lbs.7 870 394./Kg 7 178 71⁄2 191 91⁄4 235 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 19 483 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 15 381 171⁄2 445 201⁄2 521 25 11.625 168./DN(mm) In./mm In.750 273.

Valves & Accessories GBV-S (SOLDER) GBV-T (NPT-THREADED) FIVE TURN CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES FIVE TURN CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES B A C MODEL: GBV-S - Model GBV050VS GBV075VS GBV100VS GBV125VS GBV150VS GBV200VS Nominal Size In.5 1.5 1. Wt.5 MODEL: GBV-T - Model GBV050VT GBV075VT GBV100VT GBV125VT GBV150VT GBV200VT Nominal Size In./DN(mm) 1 ⁄2" 15 3 ⁄4" 20 1" 25 11⁄4" 32 11⁄2" 40 2" 50 1⁄2" .0 2./mm In. Wt./mm 3 76 31⁄4 83 313⁄16 97 45⁄16 110 51⁄16 129 6 153 45⁄8 117 47⁄8 125 51⁄4 135 55⁄8 143 57⁄8 150 611⁄16 170 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 Approx. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 2.2 1.3 1.1 0./Kg 1.1 3. 95 . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C A 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 Approx./mm In.8 2.8 2./mm In.3 1.0 3.5 1.2" A B C In.9 0.5 1. Ea.1 0. Lbs.7 0.6 6./Kg 1. Lbs. Ea.1 0.5 5.5 GRUVLOK ® B See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 184-189.6 1.2 0.2" A B C In./DN(mm) 1 ⁄2" 15 3 ⁄4" 20 1" 25 11⁄4" 32 11⁄2" 40 2" 50 1⁄2" ./mm In./mm 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 93 41⁄4 108 415⁄16 125 511⁄16 144 7 179 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 118 415⁄16 126 53⁄8 137 55⁄8 142 63⁄8 162 See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 184-189.

/mm lbs/kg F 29/16 65 3 76 37/16 87 415/16 125 57/8 149 77/8 200 915/32 241 125/8 321 7 178 71/2 191 91/4 235 10 254 11 279 131/2 343 16 409 19 483 71/2 191 81/4 210 10 254 11 279 121/2 318 15 381 171/2 445 201/2 521 19 9 24 11 42 19 81 37 120 54 300 136 450 204 850 390 www./mm In./mm 7 178 713/16 198 8 203 101/8 257 103/8 264 2213/16 579 285/8 727 325/8 829 MODEL FTV-S ./mm 21/2 65 3 880 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 12 305 12 305 14 356 171/2 445 2011/16 525 283/16 716 30 762 381/16 967 B (fully open) In.anvilintl.(STRAIGHT) C E In.com ./mm In. Each G G In. 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 11/4 32 2 51 21/4 57 21/4 57 21/4 57 Flange Flange Approx.Valves & Accessories FTV-S (STRAIGHT) GRUVLOK ® TRI-SERVICE VALVE B C A E (diameter) G F 96 Connection Size A In. 125/150 PSI 250/300 PSI Wt./mm 23/4 70 27/16 62 3 76 35/8 92 47/16 113 511/16 144 69/16 167 75/8 194 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In./mm In.

125/150 PSI 250/300 PSI Wt.(ANGLE) C D E In./mm 21/2 65 3 880 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 73/8 187 83/16 208 95/8 244 12 305 141/8 359 1815/16 481 205/16 516 241/16 611 B (fully open) In. Each G G In./mm 7 178 713/16 198 8 203 101/8 257 103/8 264 183/4 476 24 610 261/4 667 MODEL FTV-A ./mm lbs/kg F 29/16 65 3 76 37/16 87 415/16 125 57/8 149 77/8 200 915/32 241 125/8 321 7 178 71/2 191 91/4 235 10 254 11 279 131/2 343 16 409 19 483 71/2 191 81/4 210 10 254 11 279 121/2 318 15 381 171/2 445 201/2 521 19 9 24 11 42 19 81 37 120 54 300 136 450 204 860 390 GRUVLOK ® B F ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 23/4 70 27/16 62 3 76 35/8 92 47/16 113 511/16 144 69/16 167 75/8 194 45/8 117 37/8 98 43/8 111 51/2 140 65/8 168 93/16 233 93/4 248 14 356 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 11/4 32 2 51 21/4 57 21/4 57 21/4 57 Flange Flange Approx./mm In. 97 ./mm In./mm In.Valves & Accessories FTV-A (ANGLE BODY) TRI-SERVICE VALVE D A C E (diameter) G Connection Size A In./mm In./mm In.

6 30.D.7 750 51.1 Max.3 5.com .* Working Pressure PSI/bar 750 51./mm 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 10 254 11 279 13 330 151⁄2 394 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄4 133 61⁄8 156 65⁄8 168 75⁄8 194 91⁄8 232 31⁄2 89 4 102 43⁄4 121 57⁄8 149 7 178 81⁄8 206 101⁄2 267 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.anvilintl.500 114.625 219.3 8.7 750 51.0 8.0 2.625 168.6 13.0 3./DN(mm) In.TEE STRAINER (CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE) Nom.4 79./mm In.375 60.3 6.563 141.7 8.500 88.0 5. Ea.Valves & Accessories FIG.7 750 51.7 750 51. Wt. In. 7260 GRUVLOK TEE STRAINER E to E GRUVLOK ® Y 98 NOTE: This illustration shows the required orientation of the Rigidlok access coupling for assembly with a grooved-end flange. C to O X FIGURE 7260 .0 20.4 E to E C to O X Y In./mm In./Kg 6. Clearance 43⁄8 111 51⁄8 130 6 152 71⁄4 184 81⁄4 210 93⁄4 248 12 305 Lbs.875 73.9 4. 57⁄8 149 61⁄2 165 7 178 83⁄8 213 101⁄8 257 111⁄8 283 141⁄8 359 Basket Removal Approx.0 13.9 19. Size O./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.7 600 41.0 35.8 www.0 3.3 2.6 45.7 750 51./mm In.

* Working Pressure PSI/bar 500 34.18" Fabricated Not for use with copper systems. Ea. 99 ./mm 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 10. Wt./DN(mm) In. 14" .5 400 27. Size O.3 187 84.6 16.D.) GRUVLOK TEE STRAINER E to E NOTE: This illustration shows the required orientation of the Rigidlok access coupling for assembly with a grooved-end flange.TEE STRAINER (CONTINUES FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nom. C to O X FIGURE 7260 .Valves & Accessories FIG. 7260 (CONT'D.750 273.750 323.7 E to E C to O X Y In. In.9 14.000 406.6 300 20./mm In.4 GRUVLOK ® Y *Maximum working pressure is based upon the performance capability of the Gruvlok Strainer.000 457.8 400 181./mm In./Kg 133 60.8 272 123. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 350 158. Clearance 141⁄4 362 161⁄4 413 171⁄4 438 20 508 241⁄2 622 Lbs.000 355. Maximum system working pressure is dependent upon the couplings used for installation and the pressure capability of other system components.2 Max.1 12.7 300 20./mm In.4 18.7 300 20./mm 18 457 20 508 22 559 24 610 31 787 103⁄8 264 113⁄8 289 123⁄4 324 12 305 151⁄2 394 127⁄8 327 15 381 161⁄8 410 181⁄8 460 201⁄2 521 171⁄8 435 191⁄8 486 201⁄2 521 221⁄4 565 243⁄8 619 Basket Removal Approx.

0 36.750 273. Not for use with copper systems.375 60. Wt.8 205.0 50.2 *Maximum working pressure is based upon the performance capability of the Gruvlok® Strainer.GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER GRUVLOK ® A B C (NPT) D Screen Removal Nominal Size O.0 213.4 18.563 141.Valves & Accessories MODEL 758G GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER FIGURE 758 G .4 42.0 19./DN(mm) In.0 93.625 219.750 323.625 168.0 3.0 10.6 470.9 4./Kg 12./mm 7 178 93⁄4 248 10 254 12 305 17 432 20 508 223⁄4 577 28 711 30 762 Approx.0 8.3 112. Each Lbs.3 6. www.500 114.1 80.3 2.0 125.2 23.com ./mm 1 ⁄2 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 D In. In.875 73.9 Dimensions A B In.anvilintl./mm 77⁄8 200 10 254 101⁄8 257 121⁄8 308 155⁄8 396 181⁄2 470 215⁄8 549 253⁄4 654 30 762 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 7 178 81⁄4 210 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 151⁄2 394 181⁄2 470 213⁄4 552 C Plug Size In.500 88./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.D.0 277.3 5.0 5.3 8.1 12.1 10./mm In. 100 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Maximum system working pressure is dependant upon the couplings used for installation and the pressure capacity of other system components.

/Kg Working Pressure 300 20.500 114.Valves & Accessories MODEL 768G GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER FIGURE 768 G .0 495./DN(mm) In.500 88./mm In.0 121. • Maximum working pressure and end loads listed are total of internal and external pressures and loads based on Sch.0 277.3 8.4 Dimensions Cv Approx.0 46.000 406.750 323. GRUVLOK ® A 101 .7 A B C 93⁄4 71⁄8 49⁄16 248 192 116 103⁄4 713⁄16 413⁄16 273 211 122 113⁄4 811⁄16 51⁄16 298 231 129 141⁄4 105⁄8 65⁄8 362 281 168 161⁄2 13 103⁄16 419 330 258 181⁄2 141⁄16 85⁄8 470 357 219 24 177⁄8 113⁄16 610 454 284 27 209⁄16 125⁄8 686 522 320 30 24 143⁄8 762 609 366 40 2915⁄16 187⁄8 1016 760 480 42 309⁄16 19 1067 777 483 1⁄2 12 1 ⁄2 12 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 59 92 162 284 410 770 1010 1800 2800 4600 5800 9.4 12.0 18.3 6.000 355. Each Plug Size PSI/bar In.7 300 20.2 26.7 300 20.3 5.2 6.9 4.1 10.7 300 20.0 225.9 14.7 300 20.D. 40 steel pipe with roll grooves to ANSI C606-97 specifications. and/or FM as testing conditions and test pipes differ.4 32. ULC. • Warning: Piping systems must always be depressurized and drained before attempting disassembly and or removal of any components.7 300 20./mm In.375 60.0 418.6 83.3 4.4 22.7 300 20./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 2.6 16.7 300 20.7 300 20.7 300 20.1 12.750 273./mm In.0 8.563 141. This rating may occasionally differ from maximum working pressures listed and/or approved by UL.7 300 20./mm Lbs. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.2 13.0 182.GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER B C Screen Removal D Plug Size Not for use in copper systems.0 55.0 3. • Pressure ratings listed are CWP (cold water pressure) or maximum working pressure within the service temperature range of the gasket used in the coupling.0 190.625 219.3 2.0 70. In. D Values Wt.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.625 168.2 126.875 73. • For one time field test only the maximum joint working pressure may be increased 11⁄2 times the figures shown.

9 x 60. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working Wt./DN(mm) In.500 x 2.Valves & Accessories FIG.3 3.3 37 16.8 38 17.7 300 20./mm In.2 72 32.875 88./DN(mm) In.0 329 51. 7250 SUCTION DIFFUSER C-E C-E GRUVLOK FIG. Sq.875 73.3 x 88.500 x 2.500 x 4.3 System Orifice Pump Max.375 88./mm In./mm In./cm.2 38 17.7 300 20.7 300 20.500 114.0 3.0 329 51.0 303 47. Approx.9 x 88. 7250 FLOW T-O GRUVLOK ® CLR 102 OAL T-O C-O CLR 21/2" x 21/2" thru 10" x 8" C-O OAL 10" x 10" thru 16" x 14" FIGURE 7250 .7 300 20.3 36 16.500 114.anvilintl.7 300 20.500 88.7 300 20./mm In.0 x 73.500 x 3.9 4./mm In./Kg 21⁄2 65 3 80 3 80 3 80 4 100 4 100 4 100 21⁄2 65 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 61⁄2 165 81⁄4 210 8 203 81⁄4 210 81⁄4 210 81⁄4 210 81⁄4 210 101⁄2 267 131⁄2 343 14 356 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 171⁄2 445 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 113⁄4 298 91⁄2 241 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 10 254 111⁄2 292 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In.7 36 16.D.500 x 2.875 114.7 www.0 3.9 x 73.3 x 114. In.SUCTION DIFFUSER Nominal Size In.3 36 16.0 613 300 20.0 303 51. PSI/bar Lbs.com .0 303 47. Sq./mm 2./mm In.9 4. 121⁄2 318 131⁄2 343 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 161⁄2 419 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 31⁄4 83 47. Each (Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure In.875 x 2.875 4.3 x 2. 7250 FLOW OAH OAW OAH OAW FIG./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 65 x 65 3x2 80 x 65 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 3x3 80 x 80 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 4x4 100 x 100 O.0 329 95.500 x 3.

625 x 8.7 300 20.1 x 219. Sq.0 2.1 10.7 74 33. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working Wt.563 168.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.625 219.174 182.625 273.3 x 168.500 168.563 x 4.0 800 182.9 6.0 613 124.5 1.3 x 114.829 283./cm.0 607 95.0 613 124.750 273.625 x 4.7 300 20.561 300 20.3 8./mm In.563 x 5. 7250 (CONT'D./mm In.3 6.3 x 141. Approx.0 1.500 141.625 219.5 190 86.0 72 32.7 300 20. Each (Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure In.3 x 141.0 1.6 133 60.625 x 6.0 72 34.1 x 219.5 1. GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size 103 .500 168.6 75 34.563 141.1 x 168./mm In.3 8.3 8. Sq.625 x 5.7 74 33.SUCTION DIFFUSER In.750 x 10./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) In.625 x 5.625 x 3.D.7 300 20./mm In./mm 5.563 219./mm In.0 1.0 800 94./DN(mm) 5x4 125 x 100 5x5 125 x 125 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 6x6 150 x 150 8 x 5* 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 8x8 200 x 200 10 x 8 250 x 200 10 x 10* 250 x 250 O.3 5.5 118 53.750 x 8./Kg 5 125 5 125 6 150 6 150 6 150 6 150 8 200 8 200 8 200 10 250 10 250 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4 100 5 125 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 5 125 6 150 8 200 8 200 10 250 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 9 229 9 229 10 254 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 131⁄4 337 131⁄4 337 131⁄4 337 151⁄4 387 151⁄4 387 171⁄4 438 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 18 113⁄4 457 298 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 211⁄2 143⁄4 546 375 211⁄2 1015⁄16 546 278 211⁄2 143⁄4 546 375 241⁄2 171⁄2 622 445 241⁄2 171⁄2 622 445 28 195⁄8 711 498 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 101⁄2 268 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 131⁄2 343 10 254 131⁄2 343 19 483 19 483 22 559 161⁄2 419 161⁄2 419 171⁄2 445 161⁄2 419 161⁄2 419 201⁄2 521 191⁄2 495 201⁄2 521 231⁄2 597 231⁄2 597 26 660 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 73⁄8 187 95.) SUCTION DIFFUSER FIGURE 7250 .1 10.Valves & Accessories FIG.1 System Orifice Pump Max. PSI/bar Lbs. In.625 168.7 300 20.3 6./mm In.7 300 20.1 192 87.625 x 6.829 397.3 118 53./mm In.7 300 20.3 x 114.1x 141.7 300 20.7 300 20.7 300 20.3 6.2 203 92.174 182.174 283.3 x 88.1 x 273.

3 382 173.0 3. www.000 x 14. 40 Pipe for 12"& larger diffusers.9 382 173.Use 11⁄4" SCH. 40 Pipe for 21⁄2" thru 10" pipe & 2" SCH.750 323. Pipe Support .3 382 173.750 323.0 6.000 406./mm In.D.6 x 323. Drain Holes: (End Cap)— 3⁄4" NPT for sizes 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 thru 6 x 5./mm In.8 467 211. Dimensions may vary Contact Gruvlok Rep.7 196 88.684 571 3. "Orifice Cylinder Open Area" is the total area of the opening in the diffuser basket after the pre-filter screen has been removed.0 3.Valves & Accessories FIG.406 300 20. for ordering information./DN(mm) In. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In. -1" NPT for sizes 6 x 6 thru 16 x 14.684 993. for certified values./cm. “CLR” Dimension indicates clearance needed for diffuser basket removal.6 x 273.0 2.7 300 20.561 571. In.7 300 20.9 14.com .750 x 10.6 16. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working Wt. 104 28 711 36 914 36 914 36 914 39 991 39 991 195⁄8 498 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 23 584 23 584 22 559 24 610 24 610 24 610 261⁄4 667 261⁄4 667 26 660 34 864 34 864 34 864 37 940 37 940 73⁄8 187 8 203 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 397.7 300 20.000 x 10./Kg 12 300 12 300 14 350 14 350 14 350 16 400 10 250 12 300 10 250 12 300 14 350 14 350 10 254 11 279 11 279 11 279 12 305 12 305 171⁄4 438 241⁄4 616 241⁄4 616 241⁄4 616 261⁄4 667 261⁄4 667 * Fabricated Other sizes available on special request.9 14.0 6.1 12. Approx.SUCTION DIFFUSER GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size In.4 x 355. 4. 2. Not for use in copper systems. PSI/bar Lbs.7 300 20. Sq.000 x 14.anvilintl.6 x 355./mm In.750 355./DN(mm) In.7 300 20. 7250 (CONT'D.6 System Orifice Pump Max./mm 12.406 993.9 x 273. Sq.1 14./mm In. Contact Gruvlok Rep.9 x 323.8 NOTES: 1. Each (Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure In. 3.) SUCTION DIFFUSER FIGURE 7250 .000 355.3 467 211./mm In.750 x 12.000 x 12.684 571./mm In./DN(mm) 12 x 10* 300 x 250 12 x 12* 300 x 300 14 x 10* 350 x 250 14 x 12* 350 x 300 14 x 14* 350 x 350 16 x 14* 400 x 350 O. Product must be supported by pipe supports (supports not included).750 355.

Lbs/Kg 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 250 120 250 120 250 120 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 1⁄2 15 1⁄2 15 1⁄2 15 1⁄16 51⁄2 3 51⁄2 3 51⁄2 3 2 1⁄16 2 1⁄16 2 MODEL GAV-15 . °F/°C Inlet Size NPT In. Temp. Ea./DN(mm) 250 120 1⁄2. Ea Lbs/Kg 51⁄2 2./DN(mm) Approx./mm 51⁄4 130 43⁄4 100 43⁄4 100 GRUVLOK ® AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS FOR ULTIMATE PERFORMANCE Approx. Water Pressure psi/bar 150 10 Max. Wt.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Type GAV-15 Max. Inlet Size °F/°C In./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In.Valves & Accessories MODELS GAV-15 43/4" OUTLET 51/4" INLET MODEL GAV-15 ./mm Length In.5 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm Width In./DN(mm) Maximum Temp. 20 & 25 10 2 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Valve Orifice In. 3⁄4 & 1 3⁄8 1⁄16 15. 105 ./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In. Wt./DN(mm) Orifice Size In.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Valve Size In./mm Overall Height In.

Lbs/Kg 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 250 120 250 120 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1⁄2 15 1⁄2 15 1⁄16 8 3 8 3 2 1⁄16 2 INLET MODEL GAV-30 . Water Pressure psi/bar 300 20. Overall Height In./mm Length In. Wt.anvilintl./DN(mm) 250 120 1⁄2./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In. Ea Lbs/Kg 71⁄2 3.Valves & Accessories MODELS GAV-30 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS FOR ULTIMATE PERFORMANCE 51/8" GRUVLOK ® OUTLET 6" Maximum Temp./DN(mm) Orifice Size In.com . 20 & 25 15 2 Valve Orifice In. Wt./mm 6 150 51⁄8 125 51⁄8 125 Approx. Inlet Size °F/°C In.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Type GAV-30 106 MODEL GAV-30 ./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In. Temp./DN(mm) Approx.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Valve Size In./DN(mm) Max.7 Max. Ea.4 www. 3⁄4 & 1 1⁄2 1⁄16 15. °F/°C Inlet Size NPT In./mm Width In./mm For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.

107 .4 1⁄4 6.6 16 406.8 12 304. Ea.4 1⁄4 6.5 1. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.3 5./mm * See Motion Classification to the left for additional information.D.5 3⁄8 9. Size In.4 1⁄4 6.3 2.6 12. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 GRUVLOK ® Nominal O.0 5.6 4.4 1⁄4 6./mm psi/bar A 12 304.5 1 ⁄4 6.8 3⁄4 19.500 88.1 1⁄2 12.500 114./mm Lbs. AF21-GG GROOVED ENDS FLEX CONNECTOR AF21-GG . Permanent Intermittent Wt.2 46.0 9.0 3.0 6.625 219.0 450 31.875 73.9 4.5 1.1 3.0 17.8 11⁄4 31.5 2.8 12 304.7 5⁄8 15.GRXGR FLEX CONNECTORS A ± .563 141.125 300 Series SS Annular Corrugated Hose 300 Series SS Ferrule 304 SS Braid Sch.375 60.1 12.0 300 20.4 20.9 1⁄2 12.4 16 406. 40 Carbon Steel Grooved Ends See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 190-191.4 16 406.7 275 19.750 323.6 225 15. In.0 Parallel Offset * Approx.0 8.7 7⁄8 22.625 168.5 165 11.4 20 508.8 14 355./DN(mm) In.0 20.3 145 10.7 150 10.3 8.4 155 10.0 270 18.0 20 508. # AF0390232007 AF0390232106 AF0390232031 AF0390232114 AF0390232122 AF0390232130 AF0390232148 AF0390232155 AF0390232163 Pressure 70°F In.1 10.9 Model or 10 dig.0 3.3 6.750 273.4 14.7 3⁄8 9./mm In.4 2.1 38.9 1⁄2 12.Valves & Accessories FIG./kN 11⁄4 31.2 5 ⁄8 15.4 3⁄8 9.5 1⁄4 6.

9 1⁄2 12.0 16 406.500 88.9 1⁄2 12.500 114.0 47.7 275 19.2 304.0 270 18.8 12 304.1 10.4 1⁄4 6.3 145 10.3 11⁄8 28.7 150 10.4 1⁄4 6.4 3⁄8 9.6 18.625 168.3 8.5 1⁄4 6. Lbs.9 O./kN 12 450 17⁄8 5⁄8 7.375 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 60./mm 2 2.7 15.6 225 15.D.4 18.750 323. 108 Nominal Size In.3 5.GRXFL FLEX CONNECTORS GRUVLOK ® A ± .8 39.4 155 10./mm psi/bar A AF0390232171 AF0390232189 AF0390232247 AF0390232254 AF0390232262 AF0390232270 AF0390232288 Approx.8 31.4 17 431.3 23.5 3.8 12 304.9 4./mm * See Motion Classification on previous page for additional information.5 165 11.0 300 20. # Pressure 70°F In.Valves & Accessories FIG./mm In.750 273. 40 Carbon Steel Grooved Ends Plate Steel Flange 150# Drilling Flat Face See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 190-191.4 3.5 3⁄8 9.9 7⁄8 22. www.7 14.6 14 355.4 4.7 AF0390232197 AF0390232213 Parallel Offset Permanent Intermittent In.7 10.1 12.9 5⁄8 15.3 2.0 6.1 5⁄8 15.875 73.2 3⁄4 19.6 5⁄8 15.6 15 381.8 14 355. Model or 10 dig.0 40 18.3 8. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Wt.3 6.9 10.625 219.6 15⁄8 41.com .4 8.8 12 304.563 141.1 50 22./DN(mm) In. AF21-GF CLASS 150 FLANGED X GROOVED FLEX CONNECTOR AF21-GF .anvilintl. Ea.125 300 Series SS Annular Corrugated Hose 300 Series SS Ferrule 304 SS Braid Sch.0 3.7 1⁄4 6.9 5⁄8 15.

7 150 10.375 60.750 273.4 1⁄4 6.6 225 15.4 1⁄4 6./kN 9 228.9 1⁄2 12./mm psi/bar In.0 34.625 168.500 88.9 4.7 1⁄2 12.0 5.0 300 20.0 105.6 9 228.3 6.0 4.1 10.2 14 355.0 11⁄8 28.D.5 75.5 3 ⁄8 9.6 9 228. Ea.3 2./mm In.5 1⁄4 6.0 47.6 9 228.6 25.6 11 279.4 3 ⁄8 9.5 165 11.6 54.7 275 19.0 24. AF21-FF CLASS 150 FLANGED X CLASS 150 FLANGED FLEX CONNECTOR 300 Series SS Ferrule O.4 GRUVLOK ® A ± .8 13 330./mm Lbs.0 3.7 3 ⁄4 19.6 9.6 1 25.0 6.0 270 18.4 11 279. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 5⁄8 15.5 1⁄4 6.4 12 304. for additional information Model or 10 dig.4 155 10.FLXFL FLEX CONNECTORS Nominal Size * See Motion Classification on previous page for additional information.5 12. In. # AF0390232387 AF0390232395 AF0390232403 AF0390232429 AF0390232437 AF0390232445 AF0390232452 AF0390232460 AF0390232478 Parallel Offset A Pressure 70°F Permanent Intermittent Approx.875 73. Anvil also provides AnvilFlex™ Increaseres contact your Gruvlok Rep.9 1⁄2 12.7 1⁄2 12.750 323.0 8. In.625 219.1 12. 109 .4 19.3 145 10.9 304 SS Braid Plate Steel Flange 150# Drilling Flat Face See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 190-191./DN(mm) In.Valves & Accessories FIG.125 300 Series SS Annular Corrugated Hose AF21-FF . Wt./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.563 141.500 114.6 450 31.4 5⁄8 15.3 5.4 14.7 3⁄8 10.3 30.4 1⁄4 6.4 1⁄4 6.3 8.0 11.0 13.

In./mm In./kN 5.3 5. For additional details./Kg 3./DN(mm) In.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .875 73.316 23.3 6. Pressure PSI/bar 1200 82.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .9 www. 7004 HPR® COUPLING Y Z GRUVLOK ® X Nom.625 219.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .0 6.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .90 29.6 11.anvilintl.8 1200 82.500 88.00 58.35 Fig.167 129.375 60.4 15.0 3.426 259.74 41.65 7.750 323.5 7.9 800 55.366 184.610 322.0 25. Size O.625 168.HPR COUPLING Range of Pipe End Separation In.6.D.9 4.8 1000 68.2 Max.9 Max.8 1200 82.6.8 1200 82.790 34.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .8 1200 82.9 14.1 5.6 3.3 2. 7004 HPR® with standard gasket. Coupling Bolts Qty.4 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.8 1200 82.3.36 19.6 32.65 11. End Load Lbs.3 14.8 4. Ea.141 454.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .6 2./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.3.2 800 55. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Lbs.6.3 8.1 10.99 102.com .6.89 72. Wt.085 84./mm 2 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 – M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 150 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 150 1 x 51⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – Approx.6./mm In./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 . see coupling data chart notes on page 262.500 114.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . 110 FIGURE 7004 .2 2.750 273.High Pressure System FIG.545 51.6.3.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 8.9 19./mm 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 71⁄2 191 83⁄4 222 111⁄8 283 131⁄2 343 157⁄8 403 61⁄4 159 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 91⁄2 241 11 279 121⁄8 308 147⁄8 378 17 432 191⁄4 489 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 Not for use in copper systems.7 43.9 1.563 141. Size In.1 12. Wk.

3.D.500 114. Ea.4 2500 172.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .6 32.9 5.3 2.99 39.2 1250 86. 7004 EG® FIG./mm Lbs.8 46. Wt.High Pressure Fittings FIG.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .943 306./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 2.3.3 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 3.3 14.D. 111 ./mm In./kN In.3 6.3.1 11.67 87.0 4./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.19 24. End Range of Pipe Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts O.375 60.0 3. Size In.453 504./Kg 4.6./mm In.5 7.84 113.5 9./ In.1 10.625 219.3 5.3 2.053 106.4 1250 86. Ea.7 43.595 709. Wk./mm In. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 FIG. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 61⁄4 159 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 91⁄2 241 121⁄8 308 147⁄8 378 17 432 191⁄4 489 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 2 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 2 2 2 2 2 2 – M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M16 x 85 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 150 1 x 51⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – Approx. O.4 2000 137. Size To-End Wt.5 5.5 2.66 159.750 323.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . 7068 EG END GUARD® COUPLING Y HIGH PRESSURE CROSS Z C to E X FIGURE 7004 . Lbs.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .230 72.6.1 12.3 8. 7004 EG with “EG” gasket.9 4.9 1500 103.9 GRUVLOK ® O. Size Pressure Load End Separation X Y Z Qty.375 60.761 176.6.2 11.750 273.8 6.075 49.875 73.4 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 83⁄4 222 111⁄8 283 131⁄2 343 157⁄8 403 For additional details.6 11.500 88.625 168. Not for use in copper systems.500 88.4 2500 172.0 25.0 3./mm In.6.875 73. Fig.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .1 15.4 2500 172.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .9 4.3 8. see coupling data chart notes on page 262.500 114.639 389.625 168.0 20.D.27 16.9 19.1 2.86 68. Center Approx.2 19.6.3 6.END GUARD (EG) COUPLING Nominal Max.2 0 -1⁄8 0 . 7068 EG HIGH PRESSURE CROSS Nom.9 1.9 2500 172./mm PSI/bar Lbs. Max.1 1./mm In./DN(mm) In.8 3. In.92 0 -1⁄8 0 .

/Kg DN(mm) 2. 7022 EG HIGH PRESSURE HEADER TEE Nom. O.3 2./ In. GRUVLOK ® Nom. Size To-End Wt. Ea. Center Approx.3 6.D. O./mm In.5 FIG.3 8.875 73.5 3.anvilintl.2 3. O.0 5. 7051 EG FIG./mm Lbs.3 4.375 60. C to E 2.0 3.High Pressure System FIG.0 7. Ea.1 2.0 2.750 323.375 60. HIGH PRESSURE 45° LR ELBOW Nom./ In.D.375 60.2 15.1 4.9 4.500 88.5 7. Center Approx.5 1.8 2.9 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 * * * * * * C to E C to E C to E C to E C to E FIGURE 7050 EG.3 61⁄2 165 5 127 4. www.3 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 3 76 31⁄2 89 1.750 273.9 7./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 2. Ea.625 168.0 27. Size To-End Wt.3 6./mm In. 7060 EG HIGH PRESSURE 90° LR ELBOW HIGH PRESSURE 45° LR ELBOW HIGH PRESSURE HEADER TEE HIGH PRESSURE TEE O.625 219./ In.2 1. Center Approx./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 2 50 2. Ea. In.0 12.1 10.3 6.3 9.0 3. O.500 114.3 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 3.com . OD Size To-End Wt.9 4.D.3 1.4 16.D.3 2.875 73./ In.3 2.D.D.625 168./mm Lbs.500 114. 7050 EG FIG./mm In.2 12. In. O. Size To-End Wt.9 2.375 60.6 1.3 4.500 114.7 11.625 168.500 88.2 38.8 0. HIGH PRESSURE 90° LR ELBOW 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 O./mm In.5 17.375 60. In./mm Lbs.500 88. In.9 1. Center Approx.0 3.6 FIGURE 7060 EG HIGH PRESSURE TEE Nom.875 73.9 6.4 * * * * * * FIGURE 7051 EG.3 2.5 *Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.9 4./mm Lbs.3 2. 7022 EG FIG.D.5 5./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 2. 112 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.

500 114. see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262. Max.3 6.9 0.7 1.1 Range of Pipe End Separation In. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size In.3 5.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6./mm 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 Specified Torque § Min.8 GRUVLOK ® X § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .5 2. Ft.2 FIGURE 7400 .1 5.625 219./mm In.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .Advanced Copper Method FIG.375 60.875 73.D.563 141.9 4./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 .2 0 -1⁄4 0 ./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.625 168. In.6 0. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 156-157.3 8. Lbs.0 3./DN(mm) In.6.3.9 2.0 3.1 1./mm 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 67⁄8 175 77⁄8 200 101⁄4 260 51⁄2 140 5 127 63⁄4 171 73⁄4 197 91⁄4 235 103⁄8 264 123⁄4 324 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 Qty.3.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .5 8. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 2.4 4./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 Approx Wt.3 2.RIGIDLITE COUPLING Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts./mm In.1 1. 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING Z Y Nominal Size O.3.3. X Y Z In.6./Kg 1.4 3.4 0 -1⁄8 0 . -Lbs.500 88. Ea. 113 .

3 5.-Lbs/N-M Lbs.3 8. Size O.3 2. Range Dimensions Specified Approx./kN In. Specified Surface Nom.528 77.625 168.771 21.97 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3 ⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 61⁄4 159 7 178 77⁄8 200 9 229 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 14 356 161⁄2 419 3⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 1 25 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 59⁄16 141 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 4. B Min.9 8. (ISO) mm Ft./mm In.Advanced Copper Method FIG.4 15.66 2.3 2.1 www.0 3. In.341 46. Ea.9 4./mm PSI/bar Lbs.D. Max.91 1.44 10.7 6.7 300 20.3 6./DN(mm) In.0 9.7 300 20. Qty.7 300 20.1 6./mm In./mm PN10 (16) In.7 300 20. X Y Z A Max.329 5.625 219. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min.2 1.FLANGE: ANSI CLASS 150 OR ISO PN10 OR PN16 BOLT PATTERNS Latch Bolt Mating Flange Bolts Max. Max.1 300 20. 114 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 ./mm In. 37⁄16 87 4 102 49⁄16 116 59⁄16 141 63⁄4 171 713⁄16 198 10 254 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 (12) 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5 ⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 705⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 3⁄4 x 27⁄8 3⁄4 x 31⁄8 M20 x 80 3⁄4 x 31⁄4 M20 x 80 110 149 110 149 110 149 110 149 220 298 220 298 220 298 140 190 140 190 140 190 140 190 250 339 250 339 250 339 4./Kg 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.6 7.8 4.500 114.563 141.948 8.6 2.22 7. Sealing Max.886 12. Working End Mating Flange Bolts Latch* Wt.-Lbs/N-M In.7 300 20./mm In.875 73.com .0 2.anvilintl.292 32./mm Ft.7 1.84 4.500 88. GRUVLOK ® Amax.6 4.375 60. 7012 (NOTES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) GRUVLOK FLANGES FOR GRUVLOK ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Z Y X Bmin.7 300 20. Torque § Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min.00 17.

Gruvlok Flange adapter insert required when mating to rubber surfaces or serrated faced mating flanges. flanges cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 butterfly valve. Refer to Gruvlok Products Catalog or Anvil's web site for more information on installing this flange See “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262. 7012 (NOTES CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) GRUVLOK FLANGES FOR GRUVLOK ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Serrated Face Mating Flange X A max. Mating flange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per ASME B16. Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE J429 Grade 5 are acceptable. GRUVLOK ® Y Mating Flange Gruvlok Figure 7012 Component Gruvlok Figure 7012 Flange Flange Z Effective sealing area of mating flange must be free from gouges. § – For additional Bolt Torque information see page 200. Rubber Grooved Surface Bmin. To avoid interference issues.5. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 162-165. The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 and Class 125 flanges. Pipe Flange Adapter Insert Grooved Flange Pipe Gasket Flange Adapter Insert ✛ PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bolt circle PN 10 & 16 Flange * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600 valve only.Advanced Copper Method FIG. undulations or deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of the gasket. 115 . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.

7 0. Wt. Wt./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) In.0 3./Kg 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.5 1.Advanced Copper Method FIG.375 60. Ea.6 7.TEES FIGURE 7551 .D.3 3./mm 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 Approx.5 2.3 5.45° ELBOW Nom./Kg 1. O.500 114.6 0.500 114.7 2.0 3. O.4 8.7 3.7 5.1 Center to End In./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.4 6.5 0. Lbs.3 6. 7551 FIG.anvilintl.4 13.3 7. In.563 141.3 2.4 1.625 219.1 2./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. Size O.5 1.500 88.3 8.875 73. Nom.5 1.3 4.500 88.3 FIGURE 7560 .6 6.4 1.500 88.0 3. www.3 8.3 5.563 141.1 5.9 3.3 6.625 219.D.9 4.1 0. Wt.3 2.2 17. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.3 6./mm 21⁄8 54 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 33⁄8 86 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 71⁄2 191 Approx.3 19.3 2. Size O.375 60.6 8. In. In.3 5.875 73.D.7 18.375 60. Ea./Kg 0.D.6 0.875 73.D.6 13./DN(mm) In.625 219. Ea./mm 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 12 305 Approx. Lbs.1 3.500 114.9 4. 7550 FIG.90° ELBOW Nom.1 41. Lbs. C to E GRUVLOK ® C to E FIGURE 7550 .625 168.5 9.8 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.3 8.625 168.9 0.5 1.625 168. 7560 90° ELBOW 45° ELBOW TEES C to E C to E O.com . Size O. 116 0.8 11.8 2.3 1.1 Center to End In.563 141.1 Center to End In.D.9 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.0 29.9 4.

2 2. Ea. 7574 (GR X GR) CONCENTRIC REDUCER END CAP E to E E to E FIGURE 7572 .625 168.875 73.2 4. In.500 88.0 GRUVLOK ® O.375 60. Lbs.D. sizes ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size In.4 2.500 114.9 0.3 2.D./Kg Nom. Ea.0 0.9 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 51⁄2 140 55⁄8 143 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 2.8 1.6 0.0 0.Advanced Copper Method FIG. 117 . O.0 3.9 2.625 219.3 6. Wt.563 141.8 1.3 1./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O. Size In.3 1.4 0.0 0./Kg 0.1 0.0 0.9 4.3 3. Wt. Ea.2 0.3 5./DN(mm) End to End In. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.2 1. Size In.D. Lbs.5 2.(GR X GR) CONCENTRIC REDUCER FIGURE 7574 . 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel. 7572 FIG.2 1.END CAPS Nom. Contact your Gruvlok Representative for more information. Lbs./DN(mm) End to End In.8 2.3 0.5 0.3 8.D./Kg 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 35⁄8 92 5 127 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 0./mm Approx.9 2.2 5.5 4./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 4 203 Approx.0 2. Wt. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 2.4 8" fittings fabricated upon request.0 5.3 1.3 11./mm 2.1 End to End In.6 0./mm Approx.

9 2.D. In./Kg Cup 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 18 8.5 3.6 Nominal Size In./Kg Cup 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7.8 2.3 18.3 12.3 18.7 1.5 5./mm Lbs.4 8. GRUVLOK ® C to E FIGURE 7561A .2 4. In./DN(mm) Center to End In.2 11.(GR X GR X GR) REDUCING TEE Nominal Size In. In.5 19 8.1 1./DN(mm) 8 x 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 200 x 65 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 Center to End In. sizes 118 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.com .5 11.1 2.4 5./mm Lbs.8 8./mm Lbs.D.7 5.8 3.8 0.2 5.Advanced Copper Method FIG. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.0 4.4 7.3 Nominal Size In./mm 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 Approx./Kg Cup 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 5 127 5 127 5 127 1. 7561A (GR X GR X GR) REDUCING TEE C to E O./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 Center to End In.2 2.2 8. www./mm 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 10 254 10 254 10 254 Approx. Ea.2 18.6 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel. Wt./mm 5x5x3 125 x 125 x 80 5x5x4 125 x 125 x 100 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 150 x 65 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 11 279 11 279 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 Approx.1 5.anvilintl. Wt. Ea. Wt.8 2. Ea.5 12.

8 0. 119 .6 2.1 0.5 1.8 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nom.0 0./mm Lbs.2 Nom.5 1. Size In.8 1.7 2./mm Lbs.7 1.7 0.7 1.6 0. Ea.6 1.Advanced Copper Method FIG.2 2./mm Lbs./Kg Cup 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 4.D.5 1.5 2./mm 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 Approx. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 Approx.5 1.1 4. In.1 4./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3 x 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 80 x 20 3x3x1 80 x 80 x 25 3 x 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 80 x 32 3 x 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 80 x 40 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 Center to End In.2 GRUVLOK ® Cup See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.7 0.7 0.D.5 1.5 1./Kg Cup 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 1./DN(mm) 4 x 4 x 3⁄4 100 x 100 x 20 4x4x1 100 x 100 x 25 4 x 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 100 x 32 4 x 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 100 x 40 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 Center to End In./DN(mm) 2 x 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 2 x 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 50 x 32 2 x 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 65 x 80 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 65 x 32 Center to End In. 7564A (GR X GR X CUP) REDUCING TEE C to E O. Size In.8 1.(GR X GR X CUP) REDUCING TEE Nom.1 2.0 0.1 2. In.1 4./Kg Cup 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 1. Wt./mm 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 Approx.8 2. Wt. C to E FIGURE 7564A . Wt.0 4. Size In.1 0. Ea. In.8 2.7 2. Ea.1 2.5 1.

375 60. Size In./mm 7 ⁄8 23 15⁄16 25 11⁄16 28 7⁄8 23 15⁄16 25 11⁄16 28 15⁄16 34 11⁄16 28 15⁄16 34 15⁄16 34 Approx./DN(mm) 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 4x2 100 x 50 End to End In./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 O.3 0.500 114.6 0.6 0.500 88.4 0.Advanced Copper Method FIG./mm 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 111⁄16 42 23⁄16 55 25⁄8 67 31⁄8 79 Approx. Lbs.0 3.2 0.2 0.563 141.0 0.9 3. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 0./mm 23⁄4 70 3 76 7 3 ⁄16 87 47⁄16 112 57⁄16 138 63⁄8 162 Cup In.5 2.3 0. Ea.TRANSITION FITTING Nominal Size In./Kg 0.3 2. Ea.3 1.com .2 1.4 0. Lbs./Kg 0.3 2. 7575 FIG.4 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.3 6.3 0.3 End to End In.anvilintl.5 2. In./mm 2.3 1.5 1.0 FIGURE 7582 . GRUVLOK ® O.4 0.6 0. 7582 (GR X CUP) REDUCING ADAPTER TRANSITION FITTING E to E E to E Cup Cup O.3 1. 120 FIGURE 7575 .D.1 0./mm 3 76 3 76 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 5 127 Cup In.2 0. Wt.3 5.D. Wt.4 0.875 73.0 0.(GR X CUP) REDUCING ADAPTER Nom.7 0.625 168.0 0.5 5. www.9 4.D.D.2 0.

8 5 ⁄8 16.1 61⁄4 159.1 71⁄16 179.0 5⁄8 16. GRUVLOK ® J 121 ./DN(mm) 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 O.0 5⁄16 7.4 53⁄4 146.500 88.1 2.D.0 91⁄4 235.888 48./mm 5⁄8 16.9 41⁄4 108.8 65⁄16 159.4 51⁄8 129.0 91⁄4 235.0 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 65⁄16 159./mm 1.1 43⁄4 120.9 21⁄4 57.2 2 50.5 65⁄8 168.FULL PORT .9 3.0 2.1 211⁄16 67.375 60.0 5⁄16 7.9 211⁄16 69.8 39⁄16 90.6 J K L M W W1 In.8 21⁄4 57. Vent Hole SERIES 7500B .5 1.9 13⁄4 45.490 88.D.5 91⁄4 235.1 11⁄2 38.9 3 76.6 91⁄4 235.6 6.5 41⁄2 114.0 5 ⁄16 7.1 2.910 48.2 21⁄4 57.1 21⁄2 63.0 5⁄16 7.0 35⁄8 91.2 57⁄16 137.876 73. A B C D H In.D.9 3.0 51⁄16 128.1 71⁄2 190.1 61⁄8 155.Advanced Copper Method SERIES 7500B W1 GROOVED-END BRONZE BALL VALVE .29 159.1 511⁄16 144.5 415⁄16 126.9 21⁄4 57.870 72.9 35⁄16 84. C FULL PORT D L M K B A Vent Hole C D with extension piece L H A O.FULL PORT W OPEN FULL PORT B CLOSE O.3 2.365 60.DIMENSIONS Nominal Size In.0 21⁄4 57.8 5⁄8 16.

/mm 5⁄8 16.5 21⁄4 57.5 A B C J K L M W1 71⁄2 190.400 O.12 B A M OD C 3.D.5 71⁄8 180.5 45⁄16 109.5 91⁄4 235.anvilintl.D.12 SERIES 7500B .Advanced Copper Method SERIES 7500B GROOVED-END BRONZE BALL VALVE . 7.0 In./mm 4 100 4. www.DIMENSIONS Nominal Size O.0 Vent Hole with extension piece 5.0 3⁄8 9.STANDARD PORT 4" W1 GRUVLOK ® 9.STANDARD PORT 4" . In.469 113.0 Vent Hole 7.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 4./DN(mm) In.545 115.8 61⁄4 159.com .250 122 J OPEN K B A STANDARD PORT CLOSE C 3.

00 +.000 D Actual In.53 0.4 1.500 114.007/-.625 168.022 -0.000 +.697 43 2.53 0. 7090 THREAD BY THREAD FIGURE 7088./mm 3.000 +.15/-.000 102 6.010/-.375 60.625 15.000 102 4.881 22 1.015 ±.000 152 6. Figure 7090 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 3⁄4" through 2" only.050 26.D.312 7.000 152 6.00 102 4.625 15. IPS Pipe Size O.88 0. 7090 E A B STEEL TUBE POLYPROPYLENE FIG.9 4.88 0.000 76 4.000 152 GRUVLOK ® GRUVLOK DI-LOK® NIPPLE DI-ELECTRIC PIPE CONNECTION Figure 7088 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 2" through 4" only.55 -0.563 141.020 -0.3 2.15/-.3 5.090 +/-2.000 +.00 +.458 37 1. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.000 152 6.7 1.3 A +/-./mm 0.000 +./mm +.29 In.92 0.20/-.315 33.3 6.625 15./mm In.55 1.50 -0.88 0.010 ±. 7089 & 7090 ./mm In.33/-. 7088.030 +/-.006/-.005/-.3 2.015 -0./mm 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 1.018 -0.13/-.4 1. NIPS/DN In.45 -0.3 Tolerance In.3 2.3 2.76 In.008/-.030 +/-.000 +.395 137 6.00 +.660 42.000 +.3 6.875 73.37 -0.18/-.455 164 n/a n/a n/a n/a -0.88 0.875 73.500 114. Figure 7089 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 2" through 6" only.375 9.00 ±.312 7. 7089 GROOVE BY GROOVE E FIG. FIG.334 110 5.660 42.0 3.DI-LOK® NIPPLES Nom.00 +.500 88.00 +013/-.375 9.0 3.7 1.88 0.625 15.92 0.DI-LOK® Nipple FIG.13/-.315 33.000 +.9 4.76 In.375 60.00 +.312 7.563 141.900 48.7 1.250 57 2.625 15.45 -0.000 152 6. 123 ./mm n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.25 ±.7 1.050 26.00 +.3 5.720 69 3.88 0.38 E +/-.625 168.92 0.022 -0.500 88.375 9. 7089 & FIG.900 48.25/-.018 -0.114 28 1./mm B +/-.005/-.000 +. 7088 GROOVE BY THREAD E B STEEL TUBE A POLYPROPYLENE FIG.344 85 4.000 102 4.625 15.53 n/a n/a C Actual Tolerance +0.006/-.

7 300 20. Wt. LbFt/ LbFt/ Lbs./mm 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 8 12 12 12 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 63⁄8 162 71⁄2 191 83⁄4 222 107⁄8 276 125⁄8 321 147⁄8 378 163⁄4 425 183⁄4 476 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.157 3.5 4. Ea. of O.895 1.4 88 39.1 300 20.9 14.8 16.4 10.995 30. Load Grippers Pressure In. Nominal Size Max.159 13.618 7.3 6.625 168.7 600 41.875 73.0 350 24.6 16.625 219.8 31.528 7. § – For additional Bolt Torque information see page 200 see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.ROUGHNECK® COUPLING X NOTES: See Coupling data chart notes in technical data section for additional information. Wk.375 60.5 40 18.1 56 25.509 30. End No.500 88.766 5.4 450 31.788 13.7 300 20. Torque § Min.7 300 20.919 14./mm PSI/bar Lbs.6 17./Kg N-m N-m 150 203 150 203 200 271 200 271 250 339 250 339 250 339 500 678 550 746 550 746 550 746 190 257 190 257 250 339 250 339 300 406 300 406 300 406 600 814 700 949 700 949 700 949 6.7 300 20.323 1.750 273.9 4./kN 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 2.500 114.377 31.507 3.4 38.1 12.4 600 41. In.7 300 20.3 2.7 14.000 355.690 17.Plain-End Fittings FIG.858 10.000 406.229 12./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 7⁄8 x 5 1x6 7⁄8 x 5 1 x 61⁄2 1 x 61⁄2 1 x 61⁄2 1 x 61⁄2 - Specified Approx.709 Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts X Y Z Qty./mm In.6 3.3 5./mm In.1 10.750 323.563 141. Max.D.1 www.773 2.0 7.4 23.3 8. 7005 ROUGHNECK® COUPLING Z GRUVLOK ® Y 124 FIGURE 7005 .341 4.com . Max.8 10.anvilintl./DN(mm) In. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 174-175.950 27.0 3.9 95 43.246 8.4 3. Not for use in copper or PVC systems.4 7.507 3.7 3. 63⁄8 162 71⁄8 181 81⁄8 206 93⁄8 238 111⁄8 283 127⁄8 327 141⁄2 368 18 457 201⁄4 514 221⁄8 562 24 610 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 41⁄2 114 53⁄8 137 53⁄8 137 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 Size In.4 750 51.

D.1 27. Ea./mm 43⁄4 121 51⁄2 140 61⁄4 159 7 178 73⁄4 197 91⁄2 241 11 279 11 279 Approx.375 60.0 3.D./Kg 3./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.9 4.375 60.3 21.3 8.3 2. Wt.500 114.8 8.3 2.500 88. Lbs.3 2.2 4.625 219.D.6 3. In. Wt.5 1.0 3. C to E C to E 125 .5 8./mm 2.90° ELBOW Nominal Size In./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 FIGURE 7060P .0 13. 7060P 90° ELBOW 45° ELBOW TEE O.2 3.2 2. Wt./Kg 2.8 2.1 Center To End In.625 168.9 4. In.6 13.2 18.3 6. Ea.6 6.1 Center To End In.9 3.563 141. Lbs.45° ELBOW Nominal Size In.7 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 5.D.9 11 5. 7051P FIG.6 4.3 5.2 4.4 6.563 141.0 0./mm 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄4 108 51⁄8 130 53⁄4 146 6 152 Approx.6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK FIGURE 7051P .3 8.TEE O.7 9. C to E FIGURE 7050P .0 3./Kg 2.4 4. O.2 2.Plain-End Fittings FIG.8 6.500 88. 7050P FIG.8 8.625 168. In.6 4.6 4. GRUVLOK ® O.625 168.9 4.875 73.0 3.3 9.3 5.1 31 14.2 6.9 14.875 73.000 101.7 1.625 219.D.3 6.625 219.500 114. Ea./mm 2.1 38.D.375 60./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.3 6.8 30.7 17.4 24.2 7.6 9.500 114. Lbs.0 61.3 Nominal Size In./mm 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 75⁄8 194 10 254 Approx.5 1.3 5.8 2.000 101./mm 2.500 88.3 12.563 141.1 Center To End In.875 73.6 4.3 8.9 11.000 101.

563 141.5 4.5 14.3 6.000 101./DN(mm) In.7 12.D.1 74./mm 2. 7071P GRUVLOK ® 126 FIGURE 7068P .375 60./mm Lbs. 7069P CROSS 45° LATERAL O.3 8.9 13. Lbs.5 3.3 5.625 168.875 73. 7068P FIG.90° TRUE WYE Center Center Approx.3 2.9 10. 90° TRUE WYE C C to LE C to E FIG. Wt.500 114.CROSS Nominal Size In.3 2.7 17. End End In.1 38./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.0 4.8 31.000 101.2 17 7.5 10.0 3.0 3.500 114./mm Lbs.D.5 92.4 2.500 88.1 LE LE Nominal Size 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 to 5. In.1 22./mm In./mm In.0 17. O.4 21.3 8.6 4.563 141.500 88.8 8.1 37.625 168./mm In.625 168.375 60. to Long to Short Wt.8 5.1 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 75⁄8 194 10 254 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 3.8 20.500 88.45° LATERAL 2.625 219.2 53. FIGURE 7071P .7 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./Kg 4.500 114.9 4.D. to Long to Short Wt.625 219.6 6./mm In.3 5./Kg 71⁄4 184 73⁄4 197 83⁄4 222 10 254 103⁄4 273 123⁄4 324 14 356 18 457 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 O.3 12.000 101.D.anvilintl.3 9.563 141.6 9.875 73.0 6.7 6.0 41.com .2 54.3 www.6 33.3 5.1 2.0 24.2 2.2 14.2 10.7 4. Ea. C to Center Center Approx./DN(mm) In.0 7.3 2./mm 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 75⁄8 194 10 254 Approx.1 Center To End In.6 24.3 6.6 4.0 9. Ea.9 4.5 1.0 3.8 C to SE O.8 3.875 73.D. 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.9 4. Ea.D./Kg Nominal Size O.375 60.3 6.7 26.625 219. C to SE FIGURE 7069P .3 8. End End In.6 4.Plain-End Fittings FIG.

7 74.0 39.0 59.0 O. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 112.0 20./Kg 10 254 10 2254 10 254 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 46.6 5. Ea.2 25.3 5. Ea.0 21./mm Lbs.1 44.REDUCING TEE See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.1 11.4 86. To End Wt.2 11.0 20.6 11.9 48.2 11. GRUVLOK ® C to E FIGURE 7061P ./Kg 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 75⁄8 194 75⁄8 194 75⁄8 194 10 254 10 254 7.1 3. To End Wt.0 Nominal Size In.D.9 42.0 53.8 118. 127 .8 50.4 11.0 19.Plain-End Fittings FIG.0 33.0 35.0 22.5 26./DN(mm) 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 10 x 10 x 4 250 x 250 x 100 10 x 10 x 6 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 8 250 x 250 x 200 12 x 12 x 6 300 x 300 x 150 12 x 12 x 8 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 10 300 x 300 x 250 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Center Approx. In./mm Lbs. In.5 130./DN(mm) 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 6x6x2 150 x 150 x 50 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 8x8x2 200 x 200 x 50 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 Center Approx. 7061P REDUCING TEE Nominal Size In.6 78.9 5.4 24.0 50.3 11.D.

4 11.3 2.9 2.3 8.0 15.7 25.5 7.D.375 60.000 101.D. Lbs. Ea.375 60.500 88.5 3./Kg 2.000 101.8 28.5 2./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.anvilintl.6 4.625 168. 7075P 90° LR ELBOW 45° LR ELBOW BULL PLUG C to E E E to E C to O.500 114.0 7.8 3.3 17.625 219.0 7.9 4./mm 2.0 13.875 73.500 88.4 13.90° LR ELBOW Nominal Size In./Kg 2.6 4.000 101.3 1.3 8.8 34.3 6.1 4.3 5. FIGURE 7075P .9 4.563 141. Wt. Wt.5 5.Plain-End Fittings FIG.7 FIGURE 7051 LRP .625 219.4 12. In./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.3 5.6 1.D.5 9. 7051LRP FIG.0 5.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 17.1 Center To End In.875 73.7 29./Kg 1.3 2.3 8.1 Center To End In. GRUVLOK ® O.5 12.9 4. Wt.3 2.625 168.7 3.5 3.500 114./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.0 6.563 141.0 3.D. 7050LRP FIG.0 3.3 6.9 9.5 2.500 88.5 1.3 5.1 Center To End In.563 141.D. In.8 4./mm 5 127 53⁄4 146 61⁄2 165 71⁄4 184 8 203 93⁄4 248 111⁄4 286 15 381 Approx.2 21.2 6.8 0.0 3./mm 4 102 5 127 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 81⁄2 216 10 254 11 279 Approx.5 5.2 www. Ea.8 6.0 3.com ./mm 33⁄8 86 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 53⁄8 137 6 152 8 203 Approx.875 73. In.BULL PLUG Nominal Size In.0 1.9 56./mm 2.6 4.5 2.D. O. Lbs.45° LR ELBOW Nominal Size In./mm 2. Lbs.3 6.375 60.625 168.4 4. Ea.5 2.500 114. 128 FIGURE 7050 LRP .625 219.6 4.3 7.

7 23.3 5.375 60. 7082P .4 19.5 2.D.3 6.1 1. 7081P.4 15.500 114.1 3.7 FIG.0 3.4 29.5 1.5 28. GRUVLOK ® FLANGE NIPPLES 129 . Wt.5 13.000 101.7 9.7 35.000 101. Wt.9 0.625 219.2 4. Ea.0 15.500 88.2 0.9 4.9 4./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O. In.4 5.3 14.500 114./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. FIGURE 7085P PLAIN-END X CLASS 300 FLANGE NIPPLES End To End In.5 19./Kg 6. 7080P Plain x Grooved E to E O.4 9.3 2.7 O./Kg 1. 7080P. Lbs.875 73.3 6. Lbs.4 4.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 3.2 6. FIG./Kg 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 8.3 2./mm 2.625 168.9 2.PLAIN-END X CLASS 150 FLANGE NIPPLES Nominal Size In./DN(mm) In.3 8. E to E O.6 4.7 72.375 60.9 50. 7084P & FIG. Lbs.563 141. Ea.0 10. 7082P ADAPTER NIPPLES E to E (Plain-End x Class 150 or 300) E to E O.2 10.D.9 5.ADAPTER NIPPLES Nominal Size O. FIG.D.0 9.5 1.6 4.0 21.563 141. FIGURE 7084P . Wt.0 3.3 8.5 7.625 219.5 7. 7081P & FIG. 7085P FIG.0 2. End To End In.875 73.625 168.D.Plain-End Fittings FIG.0 6./mm 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Approx.5 4.4 3.0 32. 7081P Plain x Thread FIG.500 88./mm Approx. 7082P Plain x Bevel FIGURE 7080P.3 5. Ea.7 11.0 12./mm In.D.1 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 Approx.4 43.D.1 8.1 End To End In.0 22.7 14.

2 Nominal Size In. Wt.0 7. FIGURE 7077P .Plain-End Fittings FIG.5 5.D.anvilintl.2 29. www.0 13.5 3.5 5.4 7. Lbs.com .0 13.4 4.0 7.7 17.2 29.5 3. sizes 130 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./DN(mm) 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 End Center To End In.2 11.0 1.SWAGED NIPPLES Nominal Size In.0 4./Kg 3.0 7.7 17.5 5.0 7.0 13. Ea.4 11.2 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. 7077P SWAGED NIPPLES E to E GRUVLOK ® O.2 11./mm 7 178 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 9 229 11 279 11 279 11 279 Approx.4 7.7 17.5 3.5 2.5 2.7 29. Ea.D./Kg 17.0 7./mm 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 Approx.2 29./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 5x2 125 x 50 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 End Center To End In.0 13. Lbs.7 17.0 7. Wt.

7307 HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING Z Y Y X X FIGURE 7307 .HDPE COUPLING Coupling Dimensions Nominal O.6 42./DN(mm) In./Kg 4.9 4.5 2.9 33⁄8 86 41⁄2 114 53⁄4 146 8 203 101⁄2 267 125⁄8 321 143⁄4 375 6 152 71⁄8 181 81⁄2 216 111⁄4 286 135⁄8 346 17 432 191⁄2 495 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 5 127 Coupling Bolts Qty.5 3.5 9.2 30 13. Ea. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Approx.D.0 8.9 12.375 60.9 4.0 6 2./mm 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.1 12.3 6./mm In.HDPE Couplings FIG.7 20.750 323.625 219. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 7 ⁄8 x 51⁄2 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 - Approx. 7305 FIG. Size X Y Z In./mm In.5 3. Size In. Size X Y Z In.6 43 19. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 3 ⁄4 x 43⁄4 3⁄4 x 43⁄4 - See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 176-177.1 10. Ea.5 58 26.3 3.3 3.3 8.5 5.625 168.375 60.500 88.500 114.5 19./DN(mm) In./mm In.D.9 33⁄8 86 45⁄8 117 51⁄4 133 71⁄2 191 10 254 12 305 143⁄8 365 51⁄2 140 63⁄4 171 8 203 11 279 131⁄4 337 153⁄4 400 177⁄8 454 Z 45⁄8 117 45⁄8 117 53⁄4 146 57⁄8 149 6 152 61⁄2 165 71⁄4 184 Coupling Bolts Qty.1 10.7 8. Wt.3 GRUVLOK ® HDPE COUPLING See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 178-179.1 12./Kg 4.5 2.625 219.500 114.500 88. Size In.3 6.3 8.750 323. Lbs.750 273./mm In./mm In.625 168.HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING FIGURE 7305 .9 12 5.4 18 8.750 273. Wt. Lbs.3 Coupling Dimensions Nominal O. 131 ./mm In.3 34.5 15./mm 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.

Gruvlok Flanges are to be assembled on butterfly valves so as not to interfere with actuator or handle operation./mm In. Do not use Gruvlok Flanges within 90 degrees of one another on standard fittings because the outside dimensions may cause interference. B. to B Min.625 219. Size In. In.7 E. In./Kg 15 6. Grooved Pipe B min. Ea.HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER Nominal Size In.3 8. C. www. Lbs.500 114. undulations and deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of gasket. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 180-181./mm 9 229 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 103⁄8 264 123⁄8 314 147⁄8 378 31⁄8 79 37⁄8 98 31⁄2 89 Sealing Surface A Max B Min.com .anvilintl. Gruvlok Flanges are not recommended for use against formed rubber flanges. 53⁄4 146 73⁄4 197 101⁄4 260 Latch Bolt Qty. The Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is installed between the Gruvlok Flange sealing gasket and the mating flange or surface to provide a good sealing surface area. The use of a Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is required for applications against rubber faced valves or other equipment. 7312 HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER Y Z Gruvlok Fig. Flange Adapter Insert FlangeGasket Flange Adapter Insert Rubber Surface FIGURE 7312 ./mm In./mm 8 5⁄8 x 3 2 5⁄8 x 15⁄8 8 3⁄4 x 31⁄2 2 3⁄4 x 2 8 3⁄4 x 31⁄2 Approx./mm 4.D. Wt. 7012 Gruvlok Flange sealing gaskets require a hard flat surface for adequate sealing./mm 2 5⁄8 x 15⁄8 Mating Flange Bolts Qty. Gruvlok Flanges should not be used as anchor points for tierods across non-restrained joints.625 168. The sealing surfaces A Max.0 26 12.3 6./DN(mm) 4 100 6 150 8 200 O. 7312 Flange Mating Flange Gruvlok Fig. Size In. D. Fig. of the mating flange must be free from gouges.8 22 10. F.1 Flange Dimensions X Y Z In./mm 41⁄2 114 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 A. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7312 Flange Component Serrated Face Mating Flange GRUVLOK ® X 132 Amax./mm In.HDPE Couplings FIG.

3 1. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.7 1.3 2. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 2./ DN(mm) In. 133 . Ea./mm PSI/bar In.3 1.660 42. Size **T U* V W Y Z Wt. Working Center Size Wt.5 GRUVLOK ® V * “U” .4 1. O.9 1.2 4. W Y U* Pressure To End In. **“T” .7 1. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1. Dimensions Nominal O./ In.D./Kg 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 1.3 300 20./mm In.7 300 20.0 2.900 48./mm In.6 2.660 42.7 250 17.375 60.7 300 20./mm In.2 13⁄16 21 1 25 11 ⁄16 17 15 ⁄16 23 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 21⁄4 11⁄16 57 17 27⁄16 11⁄4 62 32 29⁄16 13⁄8 65 35 3 111⁄16 76 43 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 41⁄2 114 47⁄8 124 51⁄8 130 6 152 2.0 1./mm Lbs.3 300 20. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.9 2.SOCK-IT® STRAIGHT TEE (S X S X S) Dimensions Max./mm In.Run take-out dimension. Pressure In.7 300 20. Ea. 7103 90° ELBOW (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT®) STRAIGHT TEE (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT®) Y Z C to E W U Y T W U FIGURE 7100 .Sock-It® Method FIG. Nominal Approx.4 1.3 3./mm In./mm In.5 5.SOCK-IT® ELBOW (S X S) FIGURE 7103 .7 1. Working Approx./mm PSI/bar In./mm Lbs.315 33./mm In.7 300 20.375 60.3 2./Kg DN(mm) Max.2 25⁄16 59 27⁄16 62 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 7⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄8 29 19⁄16 40 11⁄16 17 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 * “U” .4 1./mm In.315 33. 7100 FIG.9 0.7 250 17.Outlet take-out dimension.8 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 1.D.900 48.Run take-out dimension.

/DN(mm) PSI/bar Y C to TE T U C to SE See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183. Wt./mm 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 Dimensions U* T** W Y Approx.5 1.5 0./mm In. ** “T” .1 2./mm In.com . Nominal Working Size Pressure In.7 300 20.0 2. sizes 134 1 x 1⁄2 25 x 15 1 x 3⁄4 25 x 20 1x1 25 x 25 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 32 x 15 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 32 x 20 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 300 20.Take-out dimension. 7101 90° REDUCING ELBOW (SOCK-IT® X NPT) FIGURE 7101 .7 300 20.1 1.6 0. Ea.7 300 20./Kg 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 7⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 1.2 1. Sock-It® End. In.7 300 20.7 300 20. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 300 20.D.7 2.8 1.7 Center to TE In.SOCK-IT® REDUCING ELBOW (S X NPT) GRUVLOK ® W Max./mm Lbs.1 2.4 1.anvilintl.7 1.7 300 20.7 0.Take-out dimension. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.3 1.Sock-It® Method FIG.Center to Thread End Center To SE In. Thread End./mm 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 C to SE .9 2.0 2 0.0 * “U” .Center to Sock-It® End C to TE ./mm In.7 300 20. www.

9 1.6 3.2 2.7 1. sizes FIGURE 7105 .7 300 20. Lbs./mm 1 25 7⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 1 1 ⁄8 29 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄2 38 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 U* In.5 1.SOCK-IT® REDUCING OUTLET TEE (S X S X NPT) Nominal Size In.0 0./Kg 2.2 175 12.7 300 20. Ea.0 0.2 1.2 2.D.Run take-out dimension.9 2.5 3.Outlet take-out dimension.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 300 20.2 250 17. Wt. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.1 **T In./mm 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 Dimensions V W In. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.9 0.7 300 20.3 1. 7105 Z U Y V T W Note: Anvil® is the only manufacturer to offer a 21⁄2" Sock-It Fitting * “U” .7 300 20./mm 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 Approx.5 1.9 1.9 0.1 3.4 5.2 250 17.7 300 20.7 250 17./DN(mm) 1 x 1 x 1⁄2 25 x 25 x 15 1 x 1 x 3⁄4 25 x 25 x 20 1x1x1 25 x 25 x 25 1 1 ⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 32 x 32 x 15 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 32 x 32 x 20 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 40 x 25 2 x 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 50 x 15 2 x 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 1 2 ⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Max.2 1.Sock-It® Method FIG.7 300 20.2 2.0 2. Working Pressure PSI/bar 300 20.1 175 12.2 2.7 300 20./mm 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 27⁄16 62 27⁄16 62 Z In.0 2.6 1.5 5.4 1./mm In./mm 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 Y In.9 2. GRUVLOK ® REDUCING OUTLET TEE (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT® X NPT) 135 . ** “T” .

0 0. 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 Y In./mm 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 116 Approx.D.Run take-out dimension. sizes 136 11⁄4 x 1 x 1⁄2 32 x 25 x 15 11⁄4 x 1 x 3⁄4 32 x 25 x 20 11⁄4 x 1 x 1 32 x 25 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 40 x 32 x 15 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 40 x 32 x 20 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 1 40 x 32 x 25 2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 50 x 40 x 15 2 x 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 50 x 40 x 20 2 x 11⁄2 x 1 50 x 40 x 25 Max.1 2.2 **T In.Sock-It® Method FIG.1 300 20.7 300 20.com .1 1.2 1./mm 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 300 20.0 1.5 1.1 2.1 1./DN(mm) * “U” ./mm 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 Z In.anvilintl.0 3./mm In.4 1.4 3.2 250 17./Kg 2.0 2. Lbs. Wt.SOCK-IT® REDUCING TEE (S X S X NPT) Nominal Size In.7 300 20.4 www.1 1. Ea. ** “T” . 7106 REDUCING TEE (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT® X NPT) Z Y V T W GRUVLOK ® U FIGURE 7106 .2 1.7 300 20.7 250 17.9 2. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./mm 1 25 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 U* In./mm 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 Dimensions V W In. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.0 2. Working Pressure PSI/bar 300 2.Outlet take-out dimension.2 250 17.5 3.

315 33.Run take-out dimension.8 1.2 Dimensions U* n./mm Y In./mm PSI/bar 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 1.7 300 20.7 250 17.375 60.4 1. Lbs. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 1. 137 . See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183./mm W In./DN(mm) In.SOCK-IT® COUPLING (S X S) Nominal Size O. Wt./mm Z In.3 300 20. Ea.3 GRUVLOK ® COUPLING (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT®) * “U” .900 48./Kg 1.7 1./mm 1⁄4 11⁄16 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 6 17 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 Approx. 7107 Z Y W U FIGURE 7107 .9 0.9 2. Max.0 2.3 2. Working Pressure In.7 300 20.660 42.Sock-It® Method FIG.D.7 0.9 1.

0 7. End Pressure† Load† PSI/bar 275 19./kN 595 2.4 1.46 9.4 * All bolts are hex head design Type 316 Grade B8M Class 2 stainless steel to ASTM A193.66 42.47 1.2 0-1⁄8 0-3.65 780 3.2 0-1⁄8 0-3.44 2.anvilintl./mm In.0 3. In.3 2.6 0. www.77 4.0 275 19./mm In.067 71.625 168. No Coatings or zinc options.RIGIDLITE STAINLESS STEEL COUPLING Z Nominal Size O.625 219. with Type 316 Grade 8M stainless steel heavy hex nuts conforming to ASTM A194.1 1./mm 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 6 152 81⁄8 206 103⁄8 264 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 53⁄8 137 57⁄8 149 65⁄8 168 73⁄4 197 111⁄8 283 135⁄8 346 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 2 51 23⁄8 60 Coupling Bolts* Size Approx.0 275 19.2 0-1⁄4 0-6. Wk.1 1.4 4. Refer to ratings chart for additional data.3 6.875 73.0 CAUTION: Contact your local Gruvlok representative for corrosive application environments.374 19./mm 0-1⁄8 0-3.47 Range of Pipe End Separation In.8 3.3 8.375 60.0 3.785 7.8 2. † Ratings apply when used with Schedule 40 ASTM A312 Type 304 stainless steel pipe for all sizes.3 2. 138 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 275 19.7 0./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 1.900 48.0 275 19.500 88.2 0-1⁄8 0-3.646 11.D.4 2.3 1. Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In. Max./mm In. Ea.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.Stainless Steel FIG. In.2 6.com .1 Max.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.0 Lbs. 7400SS RIGIDLITE® COUPLING GRUVLOK ® Y X FIGURE 7400SS .0 2.500 114./mm Lbs.0 275 19.7 1.480 42.17 16.9 4.2 0-1⁄8 0-3./Kg 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1 ⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1.218 5.0 275 19.5 13. Wt.0 275 19.42 1.

139 ./mm In.1 GRUVLOK ® E D * Bare Stem ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Wt.625 168. Lbs.2 106 48.3 6./mm In./mm In.500 88.9 4./Kg 165 310 815 1500 8 3.500 114.2 38 17.Stainless Steel SERIES 7500 SS GROOVED-END BALL VALVE B C F Valve Pipe O./mm In.D. Ea./mm In.375 60. A SERIES 7500 SS ./mm 2. In./mm In.BALL VALVE Size ANSI O.D.3 3.3 51⁄2 140 63⁄4 171 81⁄4 210 101⁄8 257 23⁄4 70 33⁄8 85 41⁄8 105 51⁄16 128 81⁄4 209 10 254 16 406 28 711 313⁄16 81 413⁄16 122 65⁄16 176 87⁄16 215 115⁄16 49 27⁄8 74 313⁄16 97 511⁄16 144 41⁄8 105 413⁄16 121 6 152 75⁄8 194 Cv Approx./DN(mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6* 150 Dimensions A B C D E F In.6 18 8.

In.2 31. www./mm 43⁄16 106 2 51 F In./mm 2. Wt./mm In. 140 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Ea./mm A In.anvilintl./DN 2 FP 50 O.2 NOTE: Contact your Gruvlok representative for actuator mounting details. Lb.375 FP 60./Kg 14. Full port only./mm C In.3 61⁄2 165 31⁄4 83 103⁄16 258 Dimensions D E In./mm G In. A SERIES 7500 SS ./mm Cv 31⁄4 83 53⁄8 137 135 Approx.THREE-WAY DIVERTER VALVES Size ANSI In.Stainless Steel SERIES 7500 SS GROOVED-END BALL VALVE GRUVLOK ® B G C E H D F Valve Pipe O.com ./mm B In.D.D.

D.9 3.4 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe./DN(mm) In.2 0.7 2. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK FIG.9 6.7 11. 7074SS STAINLESS STEEL CAPS Nominal End to End Size In. C to E Approx. Wt. 7060SS FIG.2 14. Caps are all cast fittings.9 0.6 2./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 45 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 Approx. Lbs.0 1.7 0.2 0.8 5.4 13. 7050SS FIG.6 17.0 7.4 2.4 0.3 1. 7051SS 45° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW Nominal Center to Size End In.5 1.8 GRUVLOK ® O. Lbs. Wt./DN(mm) In. 7074SS 90° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW 45° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW STAINLESS STEEL TEES STAINLESS STEEL CAPS O.3 7. 7050SS 90° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW Nominal Center to Size End In.8 1.D. C to E 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 37⁄8 98 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 53⁄4 146 57⁄8 149 71⁄2 191 103⁄4 273 15 381 E to E C to E C to E FIG. Wt.2 0.6 0.5 0.8 2. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. FIG.6 10. O.7 25.7 41. 7060SS STAINLESS STEEL TEE Nominal Center to Size End In.8 2.1 4.D. NOTE: Pressure and load ratings equal to or greater than Schedule 10S as listed above. 7051SS FIG.0 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.4 1.1 3./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 Approx. Ea.1 19.9 0.5 5./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 3 76 33⁄8 86 4 102 51⁄2 140 71⁄4 184 Approx.3 1.8 0./Kg 1.4 11./Kg 0.1 7.7 1. Wt.5 4.4 1. Lbs.2 5./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) In. 141 .Stainless Steel FIG.3 1. Ea.D.1 0.3 0.6 2.8 9.8 0.4 1.0 3.4 0. Lbs./Kg 0. FIG. Ea./Kg 1.5 0.5 0.7 1.7 29.5 1.9 3./mm O.1 18.6 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe. Ea.3 4.

7 14. Ea.6 5.2 1.Stainless Steel FIG. Wt.STAINLESS STEEL REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Center to End In./DN(mm) In.5 2.9 2. Lbs.3 1./DN(mm) In.8 1.1 1.1 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.0 1.D./mm 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3 x 3 x3⁄4 80 x 80 x 20 3x3x1 80 x 80 x 25 3 x 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 80 x 32 3 x 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 80 x 40 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 Approx.7 2. Ea.7 6.6 3.1 2.com .0 6. Additional sizes available.6 13.5 0. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Lbs./mm 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 5 127 5 127 5 127 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 Approx.0 0.3 0. 7061SS .4 0.8 4. Wt. www. Wt.6 1.6 1./mm 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x3⁄4 40 x 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 40 x 32 2 x 2 x3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 2 x 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 50 x 32 2 x 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x3⁄4 65 x 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 Approx. Nominal Size Center to End In.7 4.5 1.0 2.9 4.6 29.3 3. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.0 4.9 4.8 1.4 Nominal Size Center to End In.D. C to E GRUVLOK ® C to E 142 FIG.0 2.4 14.1 14. Lbs. 7061SS STAINLESS STEEL REDUCING TEES O.3 1.5 6.0 2./Kg 1.5 1./Kg 5.anvilintl.5 31.9 4.2 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.0 1./DN(mm) In.8 2.9 2./Kg 3.8 2. Ea.1 1.

Stainless Steel FIG.0 3. End to End Size Wt.2 11.4 1./mm Lbs.7 0.8 19.3 11.3 0.4 0. Additional sizes available.1 0.3 7. Additional sizes available.0 6.3 2. End to End Size Wt. In.8 4.9 0. O.9 6.2 FIGURE 7073SS .3 3./Kg 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 8x4 200 x 100 8x6 200 x 150 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 10 254 10 254 10 254 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 12 305 12 305 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.8 1.3 3.5 1.2 0.0 1. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. In.0 4.9 3.1 3./mm Lbs. Ea./Kg 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 23⁄4 70 27⁄8 73 33⁄8 86 0./mm Lbs. Ea.2 1.5 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./DN(mm) In.6 4. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1.2 0.7 3.6 12.5 1. FIGURE 7072SS .3 0.2 10./Kg 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 8x4 200 x 100 8x6 200 x 150 33⁄8 86 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 35⁄8 92 31⁄2 89 43⁄4 121 45⁄8 117 41⁄2 114 51⁄8 130 5 127 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.0 2.5 1.D. In.7 0.1 3. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.0 3.5 1.2 7.9 1.2 1. In./DN(mm) In.5 1.7 5.5 2.9 2. GRUVLOK ® STAINLESS STEEL CONCENTRIC REDUCERS 143 .4 7. 4.6 1. End to End Size Wt.5 5. Ea.1 1.0 1.D.8 5.5 2./DN(mm) In. Ea.0 7.8 13.7 0./DN(mm) In.9 0.8 0./mm Lbs.2 7.5 3. 7073SS FIG.7 8.8 4.9 0. End to End Size Wt.6 6.8 0.STAINLESS STEEL CONCENTRIC REDUCERS Nominal Approx.1 2.0 2.STAINLESS STEEL ECCENTRIC REDUCERS Nominal Approx.4 1.8 Nominal Approx.1 1. 7072SS STAINLESS STEEL ECCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E O.9 23.4 3.2 14.2 0.8 Nominal Approx./Kg 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 9 229 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 1.

anvilintl.Roll Groovers MODEL 1007 & 3007 ROLL GROOVERS MODEL 1007 & MODEL 3007 .com . 5570603. 40 (Std. (3) Contact a Gruvlok Representative for information on grooving alternate materials Steel: 2" . For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8" – Type DWV MODEL 1007 & MODEL 3007 .) Pipe Size (In. (2) Minimum wall thickness for each pipe materials & size is: 200 250 300 n/a n/a 14 16 350 Std. Patents 5450738. n/a n/a NOTE: Some sizes may require optional equipment. Wall) Steel Pipe Model 3007 Gruvlok roll grooving technology is protected by U.S./DN mm) – Sch. 144 2 21⁄2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 50 0:20 65 0:20 80 0:25 100 0:30 125 1:00 150 1:20 200 1:35 250 1:50 300 2:20 350 2:40 400 3:00 This chart shows approximate grooving times with the groover setup for the proper size and groove diameter and the pipe properly positioned on the groover. www. 10S requires optional roller sets Copper: 2" .12" – Sch. 10. Wall Stainless Steel: 2" .STEEL PIPE GROOVING TIMES (MIN: SEC.21⁄2" – Type M 3" . n/a n/a 400 Std. 5778715 & others pending.12" – Sch.GROOVER CAPABILITY GRUVLOK ® Pipe Material 2 21⁄2 3 50 65 80 Pipe Size/Wall Thickness (Schedule In/DN mm) 4 5 6 8 10 12 100 Steel Stainless Steel Copper Model 1007 125 150 Schedule 40 Schedule 40S NOTES: (1) All wall thickness shown are the maximum wall thickness for the indicated pipe material. 14" & 16" Std. The times shown are average times from the start of rotation of the pipe in the grooving rolls to completed groove.

188" n/a n/a 300 .STEEL PIPE GROOVING TIMES (MIN: SEC. M & DWV Steel Stainless Steel Copper 150 8 10 12 200 250 .Roll Groovers MODEL 3006 & 3006C ROLL GROOVERS 2 21⁄2 3 50 65 80 Pipe Size/Wall Thickness (Schedule) 4 5 6 100 125 Schedule 40 Schedule 40S K. Steel: All sizes – Sch. 5570603. 21⁄2" – Type M 3" . 145 . 10 Stainless Steel: All sizes – Sch.) GRUVLOK ® MODEL 3006 & MODEL 3006C . 2 21⁄2 3 4 6 8 10 12 50 0:20 65 0:20 80 0:25 100 0:30 150 1:20 200 1:55 250 0:40 300 1:20 GROOVING TIMES: This chart shows approximate grooving times with the groover set-up for the proper size and groove diameter and the pipe properly positioned on the groover.219" n/a n/a n/a n/a NOTES: (1) All wall thickness shown are the maximum wall thickness for the indicated pipe material. The times shown are average times from the start of rotation of the pipe in the grooving rolls to completed groove.6" – Type DWV MODEL 3006 & MODEL 3006C . 5778715 & others pending. Patents 5450738. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. L. Note: The universal diameter gauge is part of the copper option or is available as a stand alone option (2) Minimum wall thickness for each pipe materials & size is: (3) Please contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information on grooving alternate materials & wall thickness.GROOVER CAPABILITY Pipe Material Pipe Size (Inches)/Max Steel Pipe Wall Thickness Gruvlok roll grooving technology is protected by U.S. 40S Copper: 2".

000 508.1 5.216 5.1 3.2 2.0 2.1 3.2 0./m Ft.500 114.4 3.000 609.1 1.5 0.2 0.3 1.0 16.220 5.3 12.0 87.8 6.3 6.7 9.1 8.0 6.4 2.280 7.9 8.133 3.4 34.6 Pipe Wall Thickness In.1 2./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.7 6.7 5.500 139.8 ft (3.7 4.236 133.7 10.9 10.D.625 168.8 5. 139.5 Tee Branch Run Ft.375 9.2 8.1 12.0 3.8 16.4 2.375 9.3 8.9 26.4 12.5 0.203 5.248 6. In.6 7.8 4./mm 0.1 Elbow 90° 45° Ft.7 0.3 0.1 0.4 7.9 3.6 1.750 323.5 20.4 6.0 4.com .0 20.237 6.6 24.3 2. use the value that is corresponding to the branch size.7 5.7 1.0 1.4 1.2 0. 108.5 97.375 9.2 10.9 19.5 5.5 0.1 26.4 2.1 2.5 0.7 1.4 4.375 9.3 4.900 48.8 2./DN(mm) 61⁄2 O.1 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.6 1.3 10.1 64.7 12.0 6.1 7.0 24.0 1.1 3.1 8.1 10.5 Tee Branch Run Ft.4 2.1 2.6 13.3 3.9 0.9 14./m 10.7 7.1 3.D.3 2.4 5.375 60.8 6.7 2.3 34. 159.9 4.3 0.6 9.000 457.7 3.1 0.322 8.750 273.3 9./mm 6.0 7.9 2.8 29.0 15.7 0.154 3.9 31.1 50.D.9 23.625 219.D.0 6. in/mm.0 Nominal Size In.4 1.7 8.9)./m 4.258 6.4 3.0 2.0 8.7 3.6 113./m Ft.0 0.9 9.5 8.0 5.3 8.Fitting Size O.0 0.3 13.D.8 8.197 5.1 1.7 5.145 3.2 22.3 For the reducing tee and branches./m Ft.5 0.2 28.280 7.0 4.0 O.5 10. www.8 38. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 0.6 1.7 2.1 2.4 25.14 3.875 73. Gruvlok Fittings are identified by either the Nominal size in inches or the Pipe O.3 4.D.0 8.3 1.6 20.500 165.2 1. of the pipe that the fittings is to be used with.1 41.0 20.0 40.2 2.3 0.4 18.D.8 6.3 6.1 6.1 4.0 10. 133.660 42.0 16.2 25.563 141.259 159.8 7.2 20.4 20.365 9.4 1.7 5.D.D.anvilintl.2 2.0 1.3 1.7 0.6 16.375 9.0 22.6 0.0 25.5 4.0 Pipe Wall Thickness In.0 32.8 7. For example: for 6" x 6" x 3" tee.1 1.1 3 80 41⁄4 O.4 22.0 51⁄2 O.3 0.6 4.3 5.280 7.3 10.315 33.3 0.500 88.0 0.2 31./mm 1.4 3.6 16.5 0.7 4.1 33.4 4.1 2.000 406.0 73.000 355.8 0.4 1.5 Elbow 90° 45° Ft.9 1.4 0.6 0.D.6 3.6 0.250 108. 76.0 1. & FLOW DATA FRICTIONAL RESISTANCE (EXPRESSED AS EQUIVALENT STRAIGHT PIPE) 146 Nominal Size In.5 0.2 1.4 2./m 24.D.7 1.3 2.0 10.3 6.1 6.1 3.2 6. 165.3 2.7 6.1 2. the branch value of 3" is 12.5 21.996 76./m Ft.0 5.8 5.2 0.5 1.6 0.3 0. Chart & Flow Data Frictional Resistance GRUVLOK ® FITTING SIZE O.0 4 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.3 9. The Fitting Size Chart is used to determine the O.7 5 125 61⁄4 O.6 3.8 0.375 9. In.9 0./mm 0.2 17.248 6.1 11./m 1.D.

. internal and external.... 172-173 FIG.........The instructions are based on pipe grooved in accordance with Gruvlok® grooving specifications.................. 182-183 FIG........................................... 178-179 FIG.... -GF & -FF AnvilFlex™.... 196-198 General Assembly of Threaded Fittings .......... 154-155 FIG........ 148-149 FIG........................................................ 184-189 FIG................................ GBV-S & GBV-T Circuit Balancing Valves.... Thorough lubrication of the external surface of the gasket is essential to prevent pinching and possible damage to the gasket............ ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK® LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY. For temperatures above 150°F (65......... 7312 HDPE Flange Adapter .. 7042 Outlet Coupling ......................................................... 170-171 FIG............................. 7046 Clamp-T® Branch Outlets....................... 7044 Branch Outlet ....24") ............ 160-161 FIG.. See Gruvlok Lubricants in the Technical Data section of the Gruvlok catalog for additional important information. 152-153 FIG....................................................................... 200 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY TABLE OF CONTENTS INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLY 147 ... 7001 Standard Coupling ............ 150-151 FIG...... 7012 Gruvlok Flange (14" ..................... 168-169 FIG..................... 156-157 FIG...........6° C) use Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant and lubricate all gasket surfaces.. 176-177 FIG... 174-175 FIG.......... 7045 & FIG............ AF21-GG.. 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling ............... 7305 HDPE Coupling . 7012 Gruvlok Flange (2" ........ 7010 Reducing Coupling . 190-191 Weld-Miser™ Tee-Lets® .............. 7003 Hingelok™ Coupling ...... 158-159 FIG........................................... 180-181 Gruvlok Sock-It® Fitting .. 7307 HDPE Transition Coupling ... 192-195 Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples ..... 199 Specified Bolt Torque............................................................. Check pipe ends for proper groove dimensions and to assure that the pipe ends are free of indentations and projections which would prevent proper sealing....... 7005 Roughneck® Coupling ............... 7401 Rigidlok® Coupling . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TABLE OF CONTENTS FIG............. 7000 Standard Coupling ...................................... 162-165 FIG..... 7011 Standard Coupling ..........12") ........ 166-167 FIG...

3 Alignment— After aligning the two pipe ends. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. The coupling is properly installed when all bolt pads are firmly together . Step 3 2 Gasket Installation — Slip the gasket over the pipe end making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end. flip or roll the gasket into centered position. NOTE: The housings for sizes 16" and larger are cast in four or more segments. pull the gasket into position centering it between the grooves on each pipe. TO INSTALL: loosely pre-assemble the segments into two “Housing Halves” making sure that the alignment tang(s) and slot(s) on the bolt pad(s) are properly mated. 7001 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 148 Step 1 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. www.anvilintl.Metal-to-Metal. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe.com . On couplings 10" and larger. On couplings 10" and larger it may be easier to turn the gasket inside out-then lubricate and slide the gasket over the pipe end as shown. Install the “Housing Halves” as shown in steps 4 & 5.FIG.

joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. See page 200 for bolt torque information. 5 Tighten Nuts— Tighten the nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. 7001 4 Housings— Place the coupling housing halves over the gasket making sure the housing keys engage the grooves. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. battery strength and operational variations. Insert bolts and turn nuts finger tight. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 149 . Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. The housing bolt pads must make metal-to-metal contact. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance.FIG. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. lower bend load capabilities.

Position the gasket centrally between the grooves of the two pipe ends. CAUTION: Be careful not to pinch fingers during this step. Ideally.FIG. 4 Pull the two pipes into contact aligning the pipe ends. in the Gruvlok Large Diameter Pipe Roll and Cut Groove Specifications. 7011 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 150 1 Inspect the pipe ends making sure the criteria. (Dimension A) should be visible when the gasket is in proper position.anvilintl. 3 Lubricate the gasket sealing lips. are met. 2 Turn the gasket inside out and slide the gasket completely over one of the pipe ends.com . This will aid in step 4. Turning the gasket inside out will reduce the stretching necessary to put the gasket into position. flip the gasket toward the pipe end so that the proper side is facing out. The use of Gruvlok lubricants ensures compatibility between the lubricant and the gasket. www. Working your way around the circumference of the pipe. approximately 75% of the pipe’s gasket-sealing surface. The end of this procedure will result in the gasket snapping into place.

FIG. This helps prevent pinching of the gasket during assembly. Hint: For horizontal assembly. The specified minimum torque for each nut is 600 ft. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Continue this procedure for all segments. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. 7011. lower bend load capabilities. place housing segment on top of the pipe to support the weight of the housing segment. CONT'D. battery strength and operational variations.-lbs. again balancing the weight of the housings on the top of the pipe. See page 200 for bolt torque information. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.-lbs. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Secure the adjacent housing with an oval neck track bolt and heavy hex nut and then rotate the secured housings. 8 Installation of the Figure 7011 Standard Coupling is completed. 5 Lubricate the exterior surface of the gasket. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 151 . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 7 Firmly torque each bolt. The specified maximum torque for each nut is 800 ft. 6 Secure the housings about the pipes making sure the coupling keys are engaged in the pipe end grooves. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance.

Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. pull the gasket into position centering it between the grooves on each pipe. On couplings 10" and larger.com . To install the larger sizes align the tongue and pocket of the couplings appropriately and tighten the nuts alternately to the specified bolt torque. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces.anvilintl. flip or roll the gasket into centered position. NOTE: VdS . 3 Alignment— After aligning the two pipe ends. NOTE: Sizes 14" and larger are cast in multiple segments.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. 7401 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLOK® COUPLING 152 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site .www. Some applications require lubrication of the entire gasket surface. When properly assembled there will be a small equal gap between the adjacent bolt pads.anvilintl. www.FIG. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. On couplings 10" and larger it may be easier to turn the gasket inside out-then lubricate and slide the gasket over the pipe end as shown.com 2Gasket Installation— Slip the gasket over the pipe end making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end.

Re-insert the bolt and run-up both nuts finger tight. making sure the tongue and recess of each housing is properly mated. battery strength and operational variations. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch.FIG. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLOK® COUPLING 153 . Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Place one housing over the gasket. Gasket should not be visible between segments after bolts are tightened. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Swing the other housing over the gasket and into the grooves on both tubes. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. 5Tighten Nuts— Securely tighten nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. CONT'D. keeping the gaps at the bolt pads evenly spaced. lower bend load capabilities. making sure the housing keys fit into the tube grooves. 4Housings— Remove one nut and bolt and loosen the other nut. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. The bolt pads are to have equal gaps on each side of the coupling. 7401. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves.

Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket.FIG. www.www.com 2 Gasket Installation — Slip the gasket over the pipe end.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. centering it between the grooves on each pipe. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site .anvilintl. battery strength and operational variations. 7000 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 154 1 Check & lubricate gasket — Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end.anvilintl.com . 3 Alignment— After aligning the two pipe ends together. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. pull the gasket into position. NOTE: VdS .

making sure the housing keys engage the grooves. 5 Tighten Nuts — Tighten the nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque.FIG. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 155 . lower bend load capabilities. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Insert the bolt and turn the nuts finger tight. 6 Assembly is completed — Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. The housing bolt pads must make metal-to-metal contact. CONT'D. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. unthread the other nut completely and swing the coupling housing halves over the gasket. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. See page 200 for bolt torque information. 4 Housings— With one nut unthreaded to the end of the bolt. 7000. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury.

7400 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLITE® COUPLING 156 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check the gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. www. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant to the entire surface.www. pull the gasket into position. The gasket should not extend into the groove on either tube.FIG. NOTE: VdS . see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site . CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications.com 2 Gasket Installation— Slip the gasket over the one tube.anvilintl. of the gasket. making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the tube end. 3 Alignment— After aligning the two tube ends together.anvilintl. both internal and external.com . battery strength and operational variations. centering it between the grooves on each tube.

FIG. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLITE® COUPLING 157 . keeping the gaps at the bolt pads evenly spaced. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Gasket should not be visible between segments after bolts are tightened. 4 Housings— Remove one nut and bolt and loosen the other nut. The bolt pads are to have equal gaps on each side of the coupling. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. Place one housing over the gasket. making sure the tongue and recess of each housing is properly mated. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. making sure the housing keys fit into the tube grooves. CONT'D. lower bend load capabilities. Re-insert the bolt and run-up both nuts finger tight. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Tighten Nuts— Securely tighten nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves. 7400. Swing the other housing over the gasket and into the grooves on both tubes. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. See page 200 for bolt torque information.

pull the gasket into position centering it between the grooves on each pipe. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. 7003 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HINGELOK™ COUPLING 158 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. 3 Alignment — After aligning the two pipe ends. www.FIG.com . Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. 2 Gasket Installation — Slip the gasket over the pipe end making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end.anvilintl.

distortion or any other damage. always inspect gasket for damage and hinge/handle assembly for loosenenss. (See Caution.) 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. 5 Lock coupling— Fit the nose of the locking handle in the notch of the opposite housing. The result may be an unsuitable pipe joint and unusable coupling assembly. CONT'D. 4 Housings— Put one half of the open coupling over the gasket as the coupling keys fit firmly into the grooves on each pipe end. Press firmly down on the handle until it makes contact with the coupling housing. Insert locking pin into handle linkage to secure handle in closed position. 2) Care needs to be taken so that fingers do not get caught or pinched when handle is placed in locked position as a result of cam action of handle assembly. Swing the other half of the coupling into position around the gasket and into the grooves. 7003. CAUTION: 1) Hammering or banging on the handle or coupling housing could cause serious damage to the locking device and coupling assembly. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HINGELOK™ COUPLING 159 . 3) When re-using coupling and gasket.FIG.

www. 7010 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY REDUCING COUPLING 160 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. 3 Alignment— Align the adjoining pipe center lines. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces.FIG. battery strength and operational variations. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site .Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.com .anvilintl.anvilintl.com 2 Gasket Installation— Place the smaller opening of the gasket over the smaller pipe. The center leg of the gasket should make flush contact with the pipe end and will prevent telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger. www. and insert the larger pipe end into the gasket. Angle the gasket over the pipe end and pull the gasket lip open around the circumference of the pipe. Angle the pipe end slightly to the face of the gasket and tilt the pipe into the gasket and tilt the pipe into the gasket to ease assembly. NOTE: VdS .

6 Assembly Complete— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. CAUTION: In vertical installations the pipes must be supported to prevent telescoping during installation. The housing bolt pads must make metal-to-metal contact. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Fig. 5 Tighten Nuts— Tighten the nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. 7010. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY REDUCING COUPLING 161 . A illustrates the correct position of the Fig. CONT'D. Gasket Reducing Coupling Housing Gasket Center Rib Proper Position of The Gasket Sealing Lips 4 Housings— Place the coupling housing halves over the gasket making sure the housing keys engage the grooves. Insert bolts and turn nuts finger tight. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. 7010 Reducing Coupling gasket and housing properly assembled onto adjacent pipe ends. A NOTE: Fig. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. lower bend load capabilities. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. joint leakage and pipe joint separation.FIG. See page 200 for bolt torque information.

(It is not necessary to remove the nut from the latch bolt. 7012 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 162 APPLICATIONS WHICH REQUIRE A GRUVLOK® FLANGE ADAPTER INSERT: 1. NOTE: VdS . Bmin. Amax. 1 On the side without the hinge pin. When mating to a serrated flange surface.com . 4. and the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the Gruvlok Flange and the standard flange gasket.anvilintl. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site . 2. use procedure described in note 3. Check pipe end for proper grooved dimensions and to assure that the pipe end is free of indentations and projections that would prevent proper sealing of the Gruvlok flange gasket. When mating to a rubber-faced metal flange. When mating to a wafer valve (lug valve). When mating to valves or other component equipment where the flange face has an insert. The flange gasket cavity must face the pipe end. loosen the latch bolt nut to the end of the bolt thread.www.) Swing the latch bolt out of the slot. a standard full-faced flange gasket is installed against the serrated flange face.com www. Open the Gruvlok Flange and place around the grooved pipe end with the key section fitting into the groove. the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the Gruvlok Flange and the rubber-faced flange. 3. if the valve is rubber faced in the area designated by the sealing surface dimensions (A Max.anvilintl.FIG.). place the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert between the valve and the Gruvlok Flange.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. to B Min.

CONT'D. (See Figure below) 3 Check the gasket to assure that it is properly suited for the intended service. should not extend beyond the pipe end. Lubricate the entire exterior surface of the gasket.FIG. sealing on the pipe. Gasket "A" Latch Bolt Note: This side must face the mating flange 2 Place the latch bolt back into the slotted hole. The pipe should extend out beyond the end of the sealing lip by approximately 1/8" on the 2"-6" sizes and 3/16" on the 8"-12" sizes. 7012. using the proper Gruvlok lubricant. The lip of the gasket. The Gruvlok Flange gasket must be inserted so that the sealing lips face toward the pipe end and the mating flange. including the sealing lips. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 163 . Tighten the nut until there is a 1/16" gap between the flange halves at location "A".

6 Verify that the mating flange face is hard. Assure the gasket is still in the proper position and align Gruvlok Flange bolt holes with the mating flange. Tighten the nuts on the latch bolts alternately to the specified latch bolt torque. Sliding the flanges into place will dislodge the gasket and cause leakage to occur. etc. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 164 4 Stretch the Gruvlok gasket around the pipe end and then press the gasket into the cavity between the pipe O. 7012.. bolt holes. it is important that the insert is properly aligned with the gasket prior to tightening the bolts. pump. When using a flange insert.anvilintl. flat and smooth. www. It is important to line up the bolt holes before bringing the two flanges together. free of indentations.FIG. The flange housings must be in firm metal-to-metal contact. The gasket must be properly positioned as shown in the figure below. 5 With the gasket in place apply lubricant to the exposed gasket tip.D. tank. which will seal on the mating flange.com . CONT'D. which would prevent proper sealing of the Gruvlok Flange gasket. and the flange.

FIG. serrated flange surfaces or mating flanges with inserts (Figure C2). Figure C2 Do not use a steel Flange Adapter Insert in copper systems or in systems where galvanic corrosion is possible. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. The flange faces should have metal-tometal contact. Tighten the nuts alternately and evenly so the flange faces remain parallel. The Flange Adapter Insert will be exposed to the fluids in the system. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 165 . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Figure C1 NOTE: The Gruvlok Fig. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. CONT'D. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. 7012 Flange requires the use of an Flange Adapter Insert when used against rubber surfaces (Figure C1). battery strength and operational variations. CAUTION: Proper torquing of flange bolts is required to obtain specified performance. 7 Insert a flange bolt or stud with material properties of SAE J429 Grade 5 or higher through the bolt holes and thread a nut on hand tight. 7012. lower bend load capabilities. Continue this procedure until all bolt holes have been fitted. All the bolts or studs must be torqued to the mating flange bolts specified torque. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Ensure that the Insert is compatible with the fluids in the systems and with adjacent piping components. See page 200 for bolt torque information.

it will be necessary to rotate the gasket so the narrow gasket lip (marked. above.FIG. Lubricate the entire surface of the gasket and the flange cavity using the appropriate Gruvlok Lubricant. 2 Check the gasket grade to verify that it is properly suited for the intended service. NOTE: An alternative method of assembly is to loosely preassemble two segments into two equal halves of the flange leaving a small gap (approximately 1/8") between the two segments of each flange-half. Loosely assemble the segments using the four segment-bolts-and-nuts. 1 Place each Gruvlok Flange segment around the grooved pipe with the key section fitting into the groove and the flange gasket cavity facing the pipe end. Place the Gruvlok Flange Gasket around the pipe end by pressing the gasket into the cavity between the pipe O. The gasket may be shipped with the sealing lips facing outward. If so. Alternately and equally tighten the latch bolts and nuts to the specified latch bolt torque bring the four flange segments into full. “This face towards mating flange” on the 16"-24" sizes) is facing out as shown in figure Step 3.anvilintl. Place the flange halves around the pipe and complete the assembly as described in Step 1. and flange recess.com . firm metal-to-metal contact. www.D. 7012 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (14"–24") 166 Gruvlok® Flanges of 14" size and larger are cast in four segments to ease handling during assembly. Move around the gasket in both directions until the gasket is fully seated in the flange gasket cavity.

INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (14"–24") 167 . The wide gasket lip must seal on the pipe surface diameter and the narrow gasket lip must face the mating flange. CONT'D. Insert the next bolt or stub opposite the first and again thread the nut on hand tight. battery strength and operational variations. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. 5 Tighten the nuts evenly to the specified mating face bolt torque so that the flange faces remain parallel and make firm even contact around the entire flange. CAUTION: Proper torquing of flange bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. 7012. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4 Align the Gruvlok Flange bolt holes with mating flange bolt holes. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Pull the two flanges into contact using care to assure that the gasket remains fully seated within the gasket cavity during assembly. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Continue this procedure until all bolt holes have been fitted. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. 14” – 24” FIG.FIG. Insertion of the flange bolts prior to contact of the flanges will help in the alignment of the flanges. 7012 GRUVLOK FLANGE CAUTION: GASKET MUST BE FULLY SEATED AGAINST THESE THREE SURFACES PIPE SURFACE DIAMETER GASKET NARROW UP PROPER POSITION OF GASKET SEALING LIPS WIDE UP 3 The correct position and relationship of the components of the Gruvlok Flange assembly is shown in the Figure above. NOTE: Design of the Gruvlok Flange provides sealing only with the special Gruvlok Flange gasket. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Only Gruvlok Flange gaskets may be used with Fig. 7012 flanges. Insert a flange bolt or stud with material properties of SAE J429 Grade 5 or higher through the bolt holes and thread a nut on hand tight. NOTE: Take care to assure that the gasket lip is not bent backwards and pinched between the two flanges. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. lower bend load capabilities.

Check pipe ends for proper groove dimensions and to assure that the pipe ends are free of indentations and projections which would prevent proper sealing. Thorough lubrication of the gasket is essential to prevent pinching and possible damage to the gasket. Make sure the ribs on the outside of the gasket align with the recesses in the housing and the keys in the housing are in the grooves on both pipes. Swing the other housing over the gasket and into the grooves on both sides of the pipe. The gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe.FIGURE 7042 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY OUTLET COUPLING 168 These instructions are based on pipe grooved in accordance with Gruvlok® grooving specifications. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. Make sure the recess in the outlet of the housing is properly aligned with gasket outlet. Align the pipe ends and pull the pipe into the gasket until the center ribs are in contact with the pipe ends. place one side of the housing over the gasket.anvilintl. ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY. www. & lubricate 1Check gasket —Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. Rotate the gasket to align the outlet of the gasket to the same direction as the branch outlet. 4Housing Assembly– With one nut and bolt removed and the other loosened.com . 2Gasket Installation— 3Alignment— Slip the gasket over one pipe end making sure the pipe abuts the gasket’s center ribs. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces.

lower bend load capabilities. battery strength and operational variations. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. 7042 – SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings and flanges. Securely tighten the nuts alternately and equally until they are completely tightened and there is no gap between the bolt pads. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Continue tightening the nuts alternately and equally until the specified bolt torque is reached. 5Tighten Nuts— Reinsert the bolt and run-up both nuts finger tight.FIGURE 7042. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. CAUTION: Make sure the ribs on the exterior of the gasket are enclosed in the housing recesses. CONT'D FIG. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY OUTLET COUPLING 169 . 6Assembly is complete CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. See page 200 for bolt torque information.

Align the strap around the pipe. insert the bolts and tighten the nuts finger tight. Some sizes use a Ubolt design. Clean the gasket sealing surface within 5/8" of the hole and visually inspect the sealing surface for defects that may prevent proper sealing of the gasket. 1 ⁄2 2 2 21⁄2 21⁄2 23⁄4 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 & lubricate 2Check gasket— Check the gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. PIPE PREPARATION Branch Size (Inches) 1 ⁄2. 3Gasket Installation— 4Alignment— Lubricate the exposed surface of the gasket. Be sure to remove the slug from inside the pipe.FIGURE 7045 & 7046 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CLAMP-T® BRANCH OUTLETS 170 ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY. 3⁄4. Apply a thin layer of Gruvlok lubricant to the back surface of the gasket. 1Pipe Preparation— Cut the appropriate size hole in the pipe and remove any burrs.com . Thorough lubrication of the gasket is essential to assist the gasket into the proper sealing position. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to the lubricated surfaces. Align the outlet housing over the pipe hole making sure that the locating collar is in the pipe hole. 1 1 1 Hole Saw Size (Inches) (+1/8. Insert the gasket back into the outlet housing making sure the tabs in the gasket line up with the tab recesses in the housing. -0) 11⁄2 1 ⁄4. www.anvilintl.

6Assembly is complete ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. lower bend load capabilities. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened.FIGURE 7045 & 7046. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CLAMP-T® BRANCH OUTLETS 171 . Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. 5 Tighten nuts—Alternately and evenly tighten the nuts to the specified bolt torque. 7045 & 7046—SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts and U-bolts used on the Gruvlok® Clamp-T’s. See page 200 for bolt torque information. battery strength and operational variations. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. FIGS. CONT'D. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities.

Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to the lubricated surfaces. 3 Alignment— Align the outlet housing over the pipe hole making sure that the locating collar is in the pipe hole.FIGURE 7044 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY BRANCH OUTLET 172 1 Pipe Preparation and Gasket Lubrication— Cut a 13⁄16" hole in the pipe and remove any burrs. www. Remove the gasket from the housing and apply a thin layer of Gruvlok® lubricant to the back surface of the gasket.com . Clean the gasket sealing surface within 5⁄8" of the hole and visually inspect the sealing surface for defects that may prevent proper sealing of the gasket. 2 Gasket Installation— Lubricate the exposed surface of the gasket with Gruvlok® lubricant.anvilintl. Be sure to remove the slug from inside the pipe. Insert the gasket back into the outlet housing making sure the tabs in the gasket line up with the tab recesses in the housing.

4 Housing Assembly— Attach the U-bolt from the other side and fasten the nuts finger tight. Thorough lubrication of the gasket is essential to to assist the gasket into the proper sealing position. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. (37 to 45 N-M). INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY BRANCH OUTLET 173 . 5 Tighten Nuts — Making sure the fitting is properly located over the pipe hole. See page 200 for bolt torque information. the gasket will extrude out from under the housing. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 6 Assembly is Complete — Visually inspect the as- sembly. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. battery strength and operational variations. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. tighten the nuts alternately and evenly to the specifed torque of 27 to 33 Lbs. lower bend load capabilities.-Ft. ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK LUBRICANT FOR PROPER BRANCH OUTLET ASSEMBLY. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury.FIGURE 7044. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. CONT'D.

2 Mark each pipe at a distance from the pipe end according to the pipe run size. from pipe Pipe Size Distance end for mark Bolt Torque Min.com . battery strength and operational variations. Align the second pipe and while holding the pipe in the butted position slide the gasket back over the second pipe end.anvilintl.) (Ft-lbs. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Lubricant to the gasket lips and outside of the gasket and slip the gasket over one pipe. See the chart. Make sure the gasket does not overhang the pipe end. (Ft-lbs. In. or other imperfections which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket. In. www. projections. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.) 2-21⁄2 3-4 5-8 10 12 14-16 1 1 11⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 150 200 250 500 550 550 190 250 300 600 700 700 3 Check the gasket color code to verify that the gasket grade is properly suited for the intended service. weld splatter. The gasket should be equally spaced between the lines scribed on each pipe. Max.FIGURE 7005 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ROUGHNECK® COUPLING 174 1 4 Make certain the pipe ends are free of indentations.

Gasket Housing Pipe Grippers ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK NOTE: Torque requirements must be met and housing halves must be assembled with equal gaps between bolt pads. For externally coated pipe applications. See page 200 for bolt torque information. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. plastic. See chart on previous page for bolt torque. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. on plain-end or beveled standard wall steel pipe and Gruvlok Plain-End Fittings. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ROUGHNECK® COUPLING 175 . CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance.FIGURE 7005 7 Reinstallation after a disassembly will require that the threads on the bolt and in the nut are clean and lubricated with a light oil. Roughneck Couplings are designed to be used on plain-end pipe and Gruvlok Plain-End Fittings only. Working pressure and end load are based on a properly assembled Roughneck coupling with bolts fully torqued to the above specifications. making sure that the tongue on one housing half is aligned with the recess on the other housing half. HDPE. 6 Tighten the nuts alternately and uniformly until the required bolt torque is reached. *Bolt torque ratings shown must be applied at installation. cast iron or other brittle pipe. 5 Place each half of the Roughneck coupling over the gasket. lower bend load capabilities. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Not recommended for use on steel pipe with a hardness greater than 150 Brinell. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. contact Gruvlok.

203 mm) 11⁄4" (31.5 mm) NOTE: Make certain the HDPE pipe end is square cut to 1⁄8" maximum for the 2" to 4" and 5⁄32" maximum for the 6" and larger sizes. The gasket must be positioned centrally between the lines on the pipe ends. Consult the HDPE pipe manufacturer for the temperature and pressure ratings. If silicone is unacceptable for the application contact Gruvlok for the lubrication recommendation. Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant contains silicone.com . • The gasket temperature rating may exceed the manufacturer’s temperature rating for the HDPE pipe. CAUTION: Use only Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant with HDPE pipe products. Mark each pipe at a distance from the end of the pipe according to the pipe size: Size Inches Distance to Mark 2-4" (51 . which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket. www.305 mm) 13⁄4" (44. projections or other imperfections.4 mm) 5-8" (127 . Make sure the gasket does not overhang the pipe end. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant to the gasket lip and outside surface of the gasket.FIGURE 7305 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE COUPLING 176 1 Make certain the pipe ends are free of indentations.102 mm) 1" (25. Align the second pipe and while keeping the pipes in the butted position slide the gasket back over the second pipe end. 2 Check to assure the gasket material is accept able for the intended service.anvilintl.8 mm) 10&12" (254 . 3 Slip the gasket over one of the pipe ends. The Gasket color code is green for EPDM and orange for Nitrile (Buna-N).

CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE COUPLING 177 . Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. battery strength and operational variations. making sure the tongue on one casting is aligned with the recess of the other casting. See page 200 for bolt torque information. There is no gap between the bolt pads and the bolt torque should be within the range given when the coupling is properly assembled. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. CONT'D SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings.FIGURE 7305. Alternate and even tightening of the bolts will significantly reduce the torque needed to close the gap at the pipe joint. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Insert the bolts and secure the nuts alternately and uniformly until the bolt pads are in contact. Refer to the Specified Bolt Torque Table. Torque all bolts to the required bolt torque levels. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. lower bend load capabilities. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. 4 Place the Figure 7305 housing casting over the gasket.

Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant contains silicone. www. Consult the HDPE pipe manufacturer for the temperature and pressure ratings. 3 Slip the gasket over one of the pipe ends. which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket.FIGURE 7307 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING 178 1 Make certain the HDPE pipe end is square cut to 1⁄8" maximum for the 2" to 4" and 5⁄32" maximum for the 6" and larger sizes. slide the gasket back over the second pipe end. • The gasket temperature rating may exceed the manufacturer’s temperature rating for the HDPE pipe. Make sure the gasket does not overhang into the pipe groove. The Gasket color code is green for EPDM and orange for Nitrile (Buna-N). indentations. The gasket must be positioned on the gasket seat surface of the grooved steel pipe. Make sure the gasket does not overhang the pipe end.com .anvilintl. 2 Check to assure the gasket material is acceptable for the intended service. CAUTION: Use only Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant. The steel pipe must be grooved in accordance with Gruvlok® Grooving Specifications for Steel Pipe. projections or other imperfections. If silicone is unacceptable for the application contact Gruvlok for the lubrication recommendation. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant to the gasket lips and outside surface of the gasket. The pipe ends must be free of scratches. Align the second pipe and while holding it in the butted position.

INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING 179 . Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance.FIGURE 7307. lower bend load capabilities. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. CONT'D SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Refer to the Specified Bolt Torque Table. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Insert the bolts and secure the nuts alternately and uniformly until the bolt pads are in contact. 4 Place each half of the coupling housing over the gasket. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. battery strength and operational variations. Alternate and even tightening of the bolts will significantly reduce the torque needed to close the gap at the pipe joint. Torque all bolts to the required bolt torque levels. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. making sure the housing grooved end is directed into the pipe groove. See page 200 for bolt torque information. There is no gap between the bolt pads and the bolt torque should be within the range given when the coupling is properly assembled.

CAUTION: Use only Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant with HDPE pipe Products. indentations. Do not let the pipe extend beyond the flange face. Refer to the Specified Latch Bolt Torque Table.com . Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant to the gasket lips and outside surface of the gasket. • The gasket temperature rating may exceed the manufacturer’s temperature rating for the HDPE pipe. Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant contains silicone. If Silicone is unacceptable for the application contact Gruvlok for the lubrication recommendation. Torque all bolts to the required latch bolt torque levels. The gasket color code is green for EPDM and orange for Nitrile (Buna-N). which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket. align the face and the flange face with the end of the pipe. projections. www. 2 Check to assure the gasket material is acceptable for the intended service. Inspect the surface of the mating flange to be assured the surface is free of dimensions of the mating flange to be assured that the scratches. 4 Tighten the housing nut until the housing bolt pads make firm metal to metal contact.FIGURE 7312 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER 180 1 Make certain the pipe end is square cut to 1⁄8" maximum for the 4" and 5⁄32" maximum for the 6" and 8" sizes. or other imperfections. Consult the HDPE pipe manufacturer for the temperature and pressure ratings.anvilintl. 3 Place the housing over the end of the pipe and using a straight edge.

Be sure the flange sealing lips are facing out. Continue this procedure until all holes have been fitted. Note: Take care to assure the gasket lip is not bent backwards and pinched between the two flanges.FIGURE 7312. Torque all bolts to the required mating flange joint torque levels. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 7 Tighten the flange face nuts alternately and evenly so that the flange faces remain parallel and make firm contact around the entire flange. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. CONT'D SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE FOR LATCH & MATING FLANGE BOLTS Specified bolt torque is for the latch and mating flange bolts used on Gruvlok® flanges. lower bend load capabilities. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER 181 . See page 200 for bolt torque information. 6 Align the Gruvlok Flange bolt holes with the mating flange bolt holes. Refer to the Specified Mating Flange Bolt Torque Table. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. battery strength and operational variations. 5 Position the Gruvlok Flange gasket around the pipe end and press the gasket into the flange gasket pocket. Insert a standard bolt or stud through one bolt hole and thread the nut on hand tight. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Insert the next bolt or stud opposite the first and thread the nut on hand tight.

As a guide for installation. mark the pipe at a distance of 11⁄2" from the end for 1". www. 2 Check all lock bolts to be sure they do not extend into the I. No additional cleaning is required. Also apply a light coating of lubricant to the pipe ends to further ease insertion of the pipe into the Sock-It Fitting. NOTE: Use only Gruvlok Lubricants. projections. and 11⁄2" size fittings and 13⁄4" for the 2" & 21⁄2" size fittings. 11⁄4". 3 Apply a light coating of GRUVLOK Lubricant to the gaskets located in each end of the Sock-It Fitting. of the Sock-It Fittings as this would prevent proper insertion of the pipe.anvilintl. indentations.com . and sharp edges which could affect proper gasket sealing. Other lubricants may affect gasket performance.D.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK SOCK-IT® FITTING 182 1 Pipe surface shall be cleaned at least 1" from the end of the pipe to remove any coating. NOTE: When Allied XL pipe is used it is necessary only to remove sharp edges and burrs at the end of the pipe.

Bolt end must be inspected to assure bolts ability to cut into pipe. A slight twist while pushing fitting and pipe together will ease the required insertion force. CONT'D 183 . battery strength and operational variations. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Sock-It Fittings may be removed by loosening the lock bolts. WARNING: System pressure must be relieved and vented. CAUTION: Do NOT hammer fitting on. (See Step 1). CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. (NOTE: The 21⁄2" Sock-It fitting has 2 locking bolts for each pipe end.4 Insert the prepped and lubricated pipe end into the Sock-It Fitting until the pipe end makes contact with the internal pipe stop. Rotate the fitting until the desired position is obtained. Tighten the lock bolt until the bolt head bottoms against the threaded boss. Replace bolts in cases where bolt end sharpness has been comprised. Reinstallation may be accomplished as described in Steps 1-4.) Install the other prepped and lubricated pipe end into the Sock-It fitting in the same manner. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK SOCK-IT® FITTING. and the system drained of fluid prior to loosening the lock bolts to remove or reposition the Sock-It Fitting. The end of the Sock-It Fitting should be within 1⁄16" from the edge of the marking on the pipe.

For optimum operation. GBV GBV 5D PUMP 10 D Solder the valve body in line using 95/5 (95% tin. The arrow must point in the direction of flow for proper operation.SWEAT (SOLDER) CONNECTIONS: 6 GBV-S models are supplied with sweat style connections.FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 1 Clean the system piping of debris (pipe scale. 4 All GBV’s are marked with an arrow on the valve body to indicate direction of flow. Always follow local plumbing codes for installation best practices. 2). All threaded connections should be sealed using an approved pipe sealant per industry standards.com . Once the GBV installation has been completed and the system has been filled and purged.NPT THREADED CONNECTIONS 3 To ensure accuracy of measurement Circuit Balancing Valves (GBV’s) should be located at least five pipe diameters downstream from any fitting and at least ten pipe diameters downstream from a pump (as illustrated in Fig. 2 GBV-S . Employ piping best practice when engaging pipe to threaded valves. Overtightening when installing valves may result in fracturing of the valve body at the threads. 5 GBV’s may be installed in horizontal or vertical piping (as illustrated in Fig. (Go to Step 8) Fig. For installations using fluids other than 100% water. ensure the valve is opened at least one full turn to avoid damage to the sealing O-ring due to overheating.com for appropriate correction factors. CAUTION: Before soldering. reading scale. and memory stop. GBV-T . or call your local Anvil representative. 7 6 Fig. GBV-T models are tapped with NPT threaded connections. which vary with the fluid temperature. Anvil recommends that the GBV be protected during installation by wrapping a damp rag around the handle / bonnet assembly prior to soldering the valve into the line. 1). See www. 2 The operation of the valve is dependent on the fluid characteristics such as specific gravity and viscosity. welding slag) and other contaminants.anvilintl. Provisions must be made for easy access to the probe metering ports (PMP’s). air entrapment in the fluid must be removed.anvilintl. flow rates must be corrected for the changes created by the fluid medium. each valve loop must be adjusted to the correct flow setting. As with any water system it is important to make provisions to keep the system clean. rust. 5% antimony) type solder or equal. 1 184 www. Caution should be used when sweat style connection valves are installed to prevent overheating the valve.

OPERATION: 8 Valves are circuit balancing valves that are selected to deliver the correct flow in a piping circuit based on line size and design flow rate. 9 To set the system flow. (Fig. Each mark represents 1⁄10th of a full. Fig. Two indicators describe the position of the valve: the handwheel turns dial and the micrometer scale.9 and is located on the upper half of the handle assembly. located above the handwheel turns display window. Testing HVAC systems with pressurized air can be dangerous due to the high compressibility of air. This is not a problem with the valve. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T.0 11 SCALE DIAL setting of 2.3 indicates that the valve is partially open (2. (Fig. The “0” on the micrometer scale should be within one half of 185 . due to the depth of the stem threads. adjust the handwheel position until the differential pressure reading across the venturi corresponds to the required GPM. CONT'D The valve is considered “zeroed” when fully closed hand tight. Each complete 360° revolution of the handwheel is visible through a display window and is scaled 0 .3 turns.CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 6). the performance curves for these GBVs are calibrated only to 5.0 turns. 360° turn of opening when lined up with an arrowhead symbol.5 to indicate the valve position in terms of the number of full turns.3 turns open). the valve may open as much as 5. Both the handwheel turns dial and the micrometer scale indicate a valve position reading of 0. 10 The valve operates from fully open to closed by a clockwise rotation of the orange handwheel using five 360° turns. as compared to water. however. indicates that the valve is fully opened. 3) WARNING: Anvil does NOT recommend leak testing an HVAC system with air due to safety concerns. In some cases. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1⁄10th of a turn of the arrowhead symbol when the valve is closed hand tight.0 indicates that the valve is closed. DO NOT USE A WRENCH ON THESE VALVES – THEY SHOULD BE OPENED AND CLOSED HAND-TIGHT ONLY! • Micrometer Scale: This scale is marked 0 . 4: GBV Fig. • “Handwheel Turns” Dial: This dial is printed on the outer surface of a gearing mechanism located inside the lower half of the handle assembly (Fig. 3) Fig. 5: GBV setting of 5. 3: GBV setting of 0.

If for any reason. or locking nut threads.FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. As sealing is accomplished internally on the probe stem. up stream.com . it is only necessary to tighten the locking nut FINGER-TIGHT. when taking readings. set the valve to its fully open position (5.M. Do not try to take it off 186 the valve. CAUTION: When inserting probe.anvilintl. The probe should not be left inserted into the fitting for prolonged periods of time.P. 6) Turn the setscrew in a clockwise direction until it stops. overnight. Wear protective eyewear and clothing to prevent personal injury when measuring pressure. the locking memory stop should be set.. replace the entire handle / stem assembly with the appropriate replacement part indicated in the table below. CONT'D INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES CAUTION: Hot water leakage can occur from metering ports (P. If necessary.5 mm (or 3⁄32") Allen key through the hole provided in the valve’s handle cap. It is not necessary to www.’s) during probe insertion and hookup of metering device. Determine flow rate by use of venturi Cv performance curves on page 4 or the Anvil Balancing Slide Rule. adversely affecting the pressure measurement. the handle is damaged.M. 14 The handle of the GBV is not designed to be removable. Low Pressure Port (blue) High Pressure Port (orange) 12 Connect pressure measuring device to the GBV metering ports as follows: • Remove protective cap from metering ports (1⁄4" NPT connection). do not bend. Do not use any lubrication on the probes when inserting them. as this will cause permanent damage to the probe. Over-tightening may cause damage to the P.M. 16 17 Insert a 2. The memory stop will allow the valve to be fully closed for isolation and then reopened to the preset flow position.P. simply wet the probes with clean water. (Fig. Table 1 PART NUMBER SIZE 1⁄2" 871158-010 871158-011 871158-012 871158-013 871158-014 871158-015 3⁄4" 1" 11⁄4" 11⁄2" 2" MEMORY SETTING: 15 After valve has been properly adjusted and without moving the handwheel. The hose with orange fitting. or it may become damaged.P. Read the pressure drop across the venturi with a digital meter. 13 Before taking a measurement reading.M.P. may occur when the probe is removed. as leakage of the P. the hose with blue fitting downstream. • Insert the meter probe into the metering ports. The locking nut on the probe is designed to hold it in the P. etc.0) or at a preset position.

CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES Venturi Cv Performance Curves tighten. for isolating the piping during system maintenance. For pressure drop vs. DO NOT APPLY EXCESSIVE FORCE WHEN REOPENING THE VALVE – OPEN ONLY UNTIL THE VALVE STOPS TURNING UNDER “HAND TIGHT” CONDITIONS. simply open the valve by turning the handwheel counterclockwise until the handle stops turning (the valve stem inside the handle has hit the memory setscrew). flow across the entire valve. 18 The valve may now be closed tightly. The memory has now been set. 6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 187 . 7: These curves are for balancing contractors' use when balancing an HVAC system. DO NOT USE A WRENCH TO OPEN. To return the valve to its preset “balanced” position. 8. as needed. CONT'D STEM Fig. This establishes the maximum opening position for this particular valve. please refer to Fig. CLOSE. See next two pages for Fig. OR TIGHTEN VALVES. 8 for both the GBV-S & GBV-T and a troubleshooting chart HANDWHEEL TURN INDICATOR INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. SET SCREW CAP LOCK NUT Fig.

8: These curves show the pressure drop across the balancing valves and are for use in valve sizing. 8: These curves show the pressure drop across the balancing valves and are for use in valve sizing. please refer to Fig. CONT'D INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 188 GBV-S GBV-T Fig.com . 7. 7. www.anvilintl. please refer to Fig. For “pressure drop / flow” curves – required for system balancing. Fig.FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. For “pressure drop / flow” curves – required for system balancing.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 189 .FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. Valve is leaking: 2. • At the pipe connection If solder joint .the connection is not sufficiently tight. the valve was over-tightened during installation and the valve body has cracked (fractured). 1. Re-solder the connection and recheck for leakage.the joint has failed. Valve does not shut off completely when closed (hand tight). CONT'D TROUBLESHOOTING: Symptom Likely Cause Solution • At the bonnet / body joint Bonnet O Ring has been damaged. or was not soldered properly. Remove the handle / stem assembly and replace with the appropriate replacement part indicated in Table 1. If threaded . The seat O ring has been deformed due to overheating during soldering. Remove and reinstall a new valve. or Tighten and recheck for leakage. Remove the handle / stem assembly and replace with the appropriate replacement part indicated in Table 1. being careful not to over-tighten.

Check system pressure and temperature and do not exceed recommended performance limits. The repetitive bending of a hose assembly to a radius smaller than the radius specified will result in early hose failure. Utilize sound geometric configurations that avoid sharp bends. www. AF21-GF & AF21-FF INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ANVILFLEX™ FLEX CONNECTORS 190 Installation 1 Avoid torque. braided metal hose assemblies. It is recommended that two wrenches be used in making the union connection. 9 The corrugated metal hose alloy must be chemically compatible with the media in the piping system. Always install the hose assembly so that the flexing takes place in only one plane . 3 Install the braided metal hose assembly with neutral face-to-face dimension as shown on the submittal drawing.anvilintl. Do not install a braided metal hose assembly compressed (bagged braid). one to prevent the hose from twisting and the other to tighten the coupling. extreme care is necessary in ensure no weld spatter comes in contact with the braided hose sections. 11 Verify that the movements of the system are within the design parameters of the braided metal hose assembly being installed. for guidance. or sweat end. The corrugated inner hose contains the fluid. The utilization of lap joint flanges or pipe unions will minimize this condition. 5 10 Avoid over bending. the braid is designed to lake the stress of system pressurization and contain the core.. Do not twist the hose assembly during installation when aligning the bolt holes in a flange or in making up pipe threads. Do not place wrenches on the braided portion or the collar of the braided metal hose assembly.this being the plane in which the bending occurs 8 The maximum system test pressure must not exceed 150% of the maximum rated working pressure as shown When installing weld end. 7 12 6 Prevent out-of-plane flexing in an installation.com . Always provide sufficient length to prevent over bending and to eliminate strain on the hose assembly. 2 To install a thread end braided metal hose assembly unions must be used. If in doubt as to suitability. especially near the end fittings of the assembly.FIGURE AF21-GG. The flanges on a concentric increasing braided metal hose assembly have the bolt holes straddling the hose centerline. 4 If the braided metal hose assembly must be installed with an initial offset then the maximum allowable movement is reduced by the amount of the initial deflection. refer to a Chemical Resistance Data table or contact your Gruvlok rep. or when welding in the area of a braided metal hose assembly. Operation beyond design limits will result in premature failure. The mating flanges should also straddle the centerline to avoid torque on the braided metal hose assembly. Use care not to torque the braided metal hose assembly while tightening the union.

Also inspect to ensure there is no damage to the hose. Inspect for frayed or broken braid wires. CONT'D 13 A piping system. Always support the piping to prevent excessive weight from compressing the hose and relaxing the braid tension. the braided metal hose assembly should be replaced. must be properly anchored and/or guided. the shipping sticks should be removed. Maintenance 1 PROPER INSTALLATION 2 IMPROPER INSTALLATION The braided metal hose assembly should he inspected during routine maintenance to ensure there are no signs of external damage. After installation. on flanged units. and installation. In the event that such damage is found. which utilizes braided metal hose to absorb movement. During system shutdown braided metal hose assembly should be examined to verify no thermal axial motion has occurred causing compression of the assembly. deflect. or otherwise extend beyond their rated capabilities. are to keep the braided metal hose assembly in its neutral end-to-end dimension during shipping and installation.FIGURE AF21-GG. sag. 15 The shipping sticks. The braided hose sections must not be allowed to bend. 14 Use care when handling the braided metal hose assembly during transportation. storage. PARALLEL IMPROPER INSTALLATION COMPRESSED ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ANVILFLEX™ FLEX CONNECTORS 191 . AF21-GF & AF21-FF.

anvilintl. Note that the same hole diameter for a given outlet size is required for both Type A and Type C Tee-Lets 1-11⁄2" larger. Merit Weld-Wiser Tee-Lets are designed to be installed on standard weight or light weight pipe with one weld pass on Type A outlet sizes from 1⁄2" through 21⁄2" inclusive. and on Type C outlet sizes through 4". Hand-held templates are sized to match your plasma cutter. Accordingly. and air plasma cutting (constricted tungsten arc) machines. then the following hold sizes are recommended. such as chrome. many of the problems associated with installing welding outlet fittings on standard weight or light weight pipe are eliminated. as some codes require. If holes are cut prior to welding. the amount of weld required for adaquent penetration is significantly reduced. On the other hand. mechanical flame cutting (oxy-acetylene or propane). heat setting can be made to optimize penetration on both the fitting and the pipe which it is being welded. including burn through and excessive shrinkage resulting in pipe distortion.05 to 0. One advantage of cutting the hole after welding is that the pipe is left intact during welding thereby reducing shrinkage and possible distortion. by following the recommended installation procedures. RECOMMENDED HOLE SIZES The hole cut in the branch or header pipe can be cut prior or subsequent to attachment of the Tee-Let. www. Moreover. Merit Tee-Lets are manufactured from continuous cast aluminum killed steel with a carbon range of from 0. Aside from reducing the likelihood of burn through and distortion resulting from excessive heat. certain grades of carbon steel pipe are manufactured from skelp whose RECOMMENDED TEE-LET HOLE SIZES Tee-Let Size In./mm 5⁄8 16 7⁄8 22 11⁄8 28 11⁄2 38 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 50 27⁄16 61 3 75 4 100 Holes may be cut employing mechanical means—including hole sawing. nickel and other metals resident in the scrap used for production of the steel be reported and kept to a minimum.25.com . Merit specifies that residuals. Merit offers a simple approach to cutting the hole. In addition.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS® 192 RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PROCEDURES RECOMMENDED WELDING PROCEDURES Merit Weld-Miser Tee-Let Welding Outlet Fittings are designed and manufactured to reduce the cost of installation from both the standpoint of labor required and energy consumed. the wall thickness at the weld end of the fitting approximately matches standard weight pipe./mm 1⁄2 13 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 31 11⁄4 31 11⁄2 38 2 50 21⁄2 63 3 75 4 100 Type Type A Type A Type A Type A Type C Type A or C Type A or C Type A or C Type A or C Type A or C Recommended Hole Size In.

Excessive heat may cause the wrench tight threads (those in the bottom of the TeeLet near the weld zone) to distort while also causing the branch pipe to bend.21⁄2 Outlet RECOMMENDED AMOUNT OF WELD Outlet Size A B In. 3⁄4 & 1 Outlet 1 11⁄4 . and only negligibly distort when subjected to excessive heat. the weld should be only as hot as required to allow the weld to ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK penetrate the materials being welded while concomitantly allowing gases developed in the welding process to escape. CONT'D.A chemical composition is not specified. gases released during the welding process do not escape before the molten puddle sets up. It should be noted that Merit Tee-Lets have been subjected to exhaustive testing and evaluation. A flux cored wire can also be used. one approach is to slightly increase the heat in order to give the gases time to escape from the puddle. Specifically. 5 ⁄16 5 5 193 . certain residuals may cause excessive porosity./mm In. The following recommended settings for welding therefore may need to be adjusted slightly higher if any of the above mentioned adverse conditions exist. When porosity or lack of penetration occurs. on the other hand. may not return to their gauged form after cooling if excessive heat causes them to expand. The following is intended only as a guide. spatter or lack of penetration. Every effort must be made to avoid welding too hot or overheating both the pipe and the Tee-Let. and assumes that the welding equipment is properly calibrated and functioning normally and the operator is qualified./mm 1 ⁄2 13 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 31 11⁄2 38 2 50 21⁄2 63 3 75 4 100 1 ⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 5⁄16 8 5⁄16 8 5⁄16 8 3⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄16 5 3⁄16 5 3⁄16 5 3⁄16 5 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 5⁄16 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS®. B ⁄2. As a general rule. The threads./mm In. This wire contains scavengers which allow gases in the molten weld puddle to escape before the weld solidifies. When the metal inert gas shield (MIG) welding process is employed.

IPM 0.045 180-205 20-24 245 27-32 www.109 3 0.2 13-50 1 2 ⁄2 .4 63-100 1⁄2 . Electrode Size Welding Current Arc.anvilintl.2 31-50 21⁄2 .4 63-100 1⁄2 . Volts Wire Feed Thickness B. CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE Pipe Wall Tee-Let Types A.035 130-160 19-22 240 20-25 0.2 13-50 21⁄2 . C In.083 2.035 120-150 17-20 270 20-25 0.035 130-150 18-20 270 15-20 0.2 13-50 21⁄2 .035 100-130 16-20 210 25-30 0.5 0.2 13-50 21⁄2 .INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS®.4 63-100 1⁄2 ./mm 11⁄4 .4 63-100 Travel Speed IPM 0.035 120-160 19-22 290 20-25 0. CONT'D 194 Header Size In.2 13-50 21⁄2 .035 110-140 18-22 220 25-30 0.4 63-100 1 ⁄2 ./mm AMPS-DC POS.065 2 0.5 1⁄2 .035 120-150 17-20 210 20-25 0.035 130-160 19-22 290 20-25 0./mm In.134 3.com .035 115-150 17-21 270 20-25 0.109 3 5-6 125-150 0.2 13-50 21⁄2 .035 140-160 20-22 270 15-20 0.035 110-140 17-20 210 20-25 0.4 63-100 1⁄2 .035 120-160 19-22 290 20-25 0.4 63-100 21⁄2 .4 63-100 RECOMMENDED SETTINGS FOR MICROWIRE WELDING PROCESS.120 3 0.

Recommended for .Argon.109 3 8 200 0.5 Tee-Let Types A. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Travel Speed IPM Merit assumes no liability for any consequential damages resulting from the improper use of its Tee-Let Welding Outlet Fittings.134 wall and lighter. 75% .148 3.045 180-225 20-24 290 12-18 0. 17-20 IPM 240 20-25 0. CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE Header Size In./mm 1⁄2 .035 130-150 18-20 260 15-20 0.4 63-100 Electrode Size Welding Current Arc.035 130-160 19-22 240 20-25 0.4 63-100 1⁄2 . minimum distortion and spatter.) 25% . nor for any recommendations made with respect to installation procedures.RECOMMENDED SETTINGS FOR MICROWIRE WELDING PROCESS.Deeper penetration.2 13-50 21⁄2 .4 63-100 21⁄2 . CONT'D 195 . good penetration. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS®. high welding speeds without meltthrough. Volts Wire Feed AMPS-DC 120-150 POS. 2.045 170-220 18-22 290 12-18 0./mm Pipe Wall Thickness In.Co2. B.) Co2 . low cost. C In.2 13-50 21⁄2 .4 63-100 21⁄2 . faster welding.035 SHIELDING GAS FLOW (FOR ALL SIZE S) 20-25 CFH 1./mm 0.035 140-160 20-22 260 15-20 0.

1. or ISO-7 male or female thread on the inlet. E) Connect the Adjustable Drop Nipple assembly to the sprinkler system by wrenching on the make-up area on the Drop Nipple DO NOT WRENCH ON THE BARREL PORTION OF THE UNIT OR SPRINKLER. (See item 4).INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ELIMINATOR ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES INSTALLATION A) For use in wet and dry pipe automatic sprinkler systems installed in accordance with all applicable standards or codes. do not overtighten the sprinkler. Gauge both the male threads of the sprinkler and the female threads of the Adjustable Drop Nipple for compliance with ANSI B1.T.P. 1) GENERAL DESCRIPTION Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples Models “M” and “F” are the screw type consisting of an outer case which has one (1) inch N. Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples are designed for use in automatic fire sprinkler systems installed in accordance with all applicable standards or codes. Damage to the Adjustable Drop Nipple or Sprinkler may result.P. Instead back the sprinkler out of the fitting. If five (5) to six (6) threads are counted. Apply pipe thread sealant only to male threads on the nipple and sprinkler only. however it is not necessary to drain the system. and an inner case which has either a one-half inch (1⁄2") or a three-quarter inch (3⁄4") N. It is recommended that the system pressure be relieved when adjusting. C) Use an anaerobic pipe thread sealant for thread make-up. The same procedure would apply if a leak has been detected. (See item 4) B) Before starting the job of making sprinklers into steel threads of the above fittings. D) If either of the above fails to allow the sprinkler to make-up to a minimum of from five (5) to six (6) full threads.com . Specification for Tapered Pipe Threads. reapply the anaerobic pipe sealant and makeon to the required length. If seven (7) perfect threads are counted. www. Allow twenty-four hours for setting. Clean any debris and/or pipe sealant from both the male and female threads. count the number of fully developed male threads on the brand of sprinkler to be installed into the fittings.T. F) After the ceiling has been installed adjust the sprinkler to its final position by using the sprinkler wrench and assemble the escutcheon plate to the inner support ring. Refer to the pipe chart on the back of 196 this card for correct make-up lengths. the sprinkler should thread into the 1⁄2" or 3⁄4" thread from three (3) to four (4) threads hand tight. sprinkler connection. The inner case employs 0-Ring Seals and adjusts either in or out over the range of the adjustment.anvilintl. If within tolerance.2. the sprinkler should thread into the 1⁄2" or 3⁄4" thread from two (2) to three (3) threads hand tight.

150. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Merit Eliminator Drop nipples maximum sprinkler orifice size for Models M3. ME3. F3.150. The approximate friction loss based on the Hazen and Williams Formula expressed in equivalent length of one (1) inch. Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples do not require any secondary locking following final adjustment and they will not extend as a result of vibrations or pressure surges in the system. and 2.150. CONT'D 197 . schedule 40 pipe (where C= 120) is 1' for 1⁄2" outlet Model ‘M’. Petroleum based lubricants are incompatible with EPDM and will impair serviceability of the unit. The inlet and outlet threads conform to ANSI B1. All Model “M” and “F” Adjustable Drop Nipples are hydrostatically tested for o-ring integrity prior to shipment. and F3. (UL Listing Number 57SO) and approved by the Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM).5' for F3. (Vds).20. 1.V.150 is 17⁄32" and Models F1. 4) WARNING Adjustable Drop Nipples described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document as well as the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association in addition to the standards for any other authorities having jurisdiction. 4.The purpose of these fittings is to allow for the final adjustment of the drop nipple between a branch line and a pendant sprinkler by eliminating the need to re-cut the existing drop nipple in order to fit-up flush to the ceiling.3' for F2.. DO NOT USE ANY PETROLEUM BASED LUBRICANTS ON THE O-RING SEALS.2' for F1.6' for 3⁄4" outlet Model ‘M’. In addition.175 is 5/8".1 / ISO-7R/RC.175 and M3.150. 2) APPROVALS AND STANDARDS Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples are listed by the Underwriters Laboratories. F2. 3) TECHNICAL DATA Merit Adjustable Drop Nipples are rated for use at a maximum temperature of 300° F. Inc.150. The outer and inner casings are manufactured from high strength carbon Steel. Model “M” and “F” Adjustable Drop Nipples are approved by the New York Board of Materials and Equipment Standard (BSA886-86-5A) and verband der Schadenversicherer e. The O-Ring seals used in the manufacture are an ethylene propylene elastomer (EPDM). M1. and a maximum service pressure of 300 psi. 5) DIMENSIONAL DATA See chartson next page. 1. 2.175.9' for F3. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ELIMINATOR ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES.150.

/MAX.com ./mm in./mm in.150 F3. LENGTH +.1⁄4" Model M Inlet 1 MAKE UP AREA MAX.150 ME3. Length Length or DIN NPT In. Adjust In.150 Outlet Min. Length Max Length Max.150 F3.175 1 Female 25 1 Female 25 1 Female 25 1 Female 25 1⁄2 Female 13 1⁄2 Female 13 1⁄2 Female 13 3 ⁄4 Female 19 Max./mm 1 Male 25 1 Male 25 1 Male 25 1 Male 25 1⁄2 Female 41⁄8 105 61⁄8 156 77⁄8 200 81⁄8 206 51⁄8 130 91⁄8 232 107⁄8 276 111⁄8 283 1 25 3 76 3 76 3 76 13 1⁄2 Female 13 1⁄2 Female 13 3⁄4 Female 19 /2" MALE THD’D NPT OUTLET MIN./mm in. CONT'D /2" MALE THD’D NPT OUTLET 1 BARREL DO NOT WRENCH MAX./mm 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 51⁄2 14 75⁄16 186 41⁄2 114 61⁄2 165 81⁄2 216 105⁄16 262 1 25 3 76 3 76 3 76 www.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ELIMINATOR ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES. Adjust in./mm F1.150 M3.1⁄4" Model # BARREL DO NOT WRENCH /2" FEMALE THD’D NPT OUTLET 1 /2" FEMALE THD’D NPT OUTLET 1 M3.150 F2. ADJUSTMENT Model F MODEL M DIMENSIONAL DATA M1./mm In./MAX. ADJUSTMENT MIN./mm in.175 198 “O” RING SEALS DO NOT LUBRICATE “O” RING SEALS DO NOT LUBRICATE Model # MODEL F DIMENSIONAL DATA Max Inlet NPT Outlet Min. LENGTH +.anvilintl./mm in.

48 turns to 5.420/4.7 0.0 0.00 6.436/5.3 0.5 0.339/4.6 0. Alternately.85 17.138/9.9 0.83 17.00 6. Hand tight engagement for 1⁄2" through 2" thread varies from 4.9 0.00 6.420/4.661/7.1 0.13 18.214/3.83 10.4 0.534/7.706/8.094/8./mm In.46 17.75 8.4 0. wrench tight makeup is considered two full turns past hand tight. Total L1 + L3 or Tee-Let Effective Hand Tight Wrench Tight Length Outlet Size Threads In.8 1. dirt.261/3.707/8.6 0.9 1.683/7.4 0.46 23. 3) Joint Makeup • For sizes up to and including 11⁄2" pipe.6 0.724/8.6 0.01 11.00 6.00 5. • Apply a thick even coat to the male threads only.4 0.261/3.4 0.697/7. 2) Application of pipe dope • Use a pipe dope that is fast drying.5 1. • Thoroughly mix the thread sealant prior to application.757/8.60 16.553/7.6 0.01 17.40 33.GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF THREADED FITTINGS 1) Inspect both male and female components prior to assembly.932/7.75 21.75 turns. Hand tight engagement for 21⁄2" through 4" thread varies from 5.250/2. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK L1 NPT TAPERED PIPE THREADS—Length of Effective Threads Drop Nipple L2 Dim.64 13.8 0.83 10.400/4.(mm)/Thrds In.682/5.016/8.00 6.48 2.766/6.01 turns.844/6.00 6.00 6.0 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY L2 199 . sets-up to a semi hard condition and is vibration resistant.(mm)/Thrds In.3 0.6 0.(mm)/Thrds.6 0.10 28. Female Thread L3 Male Thread • Clean or replace components as necessary.(mm)/Thrds 1⁄2 13 3⁄4" 19 1 25 11⁄4 31 11⁄2 38 2 50 21⁄2 63 3 75 4 100 0.546/7.534/7.320/4.2 1. wrench tight makeup is considered three full turns past hand tight.1 0.47 13. • Threads should be free from mechanical damage. • For 21⁄2" through 4" sizes.214/3.7 0.6 0. L3 Dim. an anaerobic sealant may be utilized.7 1.250/2.75 27.83 17.0 0.300/10. L1 Dim.75 14. Best application is achieved with a brush stiff enough to force sealant down to the root of the threads.2 0.4 0.60 10.13 25.681/7. In.46 turns to 6.8 0.261/3.48 13.70 19. chips and excess cutting oil.50 30.261/3.32 18.3 0.250/2.13 19.00 5.200/9.4 0.

lower bend load capabilities. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5⁄8 3 ⁄4 7 ⁄8 1 11⁄8 11⁄4 Wrench Size In. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. www. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation.anvilintl. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.-Lbs 30-45 80-100 100-130 130-180 180-220 200-250 225-275 250-300 METRIC SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Bolt Size mm M10 M12 M16 M20 M22 M24 Wrench Specified Size Bolt Torque * mm N-M 16 40-60 22 110-150 24 135-175 30 175-245 34 245-300 36 270-340 * Non-lubricated bolt torques * Non-lubricated bolt torques CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. 11⁄16 7 ⁄8 11⁄16 11⁄4 17⁄16 15⁄8 113⁄16 2 Specified Bolt Torque * Ft.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE 200 Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings and flanges. ANSI SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Bolt Size In.com . NOTE: Specified torques are to be used unless otherwise noted on Product Installation Instructions. battery strength and operational variations.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225 Barlow’s Formula . . .205 Boiling Points Of Water At Various Pressures .223 Decimal Equivalents Of Fractions . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Colors And Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180° Return. . . .223 Coated Arc Welding Electrodes .235 How to Cut Odd-Angle Elbows . . . . .Types & Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Physical Properties of E60 & E70 Series Electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221-222 Hardness Conversion Numbers . 218-219 Sprinkler System Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steel Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236 Alignment of Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226-227 Weld Fitting 90° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steel Flange . . . . . 213 Specific Gravity Of Gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Useful Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Unit Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228 Weld Fitting Tee.228 Weld Fitting Welding Neck Flanges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . .220 Standard Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209 Heat Losses From Horizontal Bare Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224 Commercial Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses . . . . . . . . . .228 Slip-on. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231-232 Bolting Dimensions for 150 to 300 Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Threaded and Socket Flanges . . . . . . . . . . .225 Standard Pipe Data . . . . . . .233 Bolting Dimensions for 400 Lb. . . . . . . . . . 203-204 Pipe & Water Weight/Foot. . . . . . Cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 Total Thermal Expansion of Piping Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Weights of Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206-207 Water Pressure To Feet Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 Lap Joint Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 Flow Conversion Chart . . . . .208 Feet Head To Water Pressure. .229 Standard Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS 201 . . . . . . . . .List Of Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seamless Brass & Copper Pipe . .238 Tap & Drill Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237 Drill Sizes For NPT Pipe Taps . . . . . . . . . . . . .205 Weight/Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224 Decimal Degree Equivalents Of Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234 ASTM Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stub End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Specific Gravity Of Liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Melting Points of Metals . . . . . . . . 217 Geometry Formulas . . . .229 Extra Heavy Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts . .230 Blind Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228 Weld Fitting Reducers & Reducing Outlet Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ./600Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Typical BTU Values Of Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .255 Other Pipe Data. . . . 258-259 CPVC Pipe Support Spacing . . . . . 294-295 Gruvlok® Gasket Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242-243 Beam Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263-266 Coupling Flexibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .com . . . . . . .anvilintl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302-304 Movement—Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288-290 Symbols For Pipe Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259 Anvil Design Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291 Gruvlok® Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239-241 Thermal Expansion of Pipe Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244-248 Maximum Recommended Applied Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249-251 Steel Pipe Data . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Trouble Shooting Arc Welding Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271-273 Pipe Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256-257 PVC Pipe Support Spacing.262 Figure Number Index . . 281-285 www. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT'D. . . . . .293 Gruvlok® Flow Control Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299-301 Coupling Chart Data Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253-254 Copper Tube Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290 Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286-287 Basic Arc & Gas Welding Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260-261 Alphabetical Index. . .TECHNICAL INFORMATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS. .292 Design Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296 Vacume Service . . . . . . . . . . 274-280 A Typical Pipe Hanger Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267-270 Pipe Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297-298 Gasket Grade Index & Gasket Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Flanged Btu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Society of Mechanical Engineers F & D . . Drawing Ashve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cubic feet per minute hg. . Extra-heavy ASME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASA Z10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Center to Face AISI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Abbreviations conform to the practice of the American Standard Abbreviations for Scientific and Engineering Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . British thermal unit(s) g . . . . . . . . . . . Flange or Flanges bbl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bell and Spigot or Brown & Sharpe (gauge) flg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Petroleum Institute diam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Absolute Comp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Gas Association C to F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cast Steel abs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .American Standard °F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Society for Testing Materials F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .American Society of Heating and Ventilation Engineers ex-hy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Iron and Steel Institute °C. Cubic feet per second CI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Degrees Fahrenheit API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gage or Gauge C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diameter ASA . . . . . . . . . . Barrel flgd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Face to Face B & S . . . . . . . .American Water Works Association F to F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 cfs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hexagonal cfm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cast Iron CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fahrenheit AWWA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Companion AGA . . . . . . . . . . . Degrees Centigrade Amer Std . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centigrade hex . . . . . . . . . . Faced and Drilled ASTM . . . . . . . . . . . American Standards Association dwg . . . Mercury ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION ABBREVIATIONS LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 203 . . . . . . . .

. . Water. . . . . . . . . . . .Specification kw . . . . . .Pounds per square inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilowatt(s) SSP . . . . . . gage red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nominal pipe size (formerly IPS for iron pipe size) OD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reducing Sch or Sched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seconds Saybolt Universal max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil. . . . . Screwed 204 www. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Malleable Iron SSU . . . . . . . . . . . .anvilintl. . Outside Screw and Yoke OWG . . . . . . . . . Iron Body Bronze (or Brass) Mounted SF . . . . . . . . . . . .Steam Service Pressure MI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double Extra Strong NPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .com . . . . . . . . . . .Schedule scd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Semifinished ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard min . . . . . . . . . . .Maximum Std . . . . . New England Water Works Association XXS . . . . . . Inside Diameter Spec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gas (see WOG) psig . . . . . . . . . . . .Mounted WOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum Trans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transactions mtd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Working Water Pressure XS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manufacturers Standardization Society (of Value and Fittings Industry) WWP . . . . Gas (see OWG) MSS . . Outside diameter OS&Y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra Strong NEWWA . . . . . .TECHNICAL INFORMATION LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS IBBM . .

........ 0.....0...... 0...203125 35 ⁄ 64 ...........84375 11 ⁄ 64 .6000 37 ........... 0...... 0............0..3333 Min Degree 21 ...5500 34 .. 0..0.......0..........15625 1 ⁄ 2 .... 0.....8125 9 ⁄ 64 ...0833 6 .0....9667 59 ...0...0.......2667 17 ....9000 55 .....5167 32 .6875 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Min Degree 1 . 0........625 31 ⁄ 32 ........8167 50 ................0.....921875 1 ⁄ 4 ..9167 56 ......53125 7 ⁄ 8 .... 0. 0..........0.... 0. 0.. 0........984375 1 .............. 0...296875 41 ⁄ 64 ...........4333 27 . 0.....0.0........... 0.. 0...........8833 54 .....5833 36 ...........9833 60 .............5333 33 .......1333 9 .21875 9 ⁄ 16 ...............................1875 17 ⁄ 32 .0..........0. 0........0667 5 ...4500 28 ..... 0...... 0.........0....0.40625 3 ⁄ 4 ................ 0..375 23 ⁄ 32 ............... 0.0...... 0.. 0.. 0..828125 5 ⁄ 32 .........484375 53 ⁄ 64 ....2167 14 . 0.......3500 22 .6833 42 ... 0......390625 47 ⁄ 64 ............. 0. 0..0......0.....2000 13 .... 0...0.... 0..0....DECIMAL DEGREE EQUIVALENTS OF MINUTES 1 ⁄ 64 ......75 5 ⁄ 64 ..0.765625 3 ⁄ 32 ........109375 29 ⁄ 64 ..0333 3 .... 0.........0.....046875 25 ⁄ 64 ......1500 10 ...3667 23 ..2333 15 ..0.........359375 45 ⁄ 64 .............. 0......265625 39 ⁄ 64 ..0.734375 1 ⁄ 16 .................1833 12 ..5 27 ⁄ 32 .....0.9333 57 .......09375 7 ⁄ 16 .. 0..328125 43 ⁄ 64 ...234375 37 ⁄ 64 .0........546875 57 ⁄ 64 .890625 7 ⁄ 32 ... 0....0................ 0......796875 1 ⁄ 8 ............. 0.........65625 21 ⁄ 64 ...703125 1 ⁄ 32 ...............0......... 0....7333 45 . 0....5625 29 ⁄ 32 ..... 0.....0.9500 58 ....0..........0...0500 4 .........4833 30 ................ 0..........3000 19 ...125 15 ⁄ 32 .....6500 40 ..78125 7 ⁄ 64 ....96875 19 ⁄ 64 .....0....2500 16 ......... 0. 0........0...4000 25 .515625 55 ⁄ 64 .28125 5 ⁄ 8 .....0.171875 33 ⁄ 64 ................640625 63 ⁄ 64 . 0..... 0.........0...0.......0167 2 ..8000 49 .............................8333 51 ............25 19 ⁄ 32 ...4667 29 . 0....... 0. 0......5000 31 ............................59375 15 ⁄ 16 .0...578125 59 ⁄ 64 ......... 0. 0....0.8500 52 . 0. 1.859375 3 ⁄ 16 ..7500 46 ........1167 8 ....... 0.................0.... 0..2833 18 ...0.....................1667 11 ......... 0.....7000 43 ..... 0....453125 51 ⁄ 64 .........0.9375 17 ⁄ 64 .............078125 27 ⁄ 64 ...7667 47 .....90625 15 ⁄ 64 ......0......0.......3125 21 ⁄ 32 ........1 5 ⁄ 16 ...140625 31 ⁄ 64 .0....3833 24 ...........0.. 0.......6333 39 ...........421875 49 ⁄ 64 ...... 0..0........6667 Min Degree 41 ......5667 35 ...0.0.............. 0......... 0....................... 0..... 0.0... 0.........8667 53 .......1000 7 .......0...0625 13 ⁄ 32 .........34375 11 ⁄ 16 ....015625 23 ⁄ 64 .0..0.0..4167 26 ........ 0... 0........0000 TECHNICAL INFORMATION DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF FRACTIONS 205 ........03125 3 ⁄ 8 ..609375 61 ⁄ 64 ...............0.................7833 48 . 0....671875 11 ⁄ 32 .....3167 20 .. 0.6167 38 ...........7167 44 ............... 0.... 0.875 13 ⁄ 64 .4375 25 ⁄ 32 .0......46875 13 ⁄ 16 ......71875 3 ⁄ 64 .....953125 9 ⁄ 32 ...

218 0.500 0.083 0.258 0.154 0.750 0.147 0.344 0. Pipe Outside Size Dia.438 - 0.065 0.219 0.19 & applicable only to corrosion resistant materials.218 0.120 0.5% under nominal due to mill tolerance. 140 Sch.anvilintl.300 - - - 0. 160 X XX Strong Strong 1⁄ 8 0.113 - 0.050 0.109 - - 0.276 - - - 0.179 0.068 - 0.049 0.134 - - 0.120 - - 0.375 0.109 - - 0.109 0.337 - 0.563 0.065 0.145 - 0.250 0.140 0.203 0.337 0. (IN) Sch 5S Sch 10 Sch 10S Sch 20 Sch 30 Sch Std.675 - 0.120 - - 0.091 - 0.095 0.250 0.133 0.068 0.337 0.120 0.318 - - - - 0.540 - 0.600 3 3.083 0.216 - 0. NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS FOR Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch 40 40S 60 80 80S Sch 100 Sch 120 Sch.154 0.083 - - 0.113 0.375 - 0.065 0.276 0.109 0.147 0.083 0.119 0.109 0.120 - - 0.109 0.200 - - - 0. extra strong & durable extra strong pipe.200 0.088 0.095 - - - - 0.091 0.065 0. 2.636 www.358 11 ⁄ 4 1.625 0.300 0.154 0.674 5 5.258 0.308 1 1.191 - - - 0.281 0.437 31 ⁄ 2 4.126 - - - - 0.119 - - - - 0.436 21 ⁄ 2 2.300 0.133 0.049 - - 0.203 0.375 0.179 0.000 0.065 - - 0.400 2 2.318 0.216 0.com .154 - - - 0.120 0.065 - - 0.840 0.875 0. or specifically: 206 1.120 - - 0.147 - - - 0.191 0.133 - 0. Pipe wall thickness in ASME B36.500 0.145 0.113 0.405 - 0.091 0. Actual thickness may be as much as 12.200 0.318 4 4.065 0.237 0.179 - - - 0.109 - 0.088 - 0. Traditional standard weight.375 0.109 - - 0.145 0.226 0.109 - - 0.218 - - - 0.375 0.COMMERCIAL PIPE SIZES AND WALL THICKNESSES TECHNICAL INFORMATION This table lists standard pipe sizes and wall thicknesses.531 0. Nom.660 0.154 0.187 0.237 - 0.065 0.083 0.382 11 ⁄ 2 1.900 0.226 - 0.226 0.068 0.109 0.500 - 0.065 0.095 - 1⁄4 0.140 0.120 0.083 0.109 0.10 for carbon steel.083 - - 0.065 0.140 - 0.126 - 1⁄ 2 0.552 0.237 0. 3.294 3⁄4 1.276 0.119 - 3⁄8 0.083 0.203 - 0. NOTE: All dimensions in inches & thicknesses are nominal or average wall thickness. Pipe wall thickness in ASTM Specification A409 & ASME B36.315 0.134 0.126 0.109 0.191 0.258 - 0.216 0.154 - 0.088 0.

375 0.438 - 0.280 0.500 - 34 34.594 0.165 0.500 - 20 20.344 0.812 2.312 - 0.594 0.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.250 0.500 0.365 0.844 1.750 1.000 1.406 0.125 0.500 0.156 0.625 0.365 0.000 14 14.625 0.000 - 0.250 0.375 0.625 0. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 207 .625 0.500 - 28 28.375 0.322 0.250 0.250 - 0.250 0.188 0.375 0.906 0.000 0.406 0.750 0.312 0.250 0.280 - 0.375 0.312 - 0.312 0.500 0.000 0.500 1.625 0.109 0.688 - - - - - - - - 0.969 1.280 0. Pipe Outside Size Dia.062 2.812 1.438 0.165 0.500 0.Sch 5S Sch 10 Sch 10S Sch 20 Sch 30 - - Sch Std.000 - 0.562 - 0.500 - 36 36.938 1.188 0.000 1.250 0.781 0.719 0.500 0.322 0.500 0.844 - 1.562 0.500 - 16 16.165 0.000 - - 0.688 - - - - - - - - 0.656 0.375 1.000 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.218 0.312 0.312 - 0.219 - 1.594 0.000 0.562 0.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.500 - 0.218 0.531 1.148 0.432 Sch 100 Sch 120 Sch.844 1.031 - 1.406 0.307 0.375 0.812 0.148 0.500 - 18 18.156 0.000 - 0.000 - 0.500 - 32 32.188 0.625 1.750 - - - - - - - - 0.031 1.125 1.719 0.719 0.750 0.500 - 30 30.500 1.500 - - - TECHNICAL INFORMATION COMMERCIAL PIPE SIZES AND WALL THICKNESSES Nom.500 0.969 0.312 0.250 1.375 0.500 0.125 0.250 0.500 1.500 0.000 0.594 - 0.312 - 0.438 1.250 0.180 0.365 0.875 0.688 - 0.134 0.938 - 1.625 0.094 1.875 1.375 0.500 0.000 12 12.312 0.250 0.156 1. 140 - 0.134 0.281 1.375 0.562 1.750 - - - - - - - - 0.500 0.109 0. 160 X XX Strong Strong 6 6. (IN) All dimensions shown are in inches.375 0.188 0.322 0.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.688 0.864 10 10.277 0.375 0.180 0.000 - 0.218 0.432 0.125 - 1.375 0.500 - 22 22.375 1.375 0.500 0.500 0.500 - 24 24.500 - 42 42.375 0.312 - 0.625 0.432 0.750 - 0.375 0.134 8 8.500 0.750 0.219 1.875 2.188 0.562 - Sch. NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS FOR Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch 40 40S 60 80 80S 0.000 0.375 - 0.312 0.000 0.594 0.165 0.500 - 26 26.330 0.

750 0. (Gallons) 0. The formula predicts bursting pressures that have been found to be safely within the actual test bursting pressures. Pipe Inside Dia.620 96.0777 0. in psi S = unit stress.0158 0.0449 0.500 4.026 5.131 1.548 4./Ft.679 2.360 473.380 1.3840 0.550 40.790 14.480 2. in inches t = wall thickness.5136 0. Wt.563 6.826 0.660 1.0393 1.910 270.030 166.198 4.824 1.479 14.675 0.625 10.540 0.793 7.493 0.984 2.065 7.315 1.050 1.383.067 2.020 Nom.610 2. Dia.245 0.900 2. easy method for finding the relationship between internal fluid pressure and stress in the pipe wall.653 5.500 5. (Feet) Gallons per Linear Ft.469 3. in psi D = outside diameter of pipe.1058 0.anvilintl.718 3. (Pounds) Length Containing One Cu.1743 0.047 6.425 0.0277 0.981 10. It is interesting to note that the formula uses the “outside diameter” of pipe and is sometimes referred to as the “outside diameter formula.077 19.970 28.068 3.312 7.851 1.273 2.565 11.568 0.733 49.” P = (2 • t • S) / D Where: P = internal units pressure.BARLOW’S FORMULA TECHNICAL INFORMATION STANDARD WEIGHT PIPE DATA 208 Nom.0963 Barlow’s Formula is a safe.049 1.0054 0.6613 1.110 10.875 3.620 18. in inches www.269 0.840 1.800 754.405 0. Outside Dia.0099 0.364 0.913 30.000 1.2487 0.0030 0.625 8. Ft. Nom.275 70.com .5008 2. (Inches) (Inches) 1⁄8 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 0.375 2. (Inches) Nom.000 4.622 0.580 9.5988 4.878 1.526.

Pipe Size 90° ELBOWS Long R Short R A A 180° RETURNS Long R Short R K K 45° LR Elbow B – – 1 17 ⁄ 8 111 ⁄ 16 23 ⁄ 16 – – 15 ⁄ 8 5⁄8 7 ⁄ 16 1 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 7⁄8 14 16 18 21 24 27 14 16 18 28 32 36 21 24 27 83 ⁄ 4 10 111 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 3 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 23 ⁄ 4 31 ⁄ 4 43 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 16 27 ⁄ 16 33 ⁄ 16 1 11 ⁄ 8 13 ⁄ 8 20 22 24 30 33 36 20 22 24 40 44 48 30 – 36 121 ⁄ 2 131 ⁄ 2 15 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 53 ⁄ 16 61 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 4 315 ⁄ 16 43 ⁄ 4 51 ⁄ 2 13 ⁄ 4 2 21 ⁄ 4 4 5 6 6 71 ⁄ 2 9 4 5 6 81 ⁄ 4 105 ⁄ 16 125 ⁄ 16 61 ⁄ 4 73 ⁄ 4 95 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 26 30 34 36 39 45 51 54 26 30 34 36 52 60 – 72 – 45 – 54 16 181 ⁄ 2 21 221 ⁄ 4 42 63 48 – – 26 8 10 12 12 15 18 8 10 12 165 ⁄ 16 203 ⁄ 8 243 ⁄ 8 125 ⁄ 16 153 ⁄ 8 183 ⁄ 8 5 61 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 2 3⁄4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK All dimensions shown are in inches. 180° RETURN. Pipe Size 1⁄2 90° ELBOWS Long R Short R A A A 180° RETURNS Long R Short R K K 45° LR Elbow B A Nom.Nominal B Nominal Nominal K B A Nom. TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—90° ELBOW. 45° ELBOW 209 .

STUB END 210 M Nominal M C C Nom. Pipe Size Straight Tees C&M Caps E Straight Crosses C&M 1⁄ 2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 3 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 7 81 ⁄ 2 10 1 1 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 * 11 ⁄ 2 * 2* 21 ⁄ 2 * 21 ⁄ 2 * 3* 31 ⁄ 2 * 4* 5* 6* – – – 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 3 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 7 81 ⁄ 2 10 Long Pattern Stub Ends F G 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 13 ⁄ 8 111 ⁄ 16 2 21 ⁄ 2 27 ⁄ 8 35 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 5 51 ⁄ 2 63 ⁄ 16 75 ⁄ 16 81 ⁄ 2 105 ⁄ 8 123 ⁄ 4 15 Nominal G E C 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 M Nominal Nominal C F Nom.M=28 61 ⁄ 2 * 7* 8* 9* 10 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 12 11 12 131 ⁄ 2 15 – 17 – – – – – Long Pattern Stub Ends F G 12 12 12 12 – 12 – – – – – 161 ⁄ 4 181 ⁄ 2 21 23 – 271 ⁄ 4 – – – – – *Dimensions apply to STD and XS only.anvilintl. CAP.com . CROSS. Pipe Size Straight Tees C&M Caps E Straight Crosses C&M 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 11 12 131 ⁄ 2 15 161 ⁄ 2 17 191 ⁄ 2 22 25 261 ⁄ 2 C=30. www.TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—TEE. All dimensions shown are in inches.

Pipe Size H 1 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 1 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 13 ⁄ 4 2 21 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 2 x 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 3x1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 1 3 ⁄ 2 x 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 4 x 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 – 31 ⁄ 2 1 3 ⁄2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C M 3 3 3 3 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 – 33 ⁄ 4 3 3 ⁄4 33 ⁄ 4 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 25 ⁄ 8 23 ⁄ 4 25 ⁄ 8 23 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 8 3 31 ⁄ 4 – 31 ⁄ 8 1 3 ⁄4 31 ⁄ 2 35 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 2 33 ⁄ 4 37 ⁄ 8 4 5x2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 6 x 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 8x3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 10 x 4 5 6 8 12 x 5 6 8 10 14 x 6 8 10 12 H 5 5 5 5 5 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 – 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 13 13 13 13 C 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 7 7 7 7 7 81 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 All dimensions shown are in inches.Nom. M 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 4 43 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 2 45 ⁄ 8 43 ⁄ 4 47 ⁄ 8 5 51 ⁄ 8 53 ⁄ 8 6 6 61 ⁄ 8 63 ⁄ 8 65 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 2 75 ⁄ 8 8 81 ⁄ 2 85 ⁄ 8 9 91 ⁄ 2 93 ⁄ 8 93 ⁄ 4 101 ⁄ 8 105 ⁄ 8 TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—REDUCERS AND REDUCING OUTLET TEES 211 . M: Reducing Outlet Tees C M Nom. Pipe Size 1⁄2 x 1⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄4 x 3⁄8 1⁄2 1 x 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 11 ⁄ 4 x 1 ⁄ 2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 2 x 1 ⁄ 2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 2 x 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 H – – 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 3 3 3 C C. Pipe Size M H H C H: Concentric & Eccentric Reducers Nom.

Y(2) 33 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 16 45 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 47 ⁄ 8 27 ⁄ 16 51 ⁄ 4 25 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 8 23⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 2 27 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 8 81 ⁄ 4 31 ⁄ 4 9 33 ⁄ 8 10 31 ⁄ 2 11 4 121 ⁄ 2 41 ⁄ 16 15 45 ⁄ 8 171 ⁄ 2 47 ⁄ 8 201 ⁄ 2 53 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 45 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 2 71 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 4 9 103 ⁄ 4 13 14 161 ⁄ 2 20 22 21 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 16 25 ⁄ 8 23 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 4 33 ⁄ 8 4 41 ⁄ 2 45 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 4 6 61 ⁄ 8 Nom. “Y”. Pipe Size 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 O 150 LB. O Y(1) 33 ⁄ 4 45 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 2 71 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 4 9 10 11 121 ⁄ 2 15 171 ⁄ 2 201 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 16 29 ⁄ 16 211 ⁄ 16 23 ⁄ 4 3 31 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 16 33 ⁄ 8 37 ⁄ 8 37 ⁄ 8 43 ⁄ 8 45 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 8 400 LB.com . O Y(2) O 600 LB. O Y(2) O 600 LB.anvilintl. Pipe Size 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 O 150 LB. (2) The 1 ⁄ 4 ” raised face is not included in length thru Hub. Y(1) 21 5 231 ⁄ 2 5 25 51 ⁄ 2 271 ⁄ 2 511 ⁄ 16 291 ⁄ 2 57 ⁄ 8 32 6 341 ⁄ 4 5 383 ⁄ 4 51 ⁄ 8 433 ⁄ 4 55 ⁄ 16 46 53 ⁄ 8 53 55 ⁄ 8 300 LB. www.TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—WELDING NECK FLANGES 212 Y O Nom. “Y”. Y(1) 31 ⁄ 2 37 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 4 45 ⁄ 8 5 6 7 71 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 9 10 11 131 ⁄ 2 16 19 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 16 23 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 4 213 ⁄ 16 3 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 4 4 41 ⁄ 2 300 LB. Y(2) 23 57 ⁄ 8 251 ⁄ 2 6 28 61 ⁄ 2 301 ⁄ 2 65 ⁄ 8 33 63 ⁄ 4 36 67 ⁄ 8 381 ⁄ 4 75 ⁄ 8 43 85 ⁄ 8 471 ⁄ 2 91 ⁄ 2 50 97 ⁄ 8 52 813 ⁄ 16 233 ⁄ 4 27 291 ⁄ 4 32 341 ⁄ 4 37 40 441 ⁄ 2 49 513 ⁄ 4 551 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 2 7 71 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 2 73 ⁄ 4 8 83 ⁄ 4 93 ⁄ 4 105 ⁄ 8 111 ⁄ 8 11 (1) The 1 ⁄ 16” raised face is included in length thru Hub. All dimensions shown are in inches. O Y(1) 23 251 ⁄ 2 28 301 ⁄ 2 33 36 381 ⁄ 4 43 471 ⁄ 2 50 503 ⁄ 4 55 ⁄ 8 53 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 4 63 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 2 65 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 4 81 ⁄ 4 91 ⁄ 8 91 ⁄ 2 77 ⁄ 8 400 LB.

† O Y(2) 300 LB. “Y”.† O Y(2) 301⁄2 33 36 381⁄4 43 471⁄2 50 - 4 41⁄4* 41⁄2 75⁄8* 85⁄8* 91⁄2* 97⁄8* - 600 LB. “Y”. All dimensions shown are in inches. O Y(2) 32 341⁄4 37 40 441⁄2 49 513⁄4 - * Not available in Threaded type † Not available in Socket type (1) The 1 ⁄ 16” raised face is included in length thru Hub. 150 LB. Pipe Size O Y(1) 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 31⁄2 37⁄8 41⁄4 45⁄8 5 6 7 71⁄2 81⁄2 9 10 11 131⁄2 16 19 21 231⁄2 25 5⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 13⁄16 7⁄8 1 11⁄8 13⁄16 11⁄4† 15⁄16† 17⁄16† 19⁄16† 13⁄4† 115⁄16† 23⁄16† 21⁄4† 21⁄2† 211⁄16† 400 LB. O Y(1) 301⁄2 33 36 381⁄4 43 471⁄2 50 - 33⁄4† 4*† 43⁄16† 71⁄4*† 81⁄4*† 91⁄8*† 91⁄2*† - 400 LB. O Y(1) 33⁄4 45⁄8 47⁄8 51⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄4 9 10 11 121⁄2 15 171⁄2 201⁄2 23 251⁄2 28 7⁄8 1 11⁄16 11⁄16 13⁄16 15⁄16 11⁄2 111⁄16 13⁄4† 17⁄8† 2† 21⁄16† 27⁄16† 25⁄8† 27⁄8† 3† 31⁄4† 31⁄2† 33⁄4 45⁄8 47⁄8 51⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄4 9 10 11 121⁄2 15 171⁄2 201⁄2 23 251⁄2 28 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Y O O 7⁄8 1 11⁄16 11⁄8 11⁄4 17⁄16 15⁄8 113⁄16 115⁄16 2 21⁄8 21⁄4 211⁄16 27⁄8 31⁄8 35⁄16 311⁄16 37⁄8 600 LB. 150 LB. O Y(2) 33⁄4 45⁄8 47⁄8 51⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄4 9 103⁄4 13 14 161⁄2 20 22 233⁄4 27 291⁄4 7⁄8 1 11⁄16 11⁄8 11⁄4 17⁄16 15⁄8 113⁄16 115⁄16† 21⁄8† 23⁄8*† 25⁄8† 3† 33⁄8† 35⁄8† 311⁄16† 43⁄16† 45⁄8† O Nom.Y Y Nom. (2) The 1 ⁄ 4 ” raised face is not included in length thru Hub. 5† 51⁄4*† 51⁄2† 83⁄4*† 93⁄4*† 105⁄8*† 111⁄8*† - TECHNICAL INFORMATION SLIP-ON. THREADED AND SOCKET FLANGES 213 . Pipe Size O Y(1) 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 271⁄2 291⁄2 32 341⁄4 383⁄4 433⁄4 46 53 27⁄8† 31⁄8 *† 31⁄4† 33⁄8*† 31⁄2*† 311⁄16*† 33⁄4*† 4*† 300 LB.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

STANDARD CAST IRON COMPANION FLANGES
(for working pressures up to 125 psi steam, 175 psi WOG)
Size
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Flange Dia. Bolt Circle

31 ⁄ 2
41 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
5
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
9
10
11
131 ⁄ 2
16
19
21
231 ⁄ 2

21 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 8
31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 2
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
91 ⁄ 2
113 ⁄ 4
141 ⁄ 4
17
183 ⁄ 4
211 ⁄ 4

All dimensions shown are in inches.

& BOLTS

No. Bolts

Bolt Size

Bolt Length

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16

3⁄8

13 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2
13 ⁄ 4
2
21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4

1⁄2
1⁄2
1⁄2
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8
7⁄8

1
1

LAP JOINT FLANGES
Y
O

Nom.
150 LB.
Pipe Size O
Y
1⁄2
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24

31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
5
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
9
10
11
131 ⁄ 2
16
19
21
231 ⁄ 2
25
271 ⁄ 2
32

5⁄8
5⁄8

11 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 16
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 4
15 ⁄ 16
17 ⁄ 16
19 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 4
115 ⁄ 16
23 ⁄ 16
31 ⁄ 8
37 ⁄ 16
313 ⁄ 16
41 ⁄ 16
43 ⁄ 8

300 LB.
O
Y

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
36

7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 2
111 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 4
17 ⁄ 8
2
21 ⁄ 16
27 ⁄ 16
33 ⁄ 4
4
43 ⁄ 8
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 2
6

400 LB.
O
Y
7⁄8
33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
1
47 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 16
51 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 16
71 ⁄ 2
15 ⁄ 8
81 ⁄ 4 113 ⁄ 16
9
115 ⁄ 16
10
2
11
21 ⁄ 8
121 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 4
15 211 ⁄ 16
171 ⁄ 2
4
201 ⁄ 2 41 ⁄ 4
23
45 ⁄ 8
251 ⁄ 2
5
28
53 ⁄ 8
301 ⁄ 2 53 ⁄ 4
36
61 ⁄ 4

600 LB.
O
Y

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
103 ⁄ 4
13
14
161 ⁄ 2
20
22
233 ⁄ 4
27
291 ⁄ 4
32
37

7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
17 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 8
113 ⁄ 16
115 ⁄ 16
21 ⁄ 8
23 ⁄ 8
25 ⁄ 8
3
43 ⁄ 8
45 ⁄ 8
5
51 ⁄ 2
6
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 4

All dimensions shown are in inches.

214

www.anvilintl.com

Size

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14 O.D.
16 O.D.
18 O.D.
20 O.D.
24 O.D.
30 O.D.
36 O.D.
42 O.D.
48 O.D.

Flange Dia. Bolt Circle

47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
36
43
50
57
65

31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 2
5
57 ⁄ 8
65 ⁄ 8
71 ⁄ 4
77 ⁄ 8
91 ⁄ 4
105 ⁄ 8
13
151 ⁄ 4
173 ⁄ 4
201 ⁄ 4
221 ⁄ 2
243 ⁄ 4
27
32
391 ⁄ 4
46
523 ⁄ 4
603 ⁄ 4

No. Bolts

4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24
24
24
28
32
36
40

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

BOLTS

1⁄16"

Bolt Size Bolt Length
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
13 ⁄ 4
2
2
2

BLIND FLANGES

21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4
5
51 ⁄ 2
53 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 4
63 ⁄ 4
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
91 ⁄ 2
10
11

Y
O

Nom.
150 LB.
Pipe Size O
Y(1)
1⁄2
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
1
1 ⁄2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
30
34
36
42

31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
5
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
1
8 ⁄2
9
10
11
131 ⁄ 2
16
19
21
231 ⁄ 2
25
271 ⁄ 2
291 ⁄ 2
32
341 ⁄ 4
383 ⁄ 4
433 ⁄ 4
46
53

7 ⁄ 16
1⁄2
9 ⁄ 16
5⁄8
11 ⁄ 16
3⁄4
7⁄8
15 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16

1
11 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 4
13 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 16
19 ⁄ 16
111 ⁄ 16
113 ⁄ 16
17 ⁄ 8
2
21 ⁄ 8
5
2 ⁄ 16
23 ⁄ 8
25 ⁄ 8

300 LB.
O
Y(1)

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
33
36
381 ⁄ 4
43
471 ⁄ 2
50
57

9 ⁄ 16
5⁄8
11 ⁄ 16
3⁄4
13 ⁄ 16
7⁄8

1

11 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 4
13 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 8
2
21 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 4
23 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 2
25 ⁄ 8
23 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 8
35 ⁄ 8
4
41 ⁄ 8
5
4 ⁄8

400 LB.
O
Y(2)

For
sizes
31 ⁄ 2
and
smaller
use
600 LB.
Standard
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
33
36
381 ⁄ 4
43
471 ⁄ 2
50
57

(1) The 1 ⁄ 16” raised face is included in Thickness, “Y”.
(2) The 1 ⁄ 4 ” raised face is not included in Thickness, “Y”.

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
13 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 2
15 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 8
1⁄4
23 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 2
25 ⁄ 8
23 ⁄ 4
27 ⁄ 8
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
43 ⁄ 8
1
4 ⁄2
51 ⁄ 8

600 LB.
O
Y(2)
9 ⁄ 16
5⁄8
11 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 16
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
13 ⁄ 8
103 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2
13 13 ⁄ 4
14 17 ⁄ 8
161 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄ 16
20 21 ⁄ 2
22 25 ⁄ 8
233 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 4
27
3
291 ⁄ 4 31 ⁄ 4
32 31 ⁄ 2
341 ⁄ 4 33 ⁄ 4
37
4
40 41 ⁄ 4
1
44 ⁄ 2 41 ⁄ 2
49 43 ⁄ 4
513 ⁄ 4 47 ⁄ 8
583 ⁄ 4 51 ⁄ 2

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

EXTRA HEAVY CAST IRON COMPANION FLANGES AND
(for working pressures up to 250 psi steam, 400 psi WOG)

215

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BOLTING DIMENSIONS FOR 150 TO 300 LB. STEEL FLANGE

216

125/150 LB. FLANGE
Nom. Bolt
No.
Pipe Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Size Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.
1⁄2
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18

23 ⁄ 8 1 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4 1 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 8 1 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 2 1 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8 1 ⁄ 2
43 ⁄ 4 5 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 2 5 ⁄ 8
5⁄8
6
5⁄8
7
71 ⁄ 2 5 ⁄ 8
81 ⁄ 2 3 ⁄ 4
91 ⁄ 2 3 ⁄ 4
113 ⁄ 4 3 ⁄ 4
141 ⁄ 8 7 ⁄ 8
17 7 ⁄ 8
183 ⁄ 4 1
211 ⁄ 4 1
223 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 8

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16
16

21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 2
41 ⁄ 2
5
51 ⁄ 4
53 ⁄ 4

13 ⁄ 4
2
2
21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 4
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
3
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 2
43 ⁄ 4

250/300 LB. FLANGE
Bolt
No.
Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.

25 ⁄ 8
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 2
5
57 ⁄ 8
65 ⁄ 8
71 ⁄ 4
77 ⁄ 8
91 ⁄ 4
105 ⁄ 8
13
151 ⁄ 4
173 ⁄ 4
201 ⁄ 4
221 ⁄ 2
243 ⁄ 4

1⁄2
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24

21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
31 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 2
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 2
63 ⁄ 4
71 ⁄ 4
71 ⁄ 2

2
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 4
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 4
53 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 2
63 ⁄ 4

125/150 LB. FLANGE
Nom. Bolt
No.
Pipe Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Size Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.

20
22
24
26
30
34
36
42

25
271 ⁄ 4
291 ⁄ 2
313 ⁄ 4
36
401 ⁄ 2
423 ⁄ 4
491 ⁄ 2

11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2

20
20
20
24
28
32
32
36

6
61 ⁄ 2
63 ⁄ 4
7
71 ⁄ 4
8
81 ⁄ 4
83 ⁄ 4

51 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 2
53 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 4
7
7
71 ⁄ 4

250/300 LB. FLANGE
Bolt
No.
Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.

27
291 ⁄ 4
32
341 ⁄ 2
391 ⁄ 4
431 ⁄ 2
46
523 ⁄ 4

11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2
15 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 4
17 ⁄ 8
2
2

24
24
24
28
28
28
32
36

8
83 ⁄ 4
9
10
111 ⁄ 4
121 ⁄ 4
123 ⁄ 4
133 ⁄ 4

7
71 ⁄ 2
73 ⁄ 4
83 ⁄ 4
10
103 ⁄ 4
111 ⁄ 4
131 ⁄ 2

*1 ⁄ 16" Raised Face
Stud lengths for lap joint flanges are equal to lengths shown plus the thickness of two
laps of the stub ends.

www.anvilintl.com

Nom
Pipe
Size
1⁄2

3⁄4

1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18

400 LB. STEEL FLANGES
600 LB. STEEL FLANGES
Diam
Length Diam
Length
of
Diam No. of Studs
of
Diam No of Studs
Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised
Circle Bolts Bolts
Face
Circle Bolts Bolts Face

25⁄8
31⁄4
31⁄2
37⁄8
41⁄2
5
57⁄8
65⁄8
71⁄4
77⁄8
91⁄4
105⁄8
13
151⁄4
173⁄4
201⁄4
221⁄2
243⁄4

1⁄2

5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8
7⁄8
7⁄8
7⁄8

1
11⁄8
11⁄4
11⁄4
13⁄8
13⁄8

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24

3
31⁄4
31⁄2
33⁄4
4
4
41⁄2
43⁄4
51⁄4
51⁄4
61⁄2
53⁄4
61⁄2
71⁄4
73⁄4
8
81⁄2
83⁄4

25⁄8
31⁄4
31⁄2
37⁄8
41⁄2
5
57⁄8
65⁄8
71⁄4
81⁄2
101⁄2
111⁄2
133⁄4
17
191⁄4
203⁄4
233⁄4
253⁄4

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

1⁄2

5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8
7⁄8

1
1
11⁄8
11⁄4
11⁄4
13⁄8
11⁄2
15⁄8

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
20
20
20
20

3
31⁄4
31⁄2
33⁄4
4
4
41⁄4
43⁄4
51⁄4
51⁄2
61⁄4
61⁄2
71⁄2
81⁄4
81⁄2
9
93⁄4
101⁄2

Nom
Pipe
Size

20
22
24
26
30
34
36
42

400 LB. STEEL FLANGES
600 LB. STEEL FLANGES
Diam
Length Diam
Length
of
Diam No. of Studs
of
Diam No of Studs
Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised
Circle Bolts Bolts
Face
Circle Bolts Bolts Face

27
291⁄4
32
341⁄2
391⁄4
431⁄2
46
523⁄4

11⁄2
15⁄8
13⁄4
13⁄4
2
2
2
21⁄2

24
24
24
28
28
28
32
32

91⁄2
10
101⁄2
111⁄2
13
133⁄4
14
161⁄4

281⁄2
305⁄8
33
36
401⁄4
441⁄2
47
533⁄4

15⁄8
13⁄4
17⁄8
17⁄8
2
21⁄4
21⁄2
23⁄4

24
24
24
28
28
28
28
28

111⁄4
12
123⁄4
131⁄4
14
15
153⁄4
171⁄2

Stud lengths for lap joint flanges are equal to lengths shown minus 1 ⁄ 2 "
plus the thickness of two laps of the stub ends.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BOLTING DIMENSIONS FOR 400 LB./600LB. STEEL FLANGE

217

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ASTM CARBON STEEL PIPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS

218

Pipe and Tubing
Description and Applications

Spec
No.

Seamless milled steel pipe for hightemperature service, suitable for
bending, flanging & similar forming
operations.

(1)
A106

As above, except use Grade A for close
coiling, cold bending or forge welding.

(1)
A106

Black or hot-dip galvanize seamless
or res-welded steel pipe suitable for
A 53
coiling, bending, flanging, & other
special purposes, suitable for welding.
As above, except use Grade A for close
A 53
coiling, cold bending or forge welding.
Black or hot-dip galvanize seamless
or res. welded steel pipe suitable for
A 120
ordinary uses. (When tension, flattening (obsolete)
or bend test required, order to A-53).
Resistance welded steel pipe for liquid,
A 135
gas or vapor.
As above, except use Grade A for
A 135
flanging & bending.

Yield
ASTM Grade
Point or
or Strength
Strength
Type
PSI
PSI

A

48,000

Elongation (% in 2")
Rectangular

STD
Round

Chemical
Composition, %

5⁄16"

5⁄16"

28 long.
OR (4)
30,000
20
trans.
28 long.
OR (4)
35,000
12
trans.

17.5+ 56t
or
40t
12.5+

35

17.5+ 56t

t

25

C

.25 max .27 to.93

17.5+ 56t 35
30 max
or
32t 16.5
6.5+

B

60,000

A

48,000

30,000

28

B

60,000

35,000

22

15+

A

48,000

30,000

B

60,000

35,000

.27 to
1.06

P

S

.048 .058
max max
.048 .058
max max

35

(2)

(3)

-

48t

30

(2)

(3)

-

35

30

17.5+ 56t
15+

MN

48t

.050
max
.050
max

.060
max
.060
max

www.anvilintl.com

Yield
ASTM Grade
Point or
or Strength
Strength
Type
PSI
PSI

Elongation (% in 2")
Rectangular

Pipe and Tubing
Description and Applications

Spec
No.

Electric-fusion-welded strait- or spiralseam pipe for liquid, gas or vapor from
mill grades of plate.

A 139

A

48,000

30,000

As above

A 139

B

60,000

35,000

A105

I

60,000

30,000

A 105

II

70,000

A 181

I

A 181

II

Forged Pipe, Flanges
Description and Applications
Forged or rolled steel pipe flanges,
fittings (6) values and parts for high
temperature service. Heat treatment
required; may be annealed or
normalized.
As above
As above except for general service.
Heat treatment is not required.

As above

Chemical
Composition, %

5⁄16"

5⁄16"

C

MN

17.5+ 56t

35

.30 to
1.00

.040 .050
max max

48t

30

.30 max

.30 to
1.00

.040 .050
max max

25

.35 (5)
max

.90 max

36,000

22

60,000

30,000

22

70,000

36,000

18

(1) 0.10% silicon minimum.
(2) Open hearth, 0.13 max for 1⁄8" and 1⁄4" size resistance welded pipe only
(3) Seamless: open hearth 0.048 max, acid bessemar 0.11 max;
Res. welded: open hearth 0.050 max.
(4) Longitudinal or transverse direction of test specimen with respect to
pipe axis

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

STD
Round

t

15+

.35 (5)
max
.35 (5)
max
.35 (5)
max

P

S

.05
max

.05
max

.05
max
.05
.90 max
max
.05
.90 max
max

.05
max
.05
max
.05
max

.90 max

(5) When flanges will be subject to fusion welding, carbon content shall be
≤0.35%. If carbon is ≤0.35%, it may be necessary to add silicon to
meet required tensile properties. The silicon content shall be ≤0.35%.
(6) Factor-made Wrought Carbon Steel and Ferritic Alloy Steel Welding
Fitting Specifications are covered under ASTM A234.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ASTM CARBON STEEL PIPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS

219

2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 2.63 8. 37 1 ⁄2 22 1⁄ 2 15 B 10 15 15 10 5 1 Step 1– Measure distance on outside arc us- A ing the values from the previous table & make a mark.anvilintl.00 30.50 4.00 36.00 1° 5° 10° 221⁄ 2° 15° A B A B A B A B 1⁄16 1⁄ 32 3⁄ 8 5⁄ 32 23⁄ 32 5⁄16 15⁄ 32 3⁄ 32 1⁄ 32 29⁄ 32 1⁄16 7⁄16 17⁄ 32 3⁄16 3⁄ 32 1⁄4 13⁄32 13⁄ 32 15⁄ 32 1⁄8 5⁄ 32 1⁄16 5⁄ 8 23⁄ 32 9⁄ 32 3⁄16 7⁄32 9⁄ 32 11⁄32 7⁄16 1⁄ 2 9⁄16 5⁄ 8 11⁄16 25⁄ 32 27⁄ 32 29⁄ 32 11⁄16 13⁄16 11⁄4 115⁄32 3⁄ 32 29⁄ 32 11⁄16 17⁄16 125⁄32 21⁄8 27⁄16 225⁄32 35⁄32 31⁄2 327⁄32 43⁄16 417⁄32 51⁄4 515⁄16 69⁄32 711⁄32 13⁄ 32 11⁄4 17⁄16 125⁄32 25⁄ 32 227⁄32 39⁄16 41⁄4 47⁄8 519⁄32 69⁄32 631⁄32 711⁄16 83⁄8 91⁄16 1015⁄32 117⁄8 129⁄16 1421⁄32 13⁄32 111⁄32 15⁄8 129⁄32 25⁄32 211⁄16 37⁄32 49⁄32 511⁄32 63⁄8 711⁄32 83⁄8 97⁄16 1015⁄32 1117⁄32 129⁄16 135⁄8 1523⁄32 1713⁄16 1827⁄32 22 1⁄16 3⁄ 32 1⁄8 5⁄ 32 3⁄16 1⁄4 9⁄ 32 5⁄16 11⁄ 32 3⁄ 8 13⁄ 32 15⁄ 32 17⁄ 32 19⁄ 32 5⁄ 8 23⁄ 32 5⁄16 1⁄ 2 21⁄ 32 27⁄ 32 1 7⁄ 32 113⁄32 19⁄16 13⁄4 129⁄32 23⁄32 29⁄32 25⁄8 231⁄32 35⁄32 321⁄32 9⁄16 21⁄ 32 13⁄16 1 111⁄32 111⁄16 21⁄32 27⁄16 225⁄32 35⁄32 31⁄2 327⁄32 43⁄16 417⁄32 51⁄4 515⁄16 69⁄32 711⁄32 A 121⁄32 19⁄ 32 21⁄ 32 23⁄ 32 215⁄ 32 27⁄ 32 227⁄ 32 31⁄32 31⁄4 11⁄4 41⁄32 11⁄2 427⁄32 2 613⁄32 217⁄32 8 31⁄32 99⁄16 321⁄32 11 43⁄16 129⁄16 423⁄32 141⁄8 51⁄4 1523⁄32 53⁄4 179⁄32 69⁄32 1827⁄32 613⁄16 2013⁄32 727⁄32 239⁄16 829⁄32 2623⁄32 97⁄16 289⁄32 11 33 371⁄ 2° 45° B A B 23⁄32 29⁄32 13⁄32 19⁄32 115⁄32 127⁄32 27⁄32 31⁄32 325⁄32 49⁄16 51⁄2 69⁄32 71⁄16 727⁄32 85⁄8 97⁄16 107⁄32 1125⁄32 1311⁄32 141⁄8 161⁄2 23⁄4 313⁄32 43⁄32 43⁄4 513⁄32 623⁄32 81⁄16 1011⁄16 1311⁄32 1531⁄32 185⁄16 2015⁄16 239⁄16 23⁄16 2813⁄16 3113⁄32 341⁄32 399⁄32 441⁄2 471⁄8 5431⁄32 13⁄16 11⁄2 113⁄16 21⁄8 215⁄32 33⁄32 323⁄32 51⁄32 65⁄16 719⁄32 95⁄32 1015⁄32 1125⁄32 133⁄32 1413⁄32 1523⁄32 171⁄32 195⁄8 221⁄4 239⁄16 271⁄2 A B 39⁄32 17⁄16 41⁄16 113⁄16 429⁄32 25⁄32 511⁄16 29⁄16 615⁄32 215⁄16 81⁄16 323⁄32 921⁄32 415⁄32 1213⁄16 61⁄32 16 79⁄16 195⁄32 91⁄8 22 11 251⁄8 19⁄16 289⁄32 141⁄8 3113⁄32 1523⁄32 349⁄16 179⁄32 3711⁄16 1827⁄32 4027⁄32 2013⁄32 471⁄8 239⁄16 5313⁄32 2623⁄32 569⁄16 289⁄32 6531⁄32 33 www.00 18.00 24.56 6. Step 2 – Measure distance on inside arc using the values from the table below & make a mark.38 2.00 4.00 20. O.D.88 3.75 14.00 16.50 5.00 22.00 42.TECHNICAL INFORMATION HOW TO CUT ODD-ANGLE ELBOWS 220 37 1 ⁄2 A 22 1 ⁄2 45 Nom.75 12.com .63 10.00 26.00 34. Step 3 B – Wrap tape around elbow & mark cutting line.

6. Rotate pipe 90°. Repeat procedure. 3. 2. 4. Level pipe using spirit level. Level pipe using spirit level. Tack weld in place. 3. Place fitting to pipe leaving small welding gap. Below and on the following page are alignment procedures commonly used by today’s craftsmen. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 45° ELBOW-TO-PIPE 1. TECHNICAL INFORMATION ALIGNMENT OF PIPE 221 . 4. 2. Place fitting to pipe leaving small welding gap. Tack weld in place. 5. some simple procedures can be followed to assist the pipe fitter. 4. Level one length of pipe using spirit level. Place spirit level on face of elbow and maneuver elbow until level. 90° ELBOW-TO-PIPE 1. Place spirit level on face of tee and maneuver tee until level. 2. 3. In addition to using welding rings. Level pipe using spirit level.Proper alignment is important if a piping system is to be correctly fabricated. 3. Tack weld in place. PIPE-TO-PIPE 1. Poor alignment may result in welding difficulties and a system that does not function properly. Place spirit level over both pipes as shown and maneuver unpositioned length until both are level. 2. Place 45" spirit level on face of elbow and maneuver elbow until bubble is centered. Bring lengths together leaving only small welding gap. TEE-TO-PIPE 1. 4. Tack weld top and bottom. Place tee to pipe leaving small welding gap. Welding rings may be employed to assure proper alignment as well as the correct welding gap.

222 FLANGE-TO-PIPE JIG FOR SMALL DIAMETER PIPING 1. Tack weld in place. 1. Cut Slots Using Fitting as Guide Weld Sides www. 1⁄8" x 3⁄4" for sizes 1" or smaller. CONT'D. 2. 4.com . Weld Sides 5.anvilintl. Place elbow in jig and saw half thru sides of channel iron as shown. Repeat this step with several elbows so jig may be used for different operations. Check sides in same way. 6. 2. Center square on face of flange as shown. 3. Heat & Bend 3. Heat bottom of notch with torch. Bring flange to pipe end leaving small welding gap. 4. Cut out 90° notches about 9" from end. 5.TECHNICAL INFORMATION ALIGNMENT OF PIPE. A used hack saw blade placed in notch as shown will provide proper welding gap. Bend channel iron to 90° angle and weld sides. Use 1⁄8" x 11⁄2" for pipe sizes 11⁄4" thru 3". The jig is made from channel iron 3' 9" long. Cut Notch. Tack weld in place. Align top two holes of flange with spirit level.

970 28.230 0.100 49.100 101. Drill Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 1 1 ⁄2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 27 18 18 14 14 111 ⁄ 2 111 ⁄ 2 111 ⁄ 2 111 ⁄ 2 8 8 8 8 Drill Dia.837 2.890 11.450 104.000 59.570 43.455 2.851 1.132 0.620 18.718 3.000 0.580 9.490 158.130 125.200 TECHNICAL INFORMATION 1⁄8 PIPE & WATER WEIGHT/FOOT (Unified National Coarse) 223 .DRILL SIZES FOR NPT PIPE TAPS TAP & DRILL SIZES Tap Size Threads/In.200 4.648 0.000 1.882 1.200 126.088 1.474 2.661 10.793 7.090 82.510 14.997 3.510 8.374 0.480 49.580 54.290 19.250 12.076 3.980 7.022 7.555 0.280 1.800 32.740 65.000 57.420 72.580 70.780 28.550 40.311 0.200 0.620 119.570 62.500 76.653 5.) XS Pipe Water 0.690 34.590 78.980 20.500 98.765 1.172 2.864 3.770 93.660 12.790 14. Tap Size Threads/In.101 0.631 5.390 54.800 180.510 21.280 5.131 1.110 10.188 0.800 291.700 79.850 4.000 183.600 94. Pipe Size 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 1 1 ⁄2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 WEIGHT (Lb. R 7 ⁄ 16 37 ⁄ 64 23 ⁄ 32 59 ⁄ 64 15 ⁄ 32 11 ⁄ 2 147 ⁄ 64 27 ⁄ 32 25 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 4 33⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 4 1⁄ 4 5⁄ 16 3⁄ 8 7⁄ 16 1⁄ 2 9⁄ 16 5⁄ 8 3⁄ 4 7⁄ 8 1 1 1⁄ 8 1 1⁄ 4 1 3⁄ 8 1 1⁄ 2 1 3⁄ 4 2 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 20 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 4 1⁄ 2 7 F 5⁄ 16 U 27⁄ 64 31⁄ 64 17⁄ 32 21⁄ 32 49⁄ 64 7⁄ 8 63⁄ 64 17⁄64 17⁄32 111⁄32 19⁄16 125⁄32 Nom.300 47.100 286.400 122.) STD Pipe Water WEIGHT (Lb.679 2.273 2.

0 215. in Inches Boiling of Mercury Point 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 76.1 337.20 4.49 3.19 165.71 2.45 151.61 187.25 1.29 3.93 114.27 1.8 297.93 1.56 3.91 Vacuum.50 196.13 4.82 2.24 169.19 1.67 2.51 3.78 2.87 156.75 161.8 239.01 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 REGULAR Red Brass Copper 0.23 1.96 1.25 204.46 4.22 124.39 4.87 200.9 www.10 5.BOILING POINTS OF WATER AT VARIOUS PRESSURES TECHNICAL INFORMATION WEIGHT/FOOT .80 Vacuum.22 140.75 192.9 352.7 320.77 133.00 172.21 189.96 202.SEAMLESS BRASS & COPPER PIPE 224 Nominal Pipe Size Yellow Brass 1⁄2 0.80 178.99 5.51 1.23 1.6 218.com .82 184.50 210.9 387.73 198.12 0.4 249.19 194.8 234.19 5.22 EXTRA STRONG Yellow Red Brass Brass Copper 1.04 4.67 1.5 224. in Inches Boiling of Mercury Point 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 181.70 208.73 2.62 2.8 266.4 229.51 175.31 146.30 1.25 Pressure Boiling Gauge Lbs Point 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 25 50 75 100 125 200 212.63 3.anvilintl.69 3.85 206.39 3.62 99.91 1.

16 346. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION FEET HEAD TO WATER PRESSURE WATER PRESSURE TO FEET HEAD 225 .93 151.In./Sq.00 NOTE: One foot of water at 62°F equals 0.63 46.55 259. multiply the feet head by 0.96 69.58 173.85 303.47 389.000 77.62 108. Feet Head 180 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1.33 6.30 60.58 173. Feet Head 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 92.18 57.29 73./Sq.09 34.96 69.In.97 56.32 21.433. 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 17.24 11.24 216.16 18.30 1.63 184.78 23.47 20./Sq.In./Sq.63 Lbs.In.27 129.83 12.63 64.50 8.31 47.73 2.32 34.81 43.27 Lbs.31 47.66 10. Feet Head 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 25 30 2. 180 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1.In./Sq.17 2.54 13.97 56.03 3.63 64.31 4.62 108./Sq.72 207.45 138.43 0.99 30.Lbs.90 4.30 60. To find the pressure per square inch for any feet head not given in the table above.00 Feet Head Lbs.62 6.46 3.78 433.55 259.72 69.85 303.64 51.In. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 25 30 0.60 3.93 9.96 86.27 129.98 43.54 161.24 216.65 38.16 346.65 25.99 Feet Head Lbs.47 389.85 16.64 51.63 Feet Head Lbs.78 433.433 pound pressure per square inch.96 86.36 115.29 73.87 1.000 77.93 151.

Draw a horizontal line from the known point to column “G”.conversion chart to determine the number of gallons in a certain number of cubic feet of liquid. Procedures for using the chart are as follows: “D” shows the cubic feet/minute flowing through the pipe. “Exact” gives the exact diameter. standard pipe). of exactly 1 in. A little practice will prove this chart to be a real timesaver. “E” and “F” gives the following information: “E” shows the volume of flow in gallons/minute If a quantity in columns “D”. From the intersection of this line with column “B”. multiply the value of column “F” by the specific gravity of the liquid for accurate weight conversion. “E” and “F” is known then velocity may be determined by reversing the procedure. “F” gives the weight of the water in pounds/minute.TECHNICAL INFORMATION FLOW CONVERSION CHART 226 The accompanying chart provides fast answers to many problems that may confront the pipe fitter. To apply the chart to the problem locate 1 in. Note that there are three sets of figures shown in connection with the extreme left-hand column A.) “Standard” gives the internal diameter of standard pipe (somewhat greater than 1" for 1 in.P. in column “A” using the scale “Exact” and run a straight line from the point through the 3 in column “C”. run a straight line horizontally to column “G”. of the pipe in column “A” and extend this line to cross column “C”. (For liquids other tharn water. “Extra Heavy” gives the internal diameter of extra heavy pipe. The intersection with column “C” gives the velocity in feet/second. www.D.anvilintl.D.S. Velocity of the water being 3 F. From this intersection draw a line to the exact I. The chart can be used as a. The intersection of this line at columns “D”. EXAMPLE:How much water is passing through a pipe with parameters: I.com . The horizontal line already drawn to determine answers in columns “C” and “D” will provide the answer to the conversion in column “E”.

0 1 ⁄ 2" 3⁄4" 1" 3 10 2 20 4 6 1⁄ 4 " 1 1⁄ 2 " 2" 7 2 1⁄ 2 " 11⁄4" 11⁄2" 2" 2 3 1 2 5 10 50 100 5 3 1⁄ 2" 2 1⁄ 2 " 9 5" 4 6" 9 10 7 8 3" 31⁄2" 4" 41⁄2" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 6 20 20 50 100 200 500 1.2 3⁄8" 0.1 2 1⁄8" 0.4 1⁄8" 0./Min.9 1.5 1 6 1 1" 0.000 Extra Heavy TECHNICAL INFORMATION FLOW CONVERSION CHART 227 .000 5.000 100.5 0.000 2. F Lbs. D Ft.6 0.7 0.000 9 A 12" 14" 13" 15" 15 200 10.1 1 4 1⁄2" 20 50.0 0.5 3⁄8" 0.000 8 50 200 7 7 9 10 100 500 3.000 B 8" 9" 10" 12" 13"14"15" 7" 6 5 11 10 5 4 10 1 ⁄2 " 4" 4 3 5 6 8 3 3" 2 1./Sec.000 10.000 200.8 1.000 5.03 2 2 5 3 0.000 30 C Velocity.5 0.3 0. (water) 30./Min.000 20.4 0.3 0.3/Min.000 2.000 8 12 14 16 500 1.6 0.01 0.5 1 3 ⁄ 4" 0. E Gal.1 0.3 3 1⁄4" 1⁄4" 0.000 10 11 G ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Exact Standard 1.8 0. Ft.

323 0. . . Scalding . .7 7. .5 9. . Above 32°F) Carbon & Brass Temp Carbon Molly Cast & Wrought °F Steel Iron Copper Bronze Iron 32 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 0. . .818 0. . . . .7 2. . . .309 0. . .1 0.9 6.2 – – – – Material Chemical Wt.2 5.anvilintl. .8 5.7 5.277 0.8 6.0 2.2 5.650°F Light Salmon . .2834 0.32 0. . .6 5.3 4.0 0. . Free Scalding . .825°F Light Yellow . .2 9. .5 – – – – – – 0. . . . 1.9 3. . . . . .6975 0. . . .3 2.375°F Light Cherry. . .725°F Yellow .5 1.6 4. .6 6. Pipe Size (180°F) 5 PSIG (20 PSIA) 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 60 73 90 112 126 155 185 221 244 279 96 118 144 179 202 248 296 355 401 448 COLORS & APPROXIMATE TEMPERATURE FOR CARBON STEEL Black Red . . . .205 450 490 710 463 849 534 550 1.7 3. . .4 8. .9 4. in Lbs. . 1.9 6. . .2 3. . . .5 0. 1.5 0. 990°F Dark Blood Red . . . .4 3. .0 2.7 2.413 490 484 459 221 446 www. . . . . . Symbol Per Cubic In.8 4. . . . .1 6. .5 7.com . .265 0.2679 0.1278 0.9 4.491 0. .303 0. . . . .4 2. . 1.250°F Full Cherry Red .2 1.220°F TOTAL THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPING MATERIAL WEIGHTS OF METALS (Inches Per 100 Ft.0 8.6 3.8 1. .0 4.3 6. .2 2.8 1. .TECHNICAL INFORMATION HEAT LOSSES FROM HORIZONTAL BARE STEEL PIPE 228 (BTU per hour per linear foot at 70°F room temperature) PIPE HOT WATER STEAM Nom. . .8 1.5 2.4 8. . . . .2 1.175°F Medium Cherry Red . . . . .4105 0.5 0. . 1.093 0. .4 7.0 0. .4 2. . . 2. .4 4.7 7.6 3. .3 1.1 3. Aluminum Al Antimony Sb Brass – Bronze – Chromium Cr Copper Cu Gold Au Iron (cast) Fe Iron (wrought) Fe Lead Pb Maganese Mn Mercury Hg Molybdenum Mo Monel – Platinum Pt Steel (mild) – Steel (stainless) – Tin Sn Titanium Ti Zinc Zn 0.9 2.0 0. . . . Per Cubic Ft. .8 1. . Wt.0 0. .1 4. 1. .8 5. .9 1. . .3 5. .6 5.26 0.050°F Dark Cherry Red . . .1 3. . 1.3 4.2 7.0 2.3 5. .5 3. . 1.0 7.0 – – – – – – 0.9 8. . . .7 3.3 – – – – 0. .975°F White .in Lbs. .2816 0.550° Salmon.318 0. . .258 160 418 524 552 406 558 1. .0 0. . 1.2348 0. . .0 6. . .2422 0.

. CO2 .0. .000 138. .0. . . . . at 60°F. . . . . . . . .53 Carbon_monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .000 152. . .1.067 Butene . .20 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .000 145. . . . .74 0.) Brine (Sodium Chloride 25%) Pennsylvania Crude Oil Fuel Oil No. . . . . . . . . C4H8 . . FT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0. . . . . . H2. . . . . . . . .00 1. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fuel Oil No. . . .138 Hydrogen . .596 Carbon-dioxide . . . . . . . . . . . NH3 . . .92" Hg. . weights 62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .670 LIQUIDS Fuel Oil No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .000 GASES Natural Gas Producers Gas Illuminating Gas Mixed (Coke oven and water gas) BTU VALUES PER CU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. .1. . Weighs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Fuel Oil No. & 29. . . . . .-ft. . . . . . C2H2 . . . . . . .554 Ammonia . . . C4H10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH4 . . . . . . . .000 148. . . . .82 0.0. . He . . . . . . . . . . .0696 Nitrogen . . .TYPICAL BTU VALUES OF FUELS Dry Air (1 cu. . . . .080 10. . . .95 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0. . . . . . . . . . Cl2 . . .93 Chlorine . . . . . . . . . . . .0.91 Ethane . . . . . O2 .230 14.1. . . . . . . . . . . . N2. . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK ASTM RANK SOLIDS Anthracite Class I Bitiminous Class II Group 1 Bitiminous Class II Group 3 Sub-Bituminous Class III Group 1 Sub-Bituminous Class III Group 2 BTU VALUES PER POUND 11.05 Methane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C2H4 . . 1 and 2 Gasoline Kerosene Lubricating Oil SAE 10-20-30 Temp °F Specific Gravity 50 32 80 85 80 85 115 1.41 lb.967 Butane .1053 SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF LIQUIDS Liquid Water (1 cu. . . . . . . .810 9. 6 BTU VALUES PER GALLON 136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935 to 1132 163 534 545 TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF GASES 229 . . 1 Fuel Oil No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 0. . . CO . . . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . .000 Acetylene . 5 Fuel Oil No. . .07638 pound) . . . . . . . . .486 Helium . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . .100 13. .9718 Oxygen . . . . .0. . . . . . . . . . .

100 1. Antimony 200 800 700 600 500 400 300 Silver Brass 300 Magnesium Alloys Tin Alloys 100 0 200 100 0 Tin Babbitt Lead Alloys www.anvilintl.200 2.300 1.100 2.500 1.400 1.100 900 1.230 Degree (C) Degree (F) 1.600 1. Alloys Magnesium.200 1.500 2.000 800 700 600 500 3.500 1.000 900 Chromium Mild Cobalt Monel Steel Hard Pure Nickel Steel Iron Silicon Wrought Nickel Iron Alloys Manganese Haynes Stellite Chromium.600 2.900 1.000 1.700 2.300 1.600 1.300 2.400 2. Alloys Nickel.800 1.900 2.com .800 2.400 1.200 1. o r Du ll Re d Med ium Cher ry Dark Cher ry Bloo d Re d Salm on Oran ge Brigh t Red Lem on Color Scale Ligh t Yell ow Melting Points of Metals & Alloys of Practical Importance Whit e TECHNICAL INFORMATION MELTING POINT OF METALS 400 Lead Bronze Aluminum Aluminum. and Iron Gold Copper Cast Iron Chromium-Nickel Cast Iron Blac k He at Faint Red Cher ry.000 2.700 1. Chromium-Nickel St’ls.

ALLOY STEEL: A Steel which
owes its distinctive properties
to elements other than
carbon.
AREA OF A CIRCLE: The
measurement of the surface
within a circle. To find the
area of a circle, multiply the
product of the radius times
the radius by Pi (3.142).
Commonly written A = πr2.
BRAZE WELD OR BRAZING:
A process of joining metals
using a nonferrous filler metal
or alloy, the melting point of
which is higher than 800°F
but lower than that of the
metals to be joined.
BUTT WELD: A circumferential
weld in pipe fusing
the abutting pipe walls
completely from inside wall
to outside wall.

CARBON STEEL: A steel which
owes its distinctive properties
chiefly to the various
percentages of carbon (as
distinguished from the other
elements) which it contains.
CIRCUMFERENCE OF A CIRCLE:
The measurement around the
perimeter of a circle. To find
the circumference, multiply
Pi (3.142) by the diameter.
(Commonly written as πd).
COEFFICIENT OF EXPANSION:
A number indicating the degree
of expansion or contraction of a
substance.
The coefficient of expansion
is not constant and varies
with changes in temperature.
For linear expansion it is
expressed as the change in
length of one unit of length
of a substance having one
degree rise in temperature.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

CORROSION: The gradual
destruction or alteration of
a metal or alloy caused by
direct chemical attack or by
electrochemical reaction.

ELASTIC LIMIT: The greatest
stress which a material
can withstand without a
permanent deformation after
release of the stress.

CREEP: The plastic flow of
pipe within a system; the
permanent set in metal
caused by stresses at high
temperatures. Generally
associated with a time rate of
deformation.

EROSION: The gradual
destruction of metal or other
material by the abrasive
action of liquids, gases, solids
or mixtures thereof.

DIAMETER OF A CIRCLE: A
straight line drawn through
the center of a circle from one
extreme edge to the other.
Equal to twice the radius.
DUCTILITY: The property of
elongation, above the elastic
limit, but under the tensile
strength.
A measure of ductility is the
percentage of elongation of
the fractured piece over its
original length.

RADIUS OF A CIRCLE: A
straight line drawn from the
center to the extreme edge of
a circle.
SOCKET FITTING: A fitting
used to join pipe in which
the pipe is inserted into the
fitting. A fillet weld is then
made around the edge of the
fitting and the outside wall of
the pipe.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

USEFUL DEFINITIONS

231

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

USEFUL DEFINITIONS

232

SOLDERING: A method of
joining metals using fusible
alloys, formerly tin and lead,
having melting points under
700°F
STRAIN: Change of shape or
size of a body produced by
the action of a stress.
STRESS: The intensity of the
internal, distributed forces
which resist a change in
the form of a body. When
external forces act on a body
they are resisted by reactions
within the body which are
termed stresses.
TENSILE STRESS: One that
resists a force tending to pull
a body apart.
COMPRESSIVE STRESS: One
that resists a force tending to
crush a body.

SHEARING STRESS: One that
resists a force tending to
make one layer of a body
slide across another layer.
TORSIONAL STRESS: One that
resists forces tending to twist
a body.
TENSILE STRENGTH: The
maximum tensile stress which
a material will develop. The
tensile strength is usually
considered to be the load
in pounds per square inch
at which a test specimen
ruptures.
TURBULENCE: Any deviation
from parallel flow in a pipe
due to rough inner walls,
obstructions or directional
changes.
VELOCITY: Time rate of
motion in a given direction
and sense, usually expressed
in feet per second.

VOLUME OF A PIPE: The
measurement of the space
within the walls of the pipe.
To find the volume of a pipe,
multiply the length (or height)
of the pipe by the product of
the inside radius times the
inside radius by Pi (3.142).
Commonly written as V =
hπr2.
WELDING: A process of
joining metals by heating
until they are fused together,
or by heating and applying
pressure until there is a
plastic joining action. Filler
metal may or may not be
used.
YIELD STRENGTH: The stress
at which a material exhibits a
specified limiting permanent
set. (.2% or.5%)

www.anvilintl.com

=
=
500 lb. per hr.
=
1 cu. ft. per min. (cfm) =

0.134 cu. ft. per min
500 lb.per hr. x sp. gr.
1 gpm / sp. gr.
448.8 gal. per hr. (gph)

POWER
1 Btu per hr.

= 0.293 watt
= 12.96 ft. lb. per min.
= 0.00039 hp
1 ton refrigeration (U.S.)= 288,000 Btu per 24 hr.
= 12,000 Btu per hr.
= 200 Btu per min.
= 83.33 lb. ice melted per
24 hr. from & at 32°F.
= 2,000 lb. ice melted per
24 hr. from & at 32°F
1 hp
= 550 ft. lb. per sec.
= 746 watt
= 2,545 Btu per hr.
1 boiler hp
= 33,480 Btu per hr.
= 34.5 lb. water evap. per
hr. from & at 212°F
= 9.8 kw.
1 kw.
= 3,413 Btu per hr.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

WEIGHT OF WATER

MASS

FLOW
1 gpm

1 lb. (avoir.)

=
=
=
=

1 ton (short)
1 ton (long)

16 oz. (avoir.)
7,000 grain
2,000 lb.
2,240 lb.

1 cu. ft. at 50°F.
1 gal. at 50°F.
1 cu. ft. of ice
1 cu. ft. at 39.2°F.

=
=
=
=

Note: Water is at its
greatest density at 39.2°F

PRESSURE
1 lb. Per sq. in.
1 ft. water at 60°F
1 in. Hg at 60°F
1 lb. Per sq. in.
Absolute (psia)

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

3.13 ft. water at 60°F
2.04 in. hg at 60°F
.433 lb. per sq. in.
.884 in. hg at 60°F
.49 lb. per sq. in.
1.13 ft. water at 60°F
lb. per sq. in gauge (psig)
14.7

TEMPERATURE
°C

1 cu. ft.

WEIGHT OF LIQUID
1 gal. (U.S.)
1 cu. ft.
1 lb.

=
=
=
=

128 fl. oz. (U.S.)
231 cu. in.
.833 gal. (Brit.)
7.48 gal. (U.S.)

=
=
=
=

8.34 lb. x sp. gr.
62.4 lb. x sp. gr.
.12 U.S. gal. / sp. gr.
.016 cu. ft. / sp. gr.

WORK
1 Btu (mean)

= (°F-32) x 5/9

VOLUME
I gal. (U.S.)

62.41 lb.
8.34 lb.
57.2 lb.
62.43 lb.

1 hp-hr
1 Kwhr

= 778 ft. lb.
= .293 watt hr.
= 1⁄180 of heat required to
change temp of 1 lb.
water from 32°F to 212°F
= 2545 Btu (mean)
= .746 kwhr
= 3413 Btu (mean)
= 1.34 hp-hr

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

UNIT CONVERSIONS

233

GEOMETRY FORMULAS
A1 = SURFACE

C=π•D
D=2•R

C
D

ELLIPSE
C

A=π•A•B
C=2•π•

A2 + B2
2

V = VOLUME

C = CIRCUMFERENCE

A = (π • R2 • α) / 360
L = (π • R • α) / 180
α = (L • 180) / (π • R)
R = (L • 180) / ( π • α)

B

π = PI (3.14159)

ELLIPTICAL TANKS
A1 = 2 • π •

L
R

α

(

A • B + H • A2 + B2
2

V=π•A•B•H

A

B

H

A = (W • H) / 2

A1 = 2 • [ (W • L) + (L • H) + (H • W)]
L
W
V=W•L•H

H

H

W

CONE

PARALLELOGRAM
H

H

R

RECTANGLE
CYLINDER

L

A=H•L

H

TRAPEZOID
A = H • (L1 + L2) / 2

S

A=H•L

SPHERE

A1 = (π • R • S) + (π • R2)
V = (π • R2 • H) / 3

L

A1 = 6 • π • R2
V = (4 • π • R3) / 3

R

CAPACITY IN GALLONS

A1 = (2 • π • R2) + (2 • π • R • H)
V = π • R2 • H
R

L1
H

L2

)

RECTANGULAR SOLID

TRIANGLE

A

H

234

AREA OF SOLIDS

SECTOR OF CIRCLE

CIRCLE
A = π • R2
R=D/2

R

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

A = AREA

For the above contains, capacity in
gallons (G) is:
G = (V / 231 ); when V is in cubic
inches
G = (V • 7.48); when V is in cubic feet

www.anvilintl.com

Simple Flow Rate
Q = K • P 0.5, where
Q = flow rate (GPM)
K = discharge coefficient of pipe
P = pressure (PSI)
General Volumetric Flow Rate
Q = 29.8 • D2 Cd • P0.5, where
Q = flow rate (GPM)
D = outlet diameter (Inches)
Cd = discharge coefficient based on
outlet geometry
P = pressure (PSI)
Pressure Tank Sizing (Tank above sprinklers)
P = (30/A) - 15, where
P = air pressure in tank (PSI)
A = proportion of air in the tank
Pressure Tank Sizing (Tank below sprinklers)
P = (30/A) - 15 + (0.43 • H/A), where
P = air pressure carried in tank (PSI)
A = proportion of air in the tank
H = height of highest sprinkler above
tank bottom (Ft)

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

Pressure Tank Sizing (Hydraulically calculated)

Hazen-Williams Formula for Pressure Loss

Pi = [(Pf + 15)/A] - 15, where
Pi = tank air pressure to use (PSI)
A = proportion of air in the tank
Pf = system pressure req'd per hydraulic
calc. (PSI)

P = (4.52 • Q1.85) / (C1.85 • d4.87), where:]
P = pressure loss (PSI) per lineal ft.
Q = flow rate (GPM)
C = friction factor of pipe (constant)
d = internal diameter of pipe (Inches)

Darcy-Weisbach Formula for Friction Loss
HL = f • (L/D) • (v2/2g), where
HL = friction loss (Ft)
Re = Reynolds number (pVD / µ)
f = friction factor (f=64/Re)
v = water velocity (Ft/Sec)
g = gravitational constant (32.174ft/sec2)
D = pipe diameter (Ft)
L = pipe length (Ft)
PRESSURE VELOCITY
Pv = 0.001123 • Q2 / D4 , where
Pv = pressure velocity (PSI)
Q = flow rate (GPM)
D = internal dia. of pipe (Inches)

Typical “C” values:
Unlined cast or ductile iron . . . . . .100
Black steel (dry sys.incl.preaction). .100
Black steel (wet sys.incl.deluge) . . .120
Galvanized (all) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Plastic (listed)– all . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Cement lined cast or ductile iron . .140
Copper tube or stainless steel . . . . .150
Hazen-Williams Formula for Pressure Loss
(in SI units)
P = 6.05 • 105 • Q1.85 / (C1.85 • d4.87),
where
P = pressure loss (Bars) per lineal meter
Q = flow rate (Litre/Min)
C = friction factor of pipe (constant)
d = internal diameter of pipe (mm)

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

SPRINKLER SYSTEM FORMULAS

235

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

STANDARD CONVERSIONS

236

TO CHANGE

TO

MULTIPLY BY

Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0833
Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Millimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4
Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3333
Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Square Inches . . . . . . . . . . . Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00694
Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.11111
Square yards . . . . . . . . . . . . Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cubic Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00058
Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728
Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03703
Cubic yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Cubic Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00433
Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48
Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1337
Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33
Pounds of water . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.12004
Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0625
Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

TO CHANGE

TO

MULTIPLY BY

Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . 0.0361
Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0735
Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Ounces per square inch . . . . . . . 0.578
Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square foot . . . . . . . . . . 5.2
Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.6
Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1333
Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . 0.4914
Ounces per square inch . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.127
Ounces per square inch . . . Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.733
Pounds per square inch . . . . Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.72
Pounds per square inch . . . . Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31
Pounds per square inch . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.04
Pounds per square inch . . . . Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0681
Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . . 0.434
Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square foot . . . . . . . . . 62.5
Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8824
Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . 14.696
Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.92
Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Long tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2240
Short tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000
Short tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.89285

www.anvilintl.com

(1)
2.95
3.00
3.05
3.10
3.15
3.20
3.25
3.30
3.35
3.40
3.45
3.50
3.55
3.60
3.65
3.70
3.75
3.80
3.85
3.90
3.95
4.00

(2)
429
415
401
388
375
363
352
341
331
321
311
302
293
285
277
269
262
255
248
241
235
229

(3)
455
440
425
410
396
383
372
360
350
339
328
319
309
301
292
284
276
269
261
253
247
241

(4)






(110.0)
(109.0)
(108.5)
(108.0)
(107.5)
(107.0)
(106.0)
(105.5)
(104.5)
(104.0)
(103.0)
(102.0)
(101.0)
100.0
99.0
98.2

(5)
45.7
44.5
43.1
41.8
40.4
39.1
37.9
36.9
35.5
34.3
33.1
32.1
30.9
29.9
28.8
27.6
26.6
25.4
24.2
22.8
21.7
20.5

(6)
83.4
82.8
82.0
81.4
80.6
80.0
79.3
78.6
78.0
77.3
76.7
76.1
75.5
75.0
74.4
73.7
73.1
72.5
71.7
70.9
70.3
69.7

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

(4) Rockwell Hardness Number
B-Scale 100-KG. Load; 1⁄16" Diameter Ball
(5) Rockwell Hardness Number
C-Scale 150-KG. Load Brale Penetrator
Rockwell Superficial Hardness Number
(7)
64.6
63.5
62.3
61.1
59.9
58.7
57.6
56.4
55.4
54.3
53.3
52.2
51.2
50.3
49.3
48.3
47.3
46.2
45.1
43.9
42.9
41.9

(8)
49.9
48.4
46.9
45.3
43.6
42.0
40.5
39.1
37.8
36.4
34.4
33.8
32.4
31.2
29.9
28.5
27.3
26.0
24.5
22.8
21.5
20.1

(9)
61
59
58
56
54
52
51
50
48
47
46
45
43

41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34

(10)
217
210
202
195
188
182
176
170
166
160
155
150
145
141
137
133
129
126
122
118
115
111

(1)
4.05
4.10
4.15
4.20
4.25
4.30
4.35
4.40
4.45
4.50
4.55
4.60
4.65
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60

(2)
223
217
212
207
201
197
192
187
183
179
174
170
167
163
156
149
143
137
131
126
121
116
111

(3)
234
228
222
218
212
207
202
196
192
188
182
178
175
171
163
156
150
143
137
132
127
122
117

Superficial Brale Penetrator:
(6) 15-N Scale 15-KG. Load
(7) 30-N Scale 30-KG. Load
(8) 45-N Scale 45-KG. Load
(9) Shore Scleroscope Hardness Number
(10) Tensile Strength (Approx.) 1000 PSI.
(4)
97.3
96.4
95.5
94.6
93.8
92.8
91.9
90.7
90.0
89.0
87.8
86.8
86.0
85.0
82.9
80.8
78.7
76.4
74.0
72.0
69.8
67.6
65.7

(5)
(18.8)
(17.5)
(16.0)
(15.2)
(13.8)
(12.7)
(11.5)
(10.0)
(9.0)
(8.0)
(6.4)
(5.4)
(4.4)
(3.3)
(0.9)







(6)






















(7)






















(8)






















(9)

33

32
31
30
29

28
27

26

25

23
22
21

20
19
18
15

(10)
105
102
100
98
95
93
90
89
87
85
83
81
79
76
73
71
67
65
63
60
58
56

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

HARDNESS CONVERSION NUMBERS
(1) Brinell Indentation Diameter, MM.
(2) Standard or Tungsten Carbide Ball, Brinell
Hardness No. – 10MM. Ball 3000–KG. Load
(3) Diamond Pyramid Hardness Number. 50-KG.
Load

237

1850–1900°F Brazing Naval Bronze with Manganese Bronze . 2490–2730°F Cast Iron Welding . All purpose. .000 psi of the weld deposit as welded. E6011 Alternating Current. . . . . All Positions “Low hydrogen” electrode.000 Elongation 22 22 22 22 25 WELDING AND BRAZING TEMPERATURES Carbon Steel Welding . . . . Can be used w/ A.anvilintl. E6018 Direct Current.000–70. E6016 Direct Current or Alternating Current. “Cold rod”. . . . “Low hydrogen” electrode. .000–65. . Reverse polarity. CLASSIFICATION 238 E6010 Direct Current. 200–730°F Wrought Iron . PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF E60 & E70 SERIES ELECTRODES TYPICAL VALUES AWS ASTM Tensile Yield Red. . . .000 Yield Strength 57. . 2700–2750°F www. . . All Positions. . . Smooth. . . . . .000 E6012 68. . High bead.000 52. . “Hot rod”. and Flat Position Only. Smooth.000 52.000 70. .000–61. . . Straight Polarity. . . . Reverse polarity. . . . . . Good penetration. . . . . . . .000–78. .C. . Moderately smooth finish. . E80. . . . E6012 Direct Current. . . . All purpose. . . . . . . . E6027 “Iron powder electrodes”. . All Positions. This is the electrode used for most carbon steel pipe welding. The last two numbers (in bold type) designate the types or styles and the first two numbers the minimum specified tensile strength in 1. . . . .000 70. . . . .TYPES & STYLES TECHNICAL INFORMATION A. . . . . . . . . . . .000 70. . . . Straight Polarity. . . . . . . . . . .COATED ARC WELDING ELECTRODES . “Low hydrogen” iron powder electrodes E6020 Direct Current.000 57. . . . S. Fast. . Deep penetration. Moderately smooth finish. . “Cold rod”. . . E6013 Alternating Current. . . .000 17 to 22% 25 MINIMUM VALUES AWS ASTM Electrode E7010 E7011 E7015 E7016 E7020 Tensile Strength 70. . . E6024 Direct Current. . . . . . All Positions. . . NOTE: This information also applies to E70. and E100 Series. . . . . . . . . . All Positions. . All Positions. % E6010 62. . . . . Smooth. also. . . . .000 70.000 57. . .000 55. E90. . . . 1175–1600°F Low Temperature Brazing . . . . Fast. 1980°F Brazing Copper-Silicon with Phosphor-Bronze . . E6015 Direct Current. . . High bead. . Good penetration. . 1920–2500°F Copper Welding and Brazing . . . . . . . . . . Flat bead. . . Straight Polarity or Alternating and Current. . 2700–2790°F Stainless Steel Welding . . Flat Position Only. . . . . . . . .000 52. . .000 22 to 28% 35 E6011 62. . Fast. . . . . . . . . . . Fast. . . . . .000 57. . . Deep penetration. . . Flat bead. . . 1600–1700°F Silver Solder . . . All Positions. . . . .000–58. Smooth. . W. . . . in Area Electrode Strength Strength Elongation Min.000–73. . .com . 1175–1530°F Soft Solder .

Remedy: Operate at reduced loads where temperature exceeds 100° F. Remedy: Check nameplate against supply. Remedy: Repair. Remedy: Replace. PROBLEM: Welder runs but soon stops Cause: Wrong relay heaters. Cause: Starter single-phased. Remedy: Check nameplate against supply. Remedy: Check air inlet & exhaust openings. Remedy: Remove. Cause: Leads too long or too narrow in cross section. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Cause: Open circuit in windings. PROBLEM: Welder will not start (Starter operating) Cause: Wrong motor connections. Remedy: Replace. Cause: Broken power lead. Remedy: Check connection diagram. Cause: Open power switches Remedy: Close. Remedy: Check voltage. Remedy: Should be large enough to carry welding current without excessive voltage drop. Remedy: Repair. Remedy: Do not operate continually at overload currents. Cause: Power circuit single-phased. Remedy: Replace fuse. Remedy: Try turning by hand. repair open line. Remedy: Tighten. Cause: Poor motor connection. TECHNICAL INFORMATION TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT 239 . Remedy: Check contact of starter tips. Remedy: Renewal part recommendations. Cause: Open circuit to starter button. Cause: Mechanical obstruction in contactor. Remedy: Repair. Cause: Rotor stuck. Cause: Ventilation blocked. Cause: Blown fuses. Cause: Power circuit single-phased. Cause: Duty cycle too high. Cause: Wrong supply voltage. Remedy: Check for one dead fuse or line. Remedy: Considerable overlaod can be carried only for a short time. Cause: Overload relay tripped. Cause: Wrong supply voltage. Remove cause of overloading.PROBLEM: Welder will not start (Starter not operating) Cause: Power circuit dead. Cause: Ambient temperature too high. Cause: Defective operating coil. Cause: Welder overloaded. Remedy: Let set cool.

com .TECHNICAL INFORMATION TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT. & auxiliary brush studs Cause: Series field & armature circuit open Remedy: Check with test lamp or bell ringer Cause: Wrong driving speed Remedy: Check name plate against speed of motor or belt drive Cause: Dirt. or an electrode of opposite polarity PROBLEM: Welding arc sluggish Cause: Current too low Remedy: Check output. Remedy: Check starter & motor leads for insulation from around & from each other PROBLEM: Welding arc is loud & spatters excessively Cause: Current setting too high Remedy: Check setting & output with ammeter Cause: Polarity wrong Remedy: Check polarity. try reversing. CONT'D.anvilintl. Cause: Short circuit in motor connections. & current recommended for electrode being used Cause: Poor connections Remedy: Check all electrode-holder. Remedy: Should be two to three times rated motor current. 240 PROBLEM: Starter operates & blows fuse Cause: Fuse too small. grounding field coils Remedy: Clean & reinsulate Cause: Welding terminal shorted Remedy: Electrode holder or cable grounded www. resistor. Strap iron is poor ground return Cause: Cable long or too small Remedy: Check cable voltage drop & change cable PROBLEM: Touching set gives shock Cause: Frame not grounded Remedy: Ground solidly PROBLEM: Generator control fails to vary current Cause: Any part of field circuit may be short circuited or open circuited Remedy: Find faulty contact & repair PROBLEM: Welder starts but will not deliver welding current Cause: Wrong direction of rotation Remedy: See INITIAL STARTING Cause: Brushes worn or missing Remedy: Check that all brushes bear on commutator with sufficient tension Cause: Brush connections loose Remedy: Tighten Cause: Open field circuit Remedy: Check connection to rheostat. cable & ground-cable connections.

Cause: Weak brush spring pressure. Sand to fit. Remedy: Replace or readjust brush springs Cause: Brush not properly fitted Remedy: Sand brushes to fit Cause: Brushes in backwards Remedy: Reverse ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Cause: Wrong brushes used Remedy: Renewal part recommendations Cause: Brush pigtails damaged Remedy: Replace brushes Cause: Rough or dirty commutator Remedy: Turn down or clean commutator Cause: Motor connection single-phased Remedy: Check all connections TECHNICAL INFORMATION TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT.PROBLEM: Welder generating but current falls off when welding Cause: Electrode or ground connection loose Remedy: Clean & tighten all connections Cause: Poor ground Remedy: Check ground-return circuit Cause: Brushes worn worn off Remedy: Replace with recommended grade. Blow out carbon dust. CONT'D. 241 .

In plan or elevation. When welds are drawn in section or end views.4 for a detailed review of standard welding symbols 7. 6. the side to which arrow points is considered near side. Welds on both sides are of same size unless otherwise shown. www. when weld is not drawn. locations refer to nearest member parallel to plane of drawing and not to others farther behind. All welds are continuous and of user's standard propertions and all except Vgrooved and bevel-grooved welds are closed unless otherwise shown. 2.com . 8.TECHNICAL INFORMATION BASIC ARC & GAS WELDING SYMBOLS 242 1. In joints in which one member only is to be grooved. obvious information is not given by symbol. 4. and both sides. arrows point to that member. BASIC WELD SYMBOLS Back Fillet Plug or Slot GROOVE OR BUTT Square V Bevel U J Flare V Flare Bevel 3. Tail of arrow used for specification reference. Symbols govern to break in continuity of structure or to extent of hatching or dimension lines. far.anvilintl. near. SUPPLEMENTARY WELD SYMBOLS Backing Spacer Weld AllAround Field Weld CONTOUR Flush Convex See AWS A2. 5. In section or end views only.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK GROOVE ANGLE OR INCLUDED ANGLE OF COUNTERSINK FOR PLUG WELDS FINISH SYMBOL CONTOUR SYMBOL ROOT OPENING. PROCESS OR OTHER REFERENCE PITCH (C TO C SPACING) OF WELDS IN INCHES F A EFFECTIVE THROAT S(E) WELD ALL AROUND SYMBOL (OTHER SIDE) 2. Size. CONT'D. Arrow and other side welds are of the same size unless otherwise shown. Neither orientation of reference line nor location of the arrow alter this rule. . weld symbol. DEPTH OF FILLING FOR PLUG AND SLOT WELDS LENGTH OF WELD IN INCHES DEPTH OF PREPARATION OR SIZE IN INCHES T TAIL (OMITTED WHEN REFERENCE IS NOT USED) BASIC WELD SYMBOL OR DETAIL REFERENCE FIELD WELD SYMBOL R REFERENCE LINE SPECIFICATION. (BOTH SIDES) NOTE : ARROW CONNECTS REFERENCE LINE TO ARROW SIDE OF JOINT. weld symbols must be at left. TECHNICAL INFORMATION BASIC ARC & GAS WELDING SYMBOLS. 5. The point of the field weld symbol must point toward the tail. . 243 .3. STANDARD LOCATION OF ELEMENTS OF A WELDING SYMBOL L@P (ARROW SIDE) 1. 4. The perpendicular leg of . Symbols apply between abrupt changes in direction of welding unless governed by the “All Around” symbol or otherwise dimensioned. length of weld and spacing must read in that order from left to right along the reference line. Dimensions of fillet welds must be shown on both the arrow side and other side symbol.

anvilintl.45 Elbow Long Radius LR 244 Bell & Spigot Flanged Screwed LR TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS www.Base Crossover Elbow Double Branch Elbow .BushingReducing Welded Soldered Welded Soldered Elbow Turned Down Cap Cross (Reducing) Bell & Spigot Elbow .90 4 6 Flanged Screwed 2 6 2 6 4 6 2 6 4 6 2 6 6 4 2 6 4 6 6 4 Elbow Turned Up Cross (Straight) Elbow .com .

Pipe Joint Expansion Reducer Concentric ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 245 .Street Plug .Flanged Screwed Elbow Reducing 2 4 Bell & Spigot Welded 2 4 2 4 Flanged Screwed Soldered 2 Lateral 4 Elbow Side Outlet (Outlet Down) Orifice Plate Elbow Side Outlet (OutletUp) Reducing Flange Elbow . Pipe Plug .Bull Joint Conn.

Valve Gate* Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered *Also used for General Stop Valve when amplified by specification. www.Globe (Plan) Valve Diaphragm Valve (Auto)B-Pass Valve Float Valve (Auto)Governor Oper.TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 246 Flanged Screwed Bell & Spigot Welded Flanged Screwed Soldered Reducer Eccentric Valve Reducing Valve .Globe Angle Globe (Elevation) Valve Cock Valve .Gate Angle Gate (Plan) Valve Check (Straight Way) Valve .com .anvilintl.

Flanged Screwed Bell & Spigot Welded Flanged Screwed Soldered Valve Gate Motor Operated Valve Lockshield Valve Globe Valve Quick Opening Valve Globe Motor Operated Valve Saftey Valve Angle Hose Angle Sleeve Valve Hose Gate Valve Hose Globe ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 247 .

com .anvilintl.TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 248 Flanged Screwed Bell & Spigot Welded Flanged Screwed Soldered Tee Straight Tee Side Outlet (Outlet Down) Tee Outlet Up Tee Side Outlet (Outlet Up) Tee Outlet Down Union Tee Double Sweep Angle Valve Check Tee Reducing 2 2 6 4 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered Angle Valve Gate 4 Tee Single Sweep www.

Under average conditions. The life of wire rope or cable is directly Iron will bend easily and take a long time to affected by the condition and size of the regain its original shape. being replaced steadily on equipment. Right cable that is used over them. should be considered as a group of moving wires constantly rubbing against one another. Commonly used for drum type elevator Lubricating intervals will depend on the types and amount of work encountered. from high grade. is shortened and 0 1 2 3 and has an average tensile strength of 110 compression is developed in that section of tons per square inch. This is the best and the cable. (1) Iron – Iron wire is soft with low tensile strength of 30 to 40 tons per square inch. Primarily there are 3 classes of wire rope: 249 . lubrication once every 3 weeks. causing and slings or straps for heavy loads. bend it. tension in that section. while cast steel will 0 1 2 3 sheaves over which it is used. Sheaves should be harder to bend and will snap back to its be at least 16 x the diameter of the rope or original shape very quickly. These compressive and tensional stresses combine to create bending ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION WIRE ROPE OVERVIEW Strength of wire ropes vary. depending on the material from which the individual strands are made and the method used in forming the cable. wire rope or cable will require by low-carbon steel wire in these uses. derricks. To check quickly whether exceed the nominal diameter by the amounts shown in the U. Rusty ropes may break without of its greater strength is generally used for the nominal diameter and may warning. hoisting purposes. In passing over (3) Plow Steel .LUBRICATION — WIRE ROPE All wire rope. Specification for Wire Rope. open hearth furnace steel which is against the sheave. Federal SHEAVES a piece of wire is iron or cast steel. dredges Wrong sheave) is lengthened or stretched.S. the inside portion of the cable. Where heavy (2) Cast Steel – May have a tensile strength abrasive dusts exist. if worked cables and to some extent for derrick guys. Lubrication also prevents rusting.Plow steel wire rope is made a sheave. ranging between 30 and 100 tons per square inch. The outside portion (away from the safest wire rope for cranes. more frequent lubrication up to 90 tons per square inch and because Wire rope is usually larger than is in order. whether used indoors or out. The resulting friction causes incessant wear on the moving parts of the wire rope or cable and will shorten its life very rapidly unless lubricants are used to overcome the friction.

of cable is twisted. When the fall rope is twisted No. All clamped or spliced fastenings. the cable as it comes off the reel may be layed out in a figure 8.com . As these bending stresses cause much undue wear and directly shorten the safe working life of the rope or cable. especially those on cranes or derricks. www. avoiding kinking.anvilintl. The reel may be mounted on a heavy pipe or roller to facilitate unwinding. Reverse bending refers to the bending of a cable or rope over sheaves. When sheaves are worn or damaged. the loose or “dead” end is clamped against the main part of the rope with the damps spaced apart a distance equal to 6 x diameter of the rope. If space is limited. HANDLING CABLE OR WIRE ROPE Cable or wire rope must not be coiled or uncoiled like manila rope. The Inches Clips Clips. Clamp fastenings seldom develop more than 4⁄ 5 of rope strength at best. the Dist. of Dist. Clamps should be inspected at least once weekly and tightened if they show signs of loosening. One cause of very severe wear in wire rope or cables is reverse bending. U BOLTS OF ALL CLAMPS MUST BE ON THE DEAD END OF THE ROPE. it is more economical to renew the sheaves rather than to allow excessive wear on the cable. first in one direction then in another. Between Clips Needed for wear produced is equal to Safety more than that resulting from Rope Dia. No. Cable or wire rope must be taken off the reel in a straight line. the ratio mention between sheaves and rope should be maintained. of Crosby or Safety Clips & and a hoist is made. Inches 1 ⁄ 4 –3 ⁄ 8 3 21 ⁄ 4 person in charge of lifting 7 ⁄ 16 –5 ⁄ 8 3 33 ⁄ 4 operations should guard 3 ⁄ 4 – 11 ⁄ 8 4 63 ⁄ 4 against twisting of the fall 11 ⁄ 4 – 11 ⁄ 2 5 9 rope and should not allow a 15 ⁄ 8 – 13 ⁄ 4 6 101 ⁄ 2 lift to be made if the fall rope 2 and over 7 6 x diam. after which it can be reeved into the line for which it is intended. CLAMP FASTENINGS When it is necessary to make a short bend. New wire rope may be damaged and not work properly in sheaves that have become worn or in which the grooves have become irregular in shape. as in attaching wire rope or when it is to be looped.TECHNICAL INFORMATION WIRE ROPE 250 stresses which increase rapidly as the diameter of the sheaves decrease. thimbles should always be used. should be shifted and changed at least once every six months. In clamping a strap or an eye. which will shorten the life of the rope by approximately 1 ⁄ 2 . The point of greatest fatigue and/or wear in a rope usually develops at or near the end where it is clamped around the boom or where attached to the becket on the block. Another cause of severe rope wear is twisting of the fall rope. Between weeks of normal use.

0 TECHNICAL INFORMATION WIRE ROPE 251 .U-Bolts on live end of rope.23 4. In. Vertical In.450 18.000 98.1 10.700 70.200 140.23 0.700 53.10 10.200 23. 19 or 37 Wires per Strand.60 4.60 2.50 3. (Causes mashed spots on live end of rope.000 31.Wire rope knot with clip efficiency 50% or less ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 4 13 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 15 ⁄ 8 13 ⁄ 4 2 21 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄ 4 1.450 44.Thimble should be used to increase strength of eye and reduce wear on rope.600 9.6 64.670 9.100 166.000 117.6 77.300 170.200 79.40 7.00 12.260 90.7 92. (2000 lbs) 0.000 60.400 102.800 16. Tons Lbs.300 6.Staggered clips.0 124. Circum.400 86.000 26.000 37.790 21.400 12.7 23./Ft.03 3.10 2.) INCORRECT .040 25.000 43.800 63.300 6.200 114.520 12.450 11.570 43.63 0.8 32.CORRECT .000 36.600 139.2 41.100 2.000 21.0 294.74 6.800 42.0 107.700 64.0 246.000 49.870 31.) INCORRECT .550 3.90 6.000 63.500 22.) CORRECT INCORRECT .600 16.7 16.600 TWO PART SLING 60° 45° 30° 1.22 8.U-Bolts on short end of rope.500 4.0 181.23 1.780 36.500 1.900 49.050 36.000 203.0 160.430 13.700 74.460 6.300 29.400 117.40 0.450 4.080 9.700 125.800 16.000 98.0 202.600 64.900 4.10 0.700 Breaking Strength Wt. SAFE LOAD (IN POUNDS) ON IMPROVED PLOW STEEL WIRE ROPE (6 Strands. Hempcore) Single Dia. (No distortion on live end of rope. (Causes a mashed spot in live end of rope due to incorrect position of center clip.100 2.03 2.690 29.8 52.90 1.700 1.230 7. Wirerope 1⁄4 3⁄4 3⁄8 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 4 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 41 ⁄ 4 43 ⁄ 4 5 51 ⁄ 2 61 ⁄ 4 65 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 8 77 ⁄ 8 85 ⁄ 8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 INCORRECT .000 72.000 110.900 52.000 81.

252 www.anvilintl.com TECHNICAL INFORMATION .

gasket chemical compatibility must still be considered. It is not to be used with Silicone gaskets. lubrication of gaskets in copper systems. Lubrication of the pipe end and gasket will help the gasket to adjust into the proper sealing position during temperature cycles. The temperature change will also force the gasket to slightly reposition itself. thereby lowering the sealing force on the gasket sealing lips. This will cause pipe end sealing surfaces. This lubricant has an operating temperature range from -65°F to 400°F. allowing a properly lubricated pipe end and gasket assembly to re-position itself during temperature cycles. applications where increased pipe joint flexibility is needed. it is required that the gasket be lubricated not only on the outside. However. Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant will maintain it’s lubricating properties at higher temperatures. thereby eliminating water wash-out and it will not dry out in the absence of water. Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant will maintain it’s lubricating properties at lower temperatures allowing a properly lubricated pipe end and gasket (assembly) to re-position itself during temperature cycles. • For high temperature service and copper systems. Since it is formulated from a non-hydro carbon base. The lubricant on the interior of the gasket will act to improve the chemical resistance of the gasket material by providing a thin lubricant barrier between the piping system fluid and the gasket surface. with small cuts or damage. to become more susceptible to leakage. but also on the inside.GRUVLOK® XTREME™ LUBRICANT Gruvlok® Xtreme™ Lubricant has been developed for use with Gruvlok couplings in services where improved lubrication is beneficial. as with the ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK NSF ® Certified to ANSI/NSF 61 normal installation of a Gruvlok gasket. This lubricant is waterproof. it can be used with EPDM. Lubrication on the inside of the gasket is easily accomplished by turning the gasket inside out and applying the lubricant. well exceeding the temperature range of Gruvlok gaskets. This is particularly important at higher temperatures where oxidizing agents in the piping system become more aggressive. • In low temperature applications the gasket will shrink. There are five primary applications where the Xtreme Lubricant will provide increased benefits: low temperature applications (below -20˚F). high temperature applications (above 150˚F). Nitrile and Fluoroelastomer gasket materials. and for the lubrication of gaskets on HDPE couplings. TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® LUBRICANTS 253 .

Gruvlok Quick Dry Lubricant is non-corrosive. it will not impart taste or odor. This lubricant is easy to apply by brush or hand.878 & 21. non-flammable. however. 21. It is NSF approved for use with potable water.1550 (Incidental Food Contact).anvilintl. It’s low temperature capability and lubricity ensure a highly reliable connection. the Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant and Gruvlok Quick Dry Lubricant are now available to improve the performance of the couplings and flanges in certain applications. non-corrosive. It is water-soluble. Do not thin or mix with solvents. This lubricant is acceptable for most applications. It is NSF approved for use with potable water.172. ®Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont. CAUTION: Silicone based lubricants are not allowed in some facilities. non-flammable.177. The service temperature range for this lubricant is from 0° F to 150° F and may be used with all Gruvlok gasket material grades. tasteless and odorless grease made from Silicone Oil and other ingredients that are safe to ingest. and does not support bacterial growth. In applications where pipe movement is expected. The lubricant is made from a water emulsion that is non-toxic.com . CONT'D. non-toxic.TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® LUBRICANTS. GRUVLOK® QUICK DRY LUBRICANT Gruvlok® Quick Dry Lubricant is a fast drying lubricant that has been developed for applications where the piping system is exposed. reapply lubricant prior to assembly. If necessary. Gruvlok® Xtreme™ Lubricant is a Teflon® fortified white. This lubricating film enhances our flexible coupling gasket’s ability to compensate for axial. CAUTION: HDPE pipe requires the use of Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant and should not be used with Gruvlok Lubricant 254 www. It is sanctioned by the FDA under C. and it quickly dries to a thin film when in contact with air. • Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant is the only Gruvlok lubricant that is to be used with Gruvlok couplings and gaskets in HDPE and copper piping systems. GRUVLOK® XTREME™ LUBRICANT (CONT'D) • The Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant has been formulated from low viscosity. proper lubrication of the gasket’s exterior assists the gasket into the proper sealing position as pipe system movement occurs. and will not impart taste or odor. The quick drying quality of the lubricant eliminates lubricant drips caused by over lubrication. transverse and rotational pipe movements.R. and is NSF approved for use with potable water.F. Gruvlok Lubricant is water soluble. GRUVLOK® LUBRICANT Gruvlok® Lubricant is the standard lubricant that has been provided for use with Gruvlok products for years. non-petroleum based oils to ease spreading of the lubricant.

7001. 7003. 7004 HPR are designed to provide a joint with the attributes of a welded or flanged connection. these joints would remain in strict alignment and would resist deflection and linear movement during service. 7010 are the flexible couplings provided in the Gruvlok product line. Fig. 7401 and Fig. LINEAR MOVEMENT: Sizes ANGULAR MOVEMENT: FLEXIBLE COUPLING ANGULAR MOVEMENT Design Factor Roll Groove Cut Groove 1" thru 31⁄2 " Reduce 50% Reduce 50% 4" thru 24" Reduce 50% Reduce 25% FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS Figs. Therefore. and (2) the gap between pipe ends joined by the coupling. For design purposes the published figures should be reduced by the below listed factors to account for pipe. FLEXIBLE COUPLING LINEAR MOVEMENT Linear movement is accommodated within the coupling by allowing the pipe ends to move together or apart in response to pressure thrusts and temperature changes. groove and coupling tolerances. without introducing eccentric loads into the coupling joint. 7000. The maximum available angular movement of Gruvlok coupling joints is shown in the performance data for each coupling type. 7400. The following information on movement applies to these flexible couplings. TECHNICAL INFORMATION DESIGN FACTORS 255 . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Designed-in clearances allow limited deflection of the pipe joint within the coupling.MOVEMENT: Each flexible design Gruvlok coupling can provide for pipe system movement up to the design maximum for the specific size and type coupling being utilized. Movement is possible in the Gruvlok coupling due to two factors: (1) designed-in clearance between the key of the coupling and the groove diameter and groove width. The available linear movement provided by Standard Gruvlok couplings is shown below: LINEAR MOVEMENT 1 Roll Groove Pipe Cut Groove Pipe 1" thru 3 ⁄2 " 1 4" thru 24" 3 ⁄16" 1 ⁄16" ⁄32" 3 ⁄16" RIGID COUPLINGS ANGULAR MOVEMENT Sizes Represents Linear Movement Capabilities Gruvlok rigid couplings Fig. The amount of angular flexibility varies for each coupling size and type.

7800 Check Valve Fig. 7401 Rigidlok ® Fig. 7012 Flange Long Radius Elbow Fig.com . 7401 Rigidlok and Fig. Coupling Fig. With the combination of the Fig. The Series 7700 Gruvlok® Butterfly valve has superior flow characteristics. The Gruvlok® Series 7800 Check Valve is full waterway valve and can be stacked directly to the Series 7700 Butterfly Valve. 7250 Suction Diffuser and Fig.anvilintl. flex connectors can be eliminated thus reducing cost. 7700 BFV Fig. 7001 Std. 7260 Gruvlok TEE Strainer FLOW Anvil has put together a complete array of Gruvlok components necessary to provide pump protection for HVAC and industrial piping needs.256 1 FLOW 2 3 4 5 1 6 2 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 Fig. 7260 Tee Strainer complete the Gruvlok® pump protection package GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 4 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7260 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 5 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 6 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 SERIES 7800 CHECK VALVE GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® FLOW CONTROL COMPONENTS 5 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 6 HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE PUMP www. The Fig. 7001 Standard coupling.

7700 BFV Fig. 7012 Flange Fig. 7072 Conc. 7012 Flange 7 FTV-S Tri Se rvice Valve TECHNICAL INFORMATION DECIMAL DEGREE EQUIVALENTS OF MINUTES END SUCTION PUMP 257 . 7260 TEE Strainer 5 Fig. 7001 Std. 7401 Rigidlok ® Fig. 7800 Check Valv e 1 2 3 4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Fig.GRUVLOK® FLOW CONTROL COMPONENTS GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 1 1 1 2 3 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 3 3 4 4 FIG. Reducer Fig. 7250 Suction Diffuser 5 6 7 Fig. Coupling Fig. 7250 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 1 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 6 5 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 4GRUVLOK 4 3 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7260 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 2 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 SERIES 7800 CHECK VALVE 3 1 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 2 1 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 2 B GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 FTV-S TRI-SERVICE VALVE FLOW FLOW FLOW FLOW VERTICAL SPLIT CASE PUMP FLOW GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 5 5 6 6 1 Fig. 7401 Rigidlok ® Fig. Reducer 6 Fig. 7001 Std. 7072 Conc. 7700 BFV Fig. Coupling Fig.

Coupling. The centering rib fits flush over the gap between the two pipe ends thus closing off the gasket cavity. 7001. 7011. which allows for minor pipe end separation as line pressure sets the grippers into the plain end pipe. 7003.G. 7000. Grade “E” and “T” are standard grades while other grades are available for special applications. 7004.D.anvilintl. The E. 7400 and 7401 Couplings for many applications. The projecting rib fits between the ends of lined pipe to prevent damage to unprotected pipe ends during coupling joint assembly.com . Proper installation of the gasket compresses the inclined gasket lips on the pipe O. The Roughneck gasket is wider. The application of internal line pressure energizes the elastometric gasket and further enhances the gasket sealing action. 7004HPR. 7003. Each serves a specific function while utilizing the same basic sealing concept.TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® GASKET STYLES Gruvlok offers a variety of pressure responsive gasket styles. 258 FLUSH GAP® Designed to prohibit contaminates from building up in the gasket cavity. 7001. 7000. Grade “E” and “T” gaskets are available. This “C” style gasket is similar in appearance and design to the Standard gasket but is only used with Fig.G. It is the gasket style provided as standard in many Gruvlok Couplings (Fig. “C” STYLE ROUGHNECK® END GUARD® The “C” Style cross section configuration is the most widely used gasket.. 7307. It can be used with Fig. This sealing action is reinforced when the gasket is encompassed and compressed by the coupling housings. www. forming a leak-tight seal. 7400 and 7401). Recommended for use in dry fire protection systems. 7005 Roughneck Couplings and Fig. 7305 HDPE Couplings. gasket is provided as standard with the Fig. 7004 E. Not recommended for temperatures above 160°F.

12" 11⁄2" . TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® GASKET STYLES LARGER SIZES: Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. VACUUM SERVICE VACUUM SERVICE Size 1" . 7012. 7047. Available in Grade “E” material only. this pressure energized gasket provides a leak-tight seal on plain end seal pipe. A specially designed gasket for the Fig.6" 8" . 7013 and 7312 Flange provides for a reliable seal on both the pipe and the mating flange. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 259 . 7010 Reducing Coupling. 7045.12" Vacuum Level 0" .29.29. 7046 Clamp-T and Fig.92" Hg 0" . Used in Sock-It fittings only. This unique design is only used with Fig. Used only with the Fig.REDUCING COUPLING SOCK-IT® FLANGE The centering rib allows for pipe positioning and serves to keep the smaller pipe from telescoping during installation. 7048. and 7049 Clamp-T Crosses.15 Hg 0" .92 Hg Gasket Recommendation Standard or Flush Gap Standard or Flush Gap Flush Gap CLAMP-T® These gaskets conform to the curved exterior of the pipe to provide a pressure responsive seal.

Combinations of fluids should be referred to a Gruvlok RepSPECIAL GASKETS resentative for an engineering evaluation and recommendaTemp. alkalies. Water. For other Listed/Approved materials. Elastomer +300°F halogenated hydrocarbons & lubricants. oxidation resistance. +230°F Selection of the optimum gasket grade for a specific service NOT FOR USE WITH HYDROCARBONS requires the consideration of many factors. and continuity of service. & air contaminated with -20°F Nitrile less otherwise noted.com . all gasket recommendations are based T to Orange petroleum oils. & technical publications. hot air & some high temperature L to Silicone services not listed. and industry applications. www. In unusual or severe services. Excellent tion but not as a guarantee. FM apE tection Systems. Compound Color General Service Grade Range tion. the preferred SERVICES grade is listed first. Wet & Dry (oil free air) Pipe in Fire Pro-40°F All Gruvlok products marked with UL/ULC Listed. The informany chemical services not involving -40°F mation supplied should be considered as a basis for evaluaE to EPDM Green hydrocarbons. -40°F Contact a Gruvlok Representative for recommendations for Red Dry. +180°F NOT FOR USE IN HOT WATER Where more than one gasket grade is shown. hydraulic fluids. dilute acids. For dry pipe systems. Unmineral oils. +350°F Butterfly Valves. primarily temPetroleum products. or gases. fluid concentration. petroleum oils.GASKET GRADE INDEX ket grade for a specific application to assure the maximum STANDARD GASKETS service life. perature. (Buna-N) on 100°F (38°C) maximum temperature service condition. Color General Service Grade Range Compound Code The recommendations have been developed from current Applications information supplied by manufacturers of the elastomers. Gasket recommendations apply only to Gruvlok gaskets. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. Temp. to Violet proved VdS and/or LPC symbols are Listed/Approved with Type A Gruvlok Xtreme™ Temperature Lubricant +150°F EPDM material. salts.TECHNICAL INFORMATION GASKET GRADE INDEX & GASKET RECOMMENDATION 260 The lists are provided as an aid in selecting the optimum gas. O to Blue acids. These listings do not apply to Gruvlok Gasket chemical services.anvilintl. oils. gasket materials should Code Applications be subjected to simulated service conditions to determine +20°F High temperature resistance to oxidizing Fluoro the most suitable gasket grade. please is required. vegetable oils.

Acid Mine Water. to 150°F (66°C) Motor Oil Tar and Tar Oil Transmission Fluid --Type A Turbo Oil #15 Diester Lubricant Gasket Grade T T T T (O) T T/O O T T T T O O Unless otherwise noted. 20°F to 300°F (-7°C to 149°C) Water. TECHNICAL INFORMATION GASKET GRADE INDEX & GASKET RECOMMENDATION 261 . Deionized Water. -40°F to 230°F (-40°C to 110°C) Air. all gasket listings are based upon 100°F (38°C) maximum temperature service conditions. Chlorine Water. Seawater Water.WELD FITTING—TEE. Temp to 150°F (66°C) Water. Kerosene Lube Oil. -40°F to 350°F (-40°C to 177°C) Air. 100°F (38°C) Maximum Temp. Leaded Gasoline. Specify gasket grade when ordering. JP-4 and JP-5 JP-6. (no oil vapors) Temp. *Contact a Gruvlok Representative for service evaluation.Sour Diesel Oil Fuel Oil Gasoline. (no oil vapors) Temp. Where the gasket grade is shown in parentheses. Lime Gasket Grade E L T O E/T E E/T (E/O) E/T E/T E/T E/T Where more than one gasket grade is shown the preferred gasket grade is listed first. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Service Crude Oil . Waste Water. Oil vapor Temp. Oil vapor Temp. Temp to 230°F (110°C) Water. -20°F to 150°F (-29°C to 66°C) Air. Use Gruvlok lubricant on gasket. Unleaded* Hydraulic Oil JP-3. STUB END GASKET RECOMMENDATION LISTING PETROLEUM PRODUCTS WATER & AIR Service Air. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for an engineering evaluation and recommendation. Check gasket color code to be certain it is recommended for the service intended. CROSS. CAP. For services not listed Contact a Gruvlok Representative for recommendation.

7 “X”. 8 The quantity of bolts equals the number of housing segments per coupling. WT. refer to Technical data section. 4 CL PE R I N . Maximum end load from all interior and/or exterior forces to which the joint can be subjected are based on standard wall steel pipe with standard cut or roll grooves in accordance with Gruvlok specifications. www./Kg 9 10 5 Range of pipe end separation is the gap between the pipe ends due to assembly./mm In. For details see design factors in Gruvlok Technical data section. Ft. See individual product installation instructions for additional important information./kN In.anvilintl./FT.5 times the figure shown. For Performance Data on other than standard wall pipe.com . SI ZE In. NOTE: For one time field test only the maximum joint working pressure may be increased to 1. MA X ./mm 3 4 5 Degrees FRO M CO U P LI N G DI M E N SI O N S X Y Z mm/m In. and nuts. MA X . EN D R PI P E EN D PE R PRE SSU RE LO A D SE P A RA TI O N CO U P LI N G PSI/bar Lbs./mm 7 6 1 Gruvlok Couplings are identified by either the nominal ANSI pipe size in inches or pipe O. in millimeters (see column 2). 10 Approximate weight for a fully assembled coupling with gasket. bolts. In./mm 1 2 A NGE OF MA X . 9 Nuts must be tightened alternating and evenly to the specified bolt torque. 2 Nominal Outside Diameter of Pipe.TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING DATA CHART NOTES 262 COUPLING DATA CHART NOTES NO M I N A L SI ZE DE flE CTI O N O. CO U P LI N G BO LTS SP E CI fiE D TO RQ U E QTY.D.-Lbs/N-M Lbs./DN(mm) In. to which a joint can be subjected./mm 8 MI N .D. AP P RO X . EA . and “Z” are external dimensions for reference purposes only./mm In. WK . including surge. Working pressure ratings are based on standard wall steel pipe with standard cut or roll grooves in accordance with Gruvlok specifications. 6 Maximum allowable angular deflection of pipe from centerline when using standard cut grooved steel pipe. 3 Maximum line pressure. “Y”.

80") / (0.80".187") = 9. EXAMPLE: A 200 foot long straight run of 4" steel cut grooved pipe between anchor points. the pipe end gap within the coupling joint must be considered when designing a grooved-end pipe system to accommodate thermal movement. The couplings do not automatically provide for expansion and contraction of piping. Minimum Temperature: 40°F. the coupling joints would have be installed with the pipe ends butted. the total movement is 1. Thus.188" linear movement per coupling (4" Flexible Coupling) ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In order for the couplings to provide for the movement indicated by the above example. if the thermal movement was contraction due to a reduction of system temperature. it would be necessary to install all couplings with the maximum gap between pipe ends. Therefore 10 couplings are needed POSITION OF COUPLINGS 200 FEET Thermal expansion tables show this system will expand a total of 1. TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS 263 . Temperature: 160°F.THERMAL MOVEMENT: COUPLINGS REQUIRED A sufficient amount of coupling joints must be provided to accommodate the calculated movement (expansion or contraction) in a pipe run or segment thereof. (at time of installation).6. Movement per Coupling FOR OUR EXAMPLE: No. As can be seen from the above example. In either case the pipe run in question would have to be anchored at the proper locations to direct pipe system expansion or contraction into the coupling joints. thus accommodating the “shrink” of the pipe system. As indicated above. of Couplings = (1. Conversely. of Couplings = Tot. Maximum Oper. DESIGN QUESTION: How many couplings are required to account for the thermal growth? AVAILABLE LINEAR MOVEMENT PER FLEXIBLE COUPLING: Using the table on the previous page. Movement / Avail.80" due to the temperature change. the number of couplings is determined as follows: No. we see that there is 0.

the deflection at the joint. At least two couplings are required to provide for lateral pipe misalignment. If joint deflection has been designed into the pipe layout and must be maintained. An unrestrained joint will react to these forces by straightening. then sufficient anchors must be provided to resist the lateral forces and hold the joint in the deflected condition.TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS. Deflection (longitudinal misalignment) may be accommodated within a single coupling as long as the angle of deflection does not exceed the value shown in the coupling performance data for the particular size and coupling type. if not eliminating. MISALIGNMENT & DEFLECTIONS: The angular movement capability of the Gruvlok coupling permits the assembly of pipe joints where the piping is not properly aligned.com . thus reducing. A pipe joint that utilizes the angular deflection capability of the Gruvlok coupling will react to pressure and thermal forces dependent upon the manner in which it is restrained. G G M The amount of deflection from pipe run centerline can be calculated utilizing the following equations: M = L (Sin θ) θ = ArcSin (G/D) M = (G x L)/D WHERE: M = Misalignment (inches) G = Maximum Allowable Pipe End Movement (Inches) as shown under “Performance Data” (Value to be reduced by Design Factor) θ = Maximum Deflection (Degrees) from centerline as shown under “Performance Data” (Value to be reduced by Design Factor) D = Pipe Outside Diameter (Inches) L = Pipe Length (Inches) L M L 264 www.anvilintl. CONT'D.

R = L / (2 x Sin(θ/2)) L = 2 x R x Sin(θ/2) N=T/θ The flexible design of the Gruvlok coupling makes it ideal for use in a wide variety of systems in which random changes of the pipe direction can be accommodated by the Gruvlok coupling’s angular deflection capability rather than requiring the use of special fittings. Pitched for Drainage TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS. R DRAINAGE. value to be reduced by Design Factor) R T =Total Angular Deflection of all Couplings. ETC. and number of required couplings. required pipe lengths. and exposed pipe systems laid on rough ground are but a few of the many types of pipe installations that present conditions where the functional capability of the Gruvlok coupling are useful. L N = Number of Couplings R = Radius of Curve (feet) L = Pipe Length (feet) θ = Deflection from centerline (Degrees) of each Coupling (See coupling performance data. buried pipe systems where pipe laying conditions are subject to settlement.CURVE LAYOUT: WHERE: Utilizing the angular deflection at each coupling joint curves may be laid out using straight pipe lengths and Gruvlok Couplings. BURIED SYSTEMS. CONT'D.: R This example shows how to calculate the curve radius. Buried Pipe Systems ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 265 . Pitched drainage systems.

anvilintl. COMBINED LINEAR & ANGULAR MOVEMENT: The clearance in the grooved coupling joint. 266 ROTATIONAL MOVEMENT: After Pipe Rotation Utilizing the rotational capability of the Gruvlok Coupling. CONT'D. For Deflection Before Pipe Rotation For Expansion NOTE: Fully Deflected Joint Will Not Allow For Linear Expansion. The pipe may then be rotated one-quarter turn. A partially deflected joint will not provide full linear movement capability. However. will allow a limited capability for combined linear and angular movement. The Gruvlok coupling will not allow for both maximum linear and maximum angular movement simultaneously. the system must be shut down and internal pressure relieved. A fully detected coupling joint provides no linear movement capability. vibration. pipe rotation will evenly distribute wear over the entire inner surface of the pipe.TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS. If performed on a regular basis. settlement. additional joints may be required. two couplings were added to account for thermal expansion and the other couplings accommodate only the misalignment. www. EXAMPLE: In systems where both are expected. Gruvlok Couplings should never be used as a continuous swivel joint. In the example above. For pipe rotation. and service resumed. the pipe life of a slurry or similar coarse material piping system can be extended. or other similar movements.com . The additional stress from the combined movement is therefore relieved. Piping systems designed with Gruvlok Couplings can accommodate minor rotational movement from thermal expansion. the couplings retightened.

the coupling joint may not be in the self-restraining configuration prior to the application of system pressure. However.The grooved coupling’s capability to allow angular and rotational movement within the coupling joint must be considered when deciding hanger and support locations. TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY 267 . A spring hanger should be used to support the pipe section and also respond to the induced vibrations. L2 L1 EXAMPLE 2 This illustrates the effect of pump oscillation on a piping system. should accommodate the deflection without transmitting bending stresses through the pipe system. The Gruvlok coupling does not restrain adjacent pipe sections from separation due to pressure forces until the coupling key sections engage the groove walls. Random flexible coupling joint installation will produce installed coupling conditions ranging from pipe ends full butted to fully separated to the maximum available gap. The designer must account for the movement to be encountered when the system is pressurized and the joints are fully separated. only after system pressurization will the self-restraining function of the coupling be in effect. The couplings in the horizontal run above the riser. Anchor and guide positions must be defined to direct the pipe joint movement that it is not detrimental to the pipe system. The sag due to the flexibility of the Gruvlok joint could be eliminated with the proper positioning of hangers on both pipe segments “L1” and “L2”. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK PRESSURE THRUSTS: Gruvlok couplings react to the application of system pressure and restrain the pipe ends from separation due to the pressure force. Spring hangers and supports providing for movement in more than one plane are often used to allow the pipe system to move without introducing additional stress into the pipe system. Thus. EXAMPLE 1 This example demonstrates the need for each pipe length in a grooved system to be supported.

temperature increases would produce further expansion of the pipe system thus increasing the deflection. www. 268 Examples of the effect of pressure thrust are shown in the following illustrations. If the offsets L1. no additional anchoring is required. EXAMPLE 3 To restrain this system provide L1 a pressure thrust anchor at “R1” to resist the pressure thrust actR1 R2 C ing through the tee “D1” at the cap “C”. CONT'D. The pipe designer SUFFICIENT must assure himself LENGTH TO that the system has the OFFSET capability of deflecting PRESSURE THRUST sufficiently to absorb this movement without introducing additional stresses into the pipe system. When pressurized the pipe ends in System Pressurized the coupling joints will separate to the maximum amount permitted by the coupling design. and intermediate anchors located as required. or a base support at Point “D2” to support the vertical column. EXAMPLE 2 In the system shown here. In the deflected condition shown. Thermal movement of the pipe system should also be considered. The coupling key sections will make contact with the groove walls and restrain the pipe from further separation. the pipe will move and deflect at the elbow joint due to pressure thrust.anvilintl.com . L2. D1 Provide a hanger at L2 Point “R2”. The movement at each coupling joint will add with all other joints and produce ∆L. System With No Pressure EXAMPLE 1 The coupling joints have been installed butted or partially open.TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY. to direct the pipe movement so as to prevent introducing bending stresses into the system. and L3 D2 L3 are of adequate length to handle expected pipe movements.

due to pressure thrust. LATERAL RESTRAINT EXAMPLE 5 System with no pressure partially deflected System pressurized fully deflected A grooved coupling joint installed in a partially deflected condition between anchor locations will deflect to its fully deflected condition when pressurized. TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY. An alternative method or riser installation is to place a metal spacer of a predetermined thickness. may deflect against the application of lateral forces and result in “snaking” conditions of the pipe system. Light duty hangers. L1 C B Use spring hanger at “D” and “E” to allow L2 HORIZONTAL VERTICAL movement of vertical COLUMN RUN piping. This method creates a predetermined gap at each pipe joint which can be utilized in pipe systems where thermal movement is anticipated and in systems with rigid (threaded. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK RISER DESIGN: Risers assembled with Gruvlok Flexible couplings are generally installed in either of two ways. In the most common method. Note that when installing risers. CONT'D. Anchors at “B” and “C” if offsets at L1 and L2 are insufficiently long to handle expected pipe movements. welded. the gasket is first placed onto the lower pipe and rolled back away from the pipe end prior to positioning the upper pipe. the pipe ends are butted together within the coupling joint.D EXAMPLE 4 Anchor at “A” to A VERTICAL support weight of COLUMN E vertical water column. The upper pipe length is anchored. flanged) branch connections where shear forces due to pressure thrust could damage the rigid connections. while acceptable in many installations. Hangers and supports must be selected with consideration of the hanger’s capability to provide lateral restraint. between the pipe ends when an additional length of pipe is added to the riser stack. the spacer removed and the coupling is then installed. The following examples illustrate methods of installing commonly encountered riser designs. when. 269 . the pipe ends will be fully separated. Anchoring of the riser may be done prior to pressurization with the pipe ends butted or while pressurized.

270 RISERS WITHOUT BRANCH CONNECTIONS Install the riser with the pipe ends butted. Provide pipe guides on every other pipe length. Anchor the pipe at or near the base with a pressure thrust anchor “A” capable of supporting the full pressure thrust. Note that no intermediate anchors are required. couplings and fluid. In this example the pipe length “L” at the top of the riser must be long enough to permit sufficient deflection (see Angular Movement) to accommodate the total movement “M” from both pressure thrust and thermal gradients. Install the riser with the predetermined gap method. When this system is pressurized.com . Also place intermediate clamps at every other pipe length as a minimum. between anchors “A” and “B”. weight of pipe and the fluid column. Place intermediate anchors “C” as shown. B C C C A www. CONT'D.anvilintl. Locate an anchor at the base of the riser (A) to support the total weight of the pipe.TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY. as a minimum. The maximum amount of stack growth can be predeterA mined (see Linear Movement). the pipe movement due to pressure thrust will be strained and there will be no shear forces acting at the branch connections. M RISERS WITH BRANCH CONNECTIONS L When the system is pressurized the pipe stack will “grow” due to pressure thrust which causes maximum separation of pipe ends within the couplings. to prevent possible deflection of the pipe line at the coupling joints as the riser expands due to pressure thrust or thermal growth. Anchor at “B” with an anchor capable of withstanding full pressure thrust at the top of the riser plus weight of pipe column.

Depth of Cut Groove vs. Threaded ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Roll grooving does not remove metal. ROLL GROOVING: Cut grooving is intended for use with standard and heavier wall pipe. Thread require that the pipe be free of burrs and other sharp projections which could damage the gasket. or cutting a hole in the pipe wall. Gruvlok hole cutting tools properly center holes for correct assembly of Gruvlok branch outlet components. all pipe must be prepared to receive Gruvlok coupling or other Gruvlok pipe system components. “dimple" formed from roll grooving reduces the I. Roll grooving is commonly used on a wide range of pipe thicknesses up to 0. The square cut edge of the groove allows for the full expansion. This reduces available pipe joint movement by 50% over cut grooved coupling joints. Volume of Metal Removed Cut Groove vs. metal is displaced while a groove is formed into the outer surface of the pipe Roll Grooving wall. and deflection capabilities of the Gruvlok coupling. (on an average) less than 2%.D. Instead. pipe may be grooved by either of two methods. contraction. concentric with the pipe O. grooving is not required. Cut grooving produces a groove in the pipe wall by Cut Grooving removing metal from the pipe O.375" wall steel pipe and sizes to 24" O.To create a Gruvlok pipe joint. Branch outlet connections require a properly sized and correctly located hole to be cut into the pipe.D. even on out-of-round pipe. TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE PREPARATION Available Movement Roll Groove vs. The required pipe preparation may be grooving or cleaning the pipe ends. Cut Groove 271 .. Roll Groove Cut Groove The I. Gruvlok roll grooving machines produce a groove to proper dimensional tolerances. The groove configuration has slightly rounded edges resulting in a less flexible joint than a cut groove joint. cut or roll grooving. Gruvlok plain-end pipe couplings CUT GROOVING: Gruvlok pipe grooving and hole cutting machines are available in a wide variety of designs to meet specific or general requirements. For grooved-end joints. Sock-it connections require cleaning of the pipe end.D. The groove removes less than one half of the pipe wall and does not cut as deeply into the pipe wall as do standard pipe threads.D.D.

904 73. O.com .3 XL Min. The outside pipe surfaces within 5/8" of the hole must be clean and smooth.9 1.3 2 21⁄8 50. 1 15. CONT'D.1 NOTE: When Allied XL pipe is used it is necessary only to remove sharp edges and burrs at the end of the pipe.6 2.4mm) back from the pipe end to remove all pipe coating. In.D. The maximum allowable tolerance is 0.900 1. 272 BRANCH OUTLET PIPE: CLAMP-T® Clamp-T installations require the cutting of a hole through the pipe wall.7 1.3 48.. scale.9 4 101.2 42.1 41.76mm) for all sizes. In.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE PREPARATION.9 73.8 2.D.357 59. SOCK-IT® A ⁄8" 5 After the hole has been cut into the pipe wall.4 1./mm 1. The surface around the entire circumference of the pipe within the “A” dimension in the charts must be free from dirt.630 41.D. which might effect gasket sealing integrity. etc./mm 11⁄2 15⁄8 38. any burrs and sharp or rough edges must be removed from the hole.5 66.7 51⁄2 139. Perm.0 21⁄2 25⁄8 63./mm 1.315 1.837 72. 25 11⁄4.7 3 2 ⁄4 27⁄8 69.7 61⁄2 165.8 Min.8 54.7 2.3 117.0 31⁄2 35⁄8 88.1 1 4 ⁄2 45⁄8 114. 11⁄2 32. 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 Hole Dimensions Hole Saw Size Max.295 32.6 1. www.030" (0.5 2. In.6 41⁄2 114.670 42.4 33./mm 31⁄2 88. they may damage the gasket as the pipe is inserted into the Sock-It Fitting./mm 1. ⁄4. burrs.642 41. O. the pipe ends must be square cut as measured from a true square line. Any sharp edges.875 2. PIPE TOLERANCES Size DN/mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 Schedule 10 & 40 Nom O.4 1.285 32. pipe ends must be completely cleaned a minimum of 1" (25.9 92. Diameter In.875 47.660 1.5 Surface Prep. The hole must be properly sized and located on the centerline of the pipe to assure reliable performance of the Clamp-T gaskets.325 33. projections or indentation which might effect the gasket sealing on the pipe must be removed.anvilintl. Max.385 60.3 60.910 48./mm In. “A” In.6 2. After cutting. If these are not removed. or projections which might effect the proper assembly of the Clamp-T. sharp projections. Any scale. O.1 For Sock-It Fittings. 20.882 47. etc.6 1.0 73.D.9 2. left on the pipe from cutting must be removed./mm In. weld beads.3 43⁄4 120. CLAMP-T INSTALLATION Branch Size DN/mm 1 3 ⁄2. No additional cleaning is required.846 72.375 2.352 59. rust.

etc.D.D. score marks. Pipe ends must be marked a distance of 1" from the pipe end for Sizes 2"-4" and 11/4" from the pipe end for Sizes 5"8" as a guide for centering of the gasket on the pipe ends. Swaged portion not to exceed 3⁄16" X Abrasive wheels & Dull wheel cutter saws leave edge burrs produces a raised ridge especially pronounced at the pipe O. Pipe ends (plain or beveled end) must be square cut as measured from a true square line with the maximum allowable tolerance as follows: 0. an oversize diameter. Plain-End pipe for use with Fig. The sharp O. edge left by different methods of cutting pipe must be removed. If this sharp edge is not removed. TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE PREPARATION.1mm) for 4" through 6". X Soft pipe when roll cut may be swaged inward.D. burr & sharp edge removed is preferred configuration. 7005 Roughneck Couplings must be free of any notches. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 273 .060" (1.7mm) for 2" through 3". bumps. UNACCEPTABLE X Excessive chamfer on I.5mm) for 8" sizes. +1/16"-1/32" for sizes 6" and larger. weld bead.SOCK-IT®.030" (0. 0. will tend to cut gasket during assembly. The nominal outside diameter of pipe should not vary more than ±1% for sizes up to 21/2". 1⁄32" to 1⁄16" 30 or 45 Square cut pipe with O. it may damage the gasket as the pipe is inserted into the Sock-It Fitting. ROUGHNECK® ACCEPTABLE PIPE END CONFIGURATION Remove Burr & Sharp Edge 3⁄16" Max. CONT'D.045 (1. giving on one side. Beveled pipe.D. CONT'D. Bevel not to exceed 1⁄16". and 0. +1%-1/32" for sizes 3"-5". for at least 11/2" (38mm) back from the pipe end to provide a smooth sealing surface for the gasket.

FLEXIBLE SYSTEM. 7 DNmm 2.5 20 6.7 12. 2) reduce stresses at pipe joints. PIPE HANGER SPACING: The following charts show the maximum span between pipe hangers for straight runs of standard weight steel pipe filled with water or other similar fluids.9 18 5. and 3) permit required pipe system movement to relieve stress. Nominal Pipe Size Range In.1 4 35 40 10.com .1 1-2 1 25-50 1 2 ⁄2-4 1 65-100 5-24 1 125-600 Pipe Length in Feet/Meters 10 3.7 14 4. For straight runs without concentrated loads and where full linear movement IS required use the table below. Maximum Span Between Supports Feet/meters 7 2. the hanger or support system must provide for HANGER SPACING LINEAR MOVEMENT NOT REQ'D For straight runs without concentrated loads and where full linear movement is NOT required use the table on right. fluid & pipe system components.1 3 22 6.7 2 15 4. As with any pipe system.6 2 20 6. couplings.3 2 12 3.3 16 4.anvilintl. The following factors should be considered when designing hangers and supports for a grooved-end pipe system. Do not use these values where critical span calculations are made or where there are concentrated loads between supports. STEEL PIPE FULL LINEAR MOVEMENT IS REQ'D AVERAGE HANGERS PER PIPE LENGTH EVENLY SPACED Nominal Pipe Size Range In. the piping designer must consider certain unique characteristics of the grooved type coupling in addition to many universal pipe hanger and support design factors. supports and anchors for a grooved-end pipe system.6 10 3./DNmm 1 25 11⁄4-2 32-50 21⁄2-4 65-100 5-8 125-200 10-12 250-300 14-16 350-400 18-24 450-600 1) the weight of the pipe.2 5 6 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 www.6 4 30 9.0 12 3.7 3 25 7.1 HANGER SPACING .TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT 274 When designing the hangers.

3 12 3.7 – 12 3.7 13 4 15 4.1.3 14 4.4 18 5.6 16 4.4 12 3.4 18 5. ** Spacing by ANSI-B31.2 20 6.6 15 4.6 15 4. Table 6-2.6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 9 2. 921.1 17 5.6 15 4. Fig.6 16 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.7 12 3.3 15 4.1 Power Piping Code.HANGER SPACING .1 10 3 11 3.2. TECHNICAL INFORMATION ASTM P IPE SUPPORT CARBON . table a *** Spacing by NFPA-13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems.6 15 4.3 22 6.2 17 5.7 15 4.1.6 15 4.0 18 5.7 9 2.2 20 6.6 – 10 3 – 14 4.7 11 3.6 15 4.6 COPPER TUBE Water Gas & Air Service Service ** ** – – – – – – 9 2.1 7 2.7 13 4 14 4.4 19 5.7 9 2.7 24 7.3 21 6.6 15 4.6 15 4.7 – 17 5.6 24 7. 250 psi and Fig.4 12 3.3 16 4.4 11 3.6 15 4.1 – 13 4 – 18 5.3c.4 20 6.7 15 4.1 19 5.5 19 5.1 7 2.8 18 5.6 15 4.7 13 4 14 4. IPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS 275 .6 15 4.6 15 4.6 17 5.2 – 12 3.7 – – – * Spacing by ANSI-B31.6 13 4 15 4.3 14 4. (1999 Edition).6 15 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.7 9 2.7 12 3. (1996 Edition).7 21 6.9 Building Service Piping Code.8 12 3.6 15 4. Table a.6 15 4.9 9 2.6 12 3.1 19 5.9 15 4.0 12 3./DNmm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 OD 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 41⁄4 100 5 125 51⁄4 125 51⁄2 125 STEEL PIPE Suggested Maximum Span Between Supports-Feet/Meters Water Service Air Service * ** *** * ** *** 7 2. 921.RIGID SYSTEMS SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPAN BETWEEN SUPPORTS Nominal Size In.1 10 3. CONT STEEL'DP.6 15 4.6 15 4.3D.6 15 4.6 17 5.

1 40 12.9 Building Service Piping Code. (1996 Edition).8 24 7.6 15 4. (1999 Edition).9 36 10.1 35 10. 276 HANGER SPACING .7 35 10.4 20 6.2 19 5.6 15 4. 921.6 21 6.RIGID SYSTEMS SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPAN BETWEEN SUPPORTS Nominal Size In.8 19 5.3c. table a *** Spacing by NFPA-13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems.6 15 4.9 25 7.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT.1 26 7.6 15 4. ** Spacing by ANSI-B31.3 30 9./DNmm 6 150 61⁄4 150 61⁄2 OD 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 STEEL PIPE Suggested Maximum Span Between Supports-Feet/Meters Water Service Air Service * ** *** * ** *** 17 5.6 15 4.1 30 9.6 15 4.3 24 7.2 27 8.9 17 5.1. www.6 29 8.1. Fig.7 15 4.3D.8 23 7 23 7 27 8.6 15 4.7 33 9.8 26 7.6 15 4.com .6 15 4.8 37 11. Table a.6 15 4.6 15 4. Table 6-2. 250 psi and Fig.5 26 7.2 – 21 6.3 23 6.6 15 4.3 20 6.0 42 12.6 15 4.9 42 12.3 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – * Spacing by ANSI-B31.6 15 4.5 48 14.6 15 4.0 21 6.8 26 7.6 COPPER TUBE Water Gas & Air Service Service ** ** 14 4.8 27 8. 921.6 15 4.anvilintl.1 27 8.1 32 9.8 26 7.7 39 11.6 15 4. CONT'D.2 16 4.6 15 4.3 25 7.1 Power Piping Code.1 21 6.8 21 6.8 15 4.6 45 13.6 15 4.6 15 4.4 24 7.2.2 30 9.

The proper maximum spacing allowables governed by project specifications. hangers and supports are one of the first components needed on a project since you cannot hang pipe without them. a high percentage are often related to the hanging or supporting method or application chosen. can be hung or supported based on the maximum spacing requirements only. a vital first step is to refer to the project and code requirements when choosing the proper hanging or supporting method. such as labor. the applicable code and/or the hanger manufacturer’s recommendations all must also be reviewed. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In nearly every hanger or support assembly there are three components that make up the assembly. These components are an upper attachment (beam or structural attachment). Quite often hangers and supports are an after thought on a project simply because the big-ticket items. couplings. Whenever there is a “perceived” problem with installed grooved product.) and the lower attachment (pipe clamps. ranging from a simple band hanger. All three components should arrive on the project site together and early. Flexible couplings used on horizontal runs of pipe need to be supported at every coupling and usually require intermediate supports to satisfy the maximum spacing allowable requirements. Although supported very similarly to welded piping systems. U-bolts. Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 277 . Components can also be bundled and tagged by system or area of the project so they can be easily assembled and located on-site. TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT. REVIEW REQUIREMENTS AND LOGISTICS A variety of hangers and supports are typically used on grooved piping systems. major equipment and schedule. etc. Project logistics is another consideration regardless of system type. wherever there is a change in direction of the piping system a hanger or support is usually required immediately following that change in direction and then the system is hung or supported accordingly.Grooved piping products have a very good maintenance track record out in the field. and trapeze supports to more intricate rack designs using structural steel or a mechanical framing/strut system. eye nuts. With this in mind. clevis hanger. In addition. consideration might be given to having the hangers or supports preassembled by the manufacturer or fabricated in the contractor’s shop. a few considerations should be given to assure the proper selection and application of hangers and supports used on a grooved piping system such as Anvil’s Gruvlok® brand. are the focus of the project team. To save costly field labor hours. intermediate attachment (rod. However. design and specification requirements. CONT'D. All of these are acceptable hanging or supporting methods but they are dependent on the project’s type. See accompanying illustrations for examples of typical assemblies. MAKE A MATCH The type of grooved coupling used on a project is the next consideration to choosing the correct hanger or support method. on the other hand. Rigid couplings. trapezes).

0 in/ft but at 170°F the pipe has a coefficient of thermal expansion of 0.78" of overall growth. 19 joints x . If you multiply the number of joints by the growth of each joint you can determine the overall growth of the system due to pressurization. long there will be roughly 19 grooved joints (assuming 21 ft. The joint at a flexible grooved coupling can expand about 1⁄4" at each coupling whereas the joint at a rigid grooved coupling can grow about 3 ⁄32". www. For example. HOT AND COLD Thermal expansion is another important consideration when choosing hangers or supports for a grooved system.anvilintl.0076 in/ft. CONT'D. x 0. The pipe is installed under ambient conditions assumed to be at 70°F so you have a 100°F variation in temperature. If it is a flexible system. A rigid system would be 19 joints x . lengths of pipe are used). This is significant growth especially if there is a change of direction at the end of the 400 ft. of grooved piping. if you have a grooved piping system that is 400 ft. Once the system is pressurized. especially where a change of direction or a branch line connects. if you again take 400 ft.0938" = 1. then periodic air pressurization as the system is installed will expand the grooved joints to full gap and the hangers or supports can be adjusted accordingly. let us assume the system is heating hot water that will operate at 170°F. If there is a long run of horizontal or vertical pipe with multiple joints the overall length of the system will grow depending upon which grooved coupling you have chosen. = 3.75" of overall growth. If this is not possible. In this case 400 ft. This is all due to the temperature variation from ambient conditions when the pipe is installed to operating conditions. then problems could occur. pipe run or there are branch lines coming off the main run. If this thermal growth exceeds the allowable deflection of a grooved joint. To determine the total thermal expansion of the pipe from ambient temperature to operating temperature you multiply the length of pipe by the coefficient of thermal expansion. One way to avoid this growth is to install the grooved joints at full gap so that pressurization has no impact at testing or start up.com . Thermal growth cannot be stopped. In other words the pipe has grown in length over 3 inches because of the thermal expansion.PIPE SUPPORT.0076 in/ft. As one can see. It can only be controlled by the use of anchors and expansion joints or expansion loops. For example. TECHNICAL INFORMATION Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 278 PRESSURE POINT System pressurization should also be reviewed when choosing the proper hanging or support method. the pipe ends can either be butted up tight to one another or a gap can exist.04 in. this growth due to pressurization can have a significant impact on the hangers or supports used on a project. those areas or joints where the pipe ends are butted up tight and held by a grooved coupling can “pop” or grow to the maximum gap depending on the coupling chosen.25" = 4. As the couplings are installed. This is especially important on hot systems versus chilled systems since the amount of thermal expansion will be greater on hot systems as opposed to the thermal contraction that will occur on chilled systems. At 70°F the pipe has a coefficient of thermal expansion of 0.

Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 279 . systems that are operating near the same temperature. pressurization expansion on the 400 ft. On hot systems. If the growth is downward. to allow the hot systems to thermally expand on the trapeze. CONT'D. If the pipe is a vertical riser then consideration must be given to the use of spring hangers to allow the pipe to grow vertically up or down depending upon how the pipe is anchored while still supporting the pipe.04". such as pipe rolls or pipe slides. that is. In either ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK upper upper intermediate intermediate lower lower Clevis Hanger Assembly Double Bolt Pipe Clamp Assembly case the clamps are no longer supporting the pipe as intended and this may induce excessive stress on the grooved joints. run of pipe was 4. If the vertical pipe is supported by friction/riser clamps only and the pipe expands vertically upward.75" for a flexible joint system and 1. Hot systems should be hung or supported independently of cold or ambient systems or a means should be provided. The use of static hangers. both must be taken into account and added together to determine the overall growth of the system and the effect on the hangers or supports that are used. the friction clamps resting on the penetration or supporting structure can either fail or the pipe may overcome the friction force and push it’s way through the clamp as the pipe thermally expands downward. Adding these combinations together would result in TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT. When using trapeze hangers for multiple systems it is important to have “like” systems on the trapeze. the thermal expansion of the hot system can cause the trapeze to possibly twist and fail or excessive stress could be induced on the grooved joints on all of the systems on the trapeze. such as clevis hangers. If you combine hot systems with cold systems on a trapeze.78" for a rigid joint system and the thermal expansion was 3. should not be considered on pipe that is thermally expanding.It is also important to hang or support the pipe with rolls or slides and use guides to control the thermal expansion of the pipe into an expansion joint or expansion loop. Whether it is horizontal or vertical grooved pipe. In the previous examples. Vertical pipe thermally expands the same amount as horizontal pipe and this has to be taken into consideration relating to supports. growth of the piping system due to pressurization and thermal expansion must be considered. the clamps will grow with the pipe off the penetration or supporting structure and no longer provide support. expansion joints or expansion loops.

Seismic restraints in the proper selection and application of hangers and supports for a grooved lateral direction should have little impact on expansion except where piping system. considerlower ation should be given to how a grooved system is seismically restrained. help ensure that grooved piping systhe system has a change in direction. This will.PIPE SUPPORT. expansion of the long pipe run may be restricted and this could induce excessive stress into the grooved joints.com . regardless of the horizontal or vertical orientation of the pipe. TECHNICAL INFORMATION Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 280 a total pipe growth of 7. dinal direction of a long pipe run may restrict the growth of the pipe thermal expansion and seismic restraints. Again.anvilintl. pressurization.82" for a rigid system. one can best determine the inducing stresses into the grooved couplings. the nance and downtime.79" for a flexible system or 4. Seismic restraints in the longituBy reviewing the couplings to be used on a project. If you have growth due to pressurization and/or Trapeze Assembly Spring Riser Hanger Assembly thermal expansion consideration should be given on how to restrain the system while still allowing growth to occur. this is a significant amount of growth relating to hangers and supports and the resulting stresses induced on grooved joints. upper intermediate upper intermediate CONSIDER SOME RESTRAINT lower Although grooved systems in seismic zones perform extremely well. www. in turn. CONT'D. If the seismic restraints are placed tems will continue to enjoy a solid reputation in the areas of maintelaterally after a change in direction at the end of a long run of pipe.

The calibration record of constant support shall be maintained for a period of 20 years to assist the customer in any redesign of the piping system. using stock or production parts. 80-V and Fig. or equal. DESIGN (a) All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the ASME Code for Pressure Piping B31. They shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping. Variable Spring Hangers may be used. SP-89 and SP-90 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification. TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION 281 . and the exceptions clearly listed through an addendum which will be made a part of the specification. anchors. pipe hangers shall be an approved constant support design.1. (c) Accurate weight balance calculations shall be made to determine the required supporting force at each hanger location and the pipe weight load at each equipment connection. SP-69. and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being introduced into the pipe or connected equipment. shall be utilized wherever possible. (b). (f) For critical high-temperature piping.Designs generally accepted as exemplifying good engineering practice. The Constant Support Hanger will have travel scales on both sides of the support frame to accommodate inspections. the particular system will be identified. (g) The total travel for Constant Support Hangers will be equal to actual travel plus 20%. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK (e) Wherever possible. Where piping design is such that exceptions to this specification are necessary. and guides. 81-H Constant Support Hangers. supports. at hanger locations where the vertical movement of the piping is 1⁄2" or more. 2. provided the variation in supporting effect does not exceed 25% of the calculated piping load through its total vertical travel. (d) Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. or where it is necessary to avoid the transfer of load to adjacent hangers or connected equipment. pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps. In no case will the difference between actual and total travel be less than 1". Witness marks shall be stamped on the Load Adjustment Scale to establish factory calibration reference point. SCOPE This specification shall apply for the design and fabrication of all hangers. and where the vertical movement of the piping is less than 1 ⁄2".1 and MSS Standard Practice SP-58. (h) Constant Support Hanger should be individually calibrated before shipment to support the exact load specified. Where transfer of load to adjacent hangers or equipment is not critical. as Anvil Fig.

spring hangers similar to Anvil Fig. (o) Where the piping system is subject to shock loads. (m)Each Variable Spring shall be individually calibrated at the factory and furnished with travel stops. (n) All rigid rod hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection. and be of domestic manufacture.TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION. 282 (i) In addition to the requirements of ASTM-125 all alloy springs shall be shot peened and examined by magnetic particle.M. (j) Constant Supports should have a wide range of load adjustability. such as seismic disturbances or thrusts imposed by the actuation of safety valves. (q) Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only (see Table III). Each spring coil must be purchased with a C. even in the event the lever is at a position other than “cold”. such as Anvil Fig. Additionally.M.R. When the hanger rod angularity www.T. (r) Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 1⁄2" and where the hanger rod angularly from the vertical is less than or equal to 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe. the hanger pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot position. (l) For non-critical. or equal. No less than 10% of this adjustability should be provided either side of the calibrated load for plus or minus field adjustment. low temperature systems. Where movements are of a small magnitude. Load adjustment scale shall be provided to aid the field in accurate adjustment of loads. where vertical movements up to 2" are anticipated.R. and be of domestic manufacture. spring rate and loaded height) of spring coils must be tested for. Spring coils must be square to within 1° to insure proper alignment. the constant support should be designed so that load adjustments can be made with-out use of special tools and not have an impact on the travel capabilities of the supports. hanger design shall include provisions for rigid restraints or shock absorbing devices of approved design.com . 200 shock and sway suppressor.T. without having to make hanger adjustments. All three critical parameters (free height. appropriate vibration control equipment shall be installed. (p) Selection of vibration control devices shall not be part of the standard hanger contract. (k) Constant Supports shall be furnished with travel stops which shall prevent upward and downward movement of the hanger. CONT'D. If vibration is encountered after the piping system is in operation. Each spring coiled must be purchased with a C. B-268 may be used. an approved pre-compressed Variable Spring design similar to Anvil Fig.anvilintl. The travel stops will be factory installed so that the hanger level is at the “cold” position. The spring rate tolerance shall be ±5%. At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated. The travel stops will be of such design as to permit future re-engagement. 82 may be used. suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing.

The temperature of supporting parts shall be based on a temperature gradient of 100F° per inch distance from the outside surface of the pipe. (z) All threads are UNC unless otherwise specified. guides. Welded attachments shall be of material comparable to that of the pipe.The hydraulic units shall have a temperature stable control valve. corrosion resistant piston rod supported by a rod bushings and shall be designed so that it is capable of exerting the required force in tension and compression. thereby causing the unit to resist and absorb the disturbing forces. After the disturbing forces subside. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK The valve device shall offer a minimum amount of resistance to thermal movement. The suppressor design shall include a fluid bleed system to assure continued free thermal movement after the shock force subsides. Green Semi-Gloss Primer (#10947). The valve shall provide a locking and bleed rate velocity that provides for tamper proof settings. The fluid level indicator for exact reading of reservoir fluid level in any snubber orientation. and anchors shall be so designed that excessive heat will not be transmitted to the building steel. The suppressor shall have a means of regulating the amount of movement under shock conditions up to the design load for faulted conditions without release of fluid. Pipe support attachments to the riser piping shall be riser clamp lugs. 283 . With the suppressor valve closed the fluid flow shall essentially stop. and designed in accordance with governing codes. then structural attachment will be offset so that at no point with the rod angularity exceed 4 degrees from vertical. the suppressor valve shall open again to allow free thermal movement of the piping. All other material will receive one shop coat of a red chromate primer meeting the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-636. (u) Where practical. (y) Paint . (v) Supports. For corrosive conditions hangers will be galvanized or painted with carbo-zinc #11. TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION. (w)Hanger components shall not be used for purposes other than for which they were designed.Variable Spring and Constant Support units will be furnished painted with Stewart Bros. CONT'D. The suppressor shall have a hard surfaced. (t) Hangers shall be spaced in accordance with Table 1 and Table 2 on the following page. They shall not be used for rigging and erection purposes.is greater than 4 degrees from vertical. Any shock force shall cause the suppressor valve to close. (x) Hydraulic Snubbers . riser piping shall be supported independently of the connected horizontal piping. utilizing the distance.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION. shall be completely engineered. and hanger sketches showing typical support arrangements will be furnished. 31⁄2 13 16 Nominal Pipe Size (in) 4 5 6 8 10 14 16 17 19 22 17 19 21 24 26 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 12 23 30 7 ⁄8 14 25 32 16 27 35 1 18 28 37 1 20 24 30 30 32 33 39 42 34 11⁄4 11⁄2 11⁄2 or trapeze *Many codes and specifications state “pipe hangers must be spaced every 10ft.anvilintl. ready for installation. Hanger for piping 21⁄2" and larger.” This local specification must be followed. Span (Ft) Water Service 5 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 Max. 284 HANGER DESIGN SERVICE (b) Each engineered hanger assembly will be individually bundled and tagged as far as practical.com . Each sketch will include a location plan showing the location of the hanger in relation to columns of equipment. Span (Ft) Water Service Max.1 (Appendix V). (c) Hanger inspections shall be performed in accordance with MSS-SP89 (Section 7. 1 www. Additional valves and fittings increase the load and therefore closer hanger spacing is required. Each sketch will include an exact bill of material for the component parts making up each assembly. Max. and all spring support for assemblies. Span (Ft) Vapor Service 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 NOTE: Spans shown in Tables 1 and 2 do not apply where there are concentrated loads between supports or where temperatures exceed 750°F. TABLE 1: Maximum Horizontal Spacing Between Pipe Supports for Standard Weight Steel Pipe* .7) and ASME B31. TABLE 2: Maximum Horizontal Spacing Between Copper Tubing Supports Nominal Tubing Size (in) 3 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 Max. Span (Ft) Vapor Service Recommended Hanger Rod Sizes 1 ⁄2 7 8 3 ⁄4 7 9 1 7 9 11⁄2 9 12 3 2 10 13 21⁄2 11 14 3 12 15 1 ⁄8 ⁄2 The above spacing and capacities are based on pipe filled with water. CONT'D. A piping drawing marked with approximate hanger locations and types. Hanger material for piping 2" and smaller shall be shipped as loose material. identified by piping system only. (a) Engineered hanger assemblies shall be detailed on 81⁄2" x 11” sheets. regardless of size.

400 146.619 3 4 5.918 33⁄4 8 UN 9.100 71.165 Standard UNC thread thru 3” diameter and 8-UN-2A thread series for 31⁄4” diameter and larger.139 88.690 43⁄4 8 UN 15.440 10.000 Maximum Safe Load (lbs) Rod Temperature.900 9. Rod Diameter (in) Threads per Inch 3 Root Area of Coarse Thread (in2) ⁄8 16 0.100 41⁄2 8 UN 13.350 2.620 7. CONT'D. 750° F 572 1.126 ⁄8 11 0.331 77.295 31.400 60. 285 .068 ⁄2 13 0.160 3.744 2 41⁄2 2.500 13.500 113.096 TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION.214 4 8 UN 10.292 1 1 2 ⁄4 4 ⁄2 3.300 39.066 56.687 47.566 19.600 24.889 11⁄2 6 1.600 164.TABLE 3: Load Carrying Capacities of Threaded Hanger Rods.057 1.508 4.337 114.293 13⁄4 5 1.700 184.169 38.230 4.800 18.379 5 8 UN 17.021 21⁄2 4 3.530 3.800 49.720 31⁄2 8 UN 7.600 32. 1 5 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Maximum Safe Load (lbs) Rod Temperature.982 144. 650° F 730 1.807 14.807 128.552 1 1 ⁄4 7 0.716 23⁄4 4 4.621 1 3 ⁄4 8 UN 6.202 3 ⁄4 10 0.700 98.307 66.400 129. Materials Carbon Steel with MinimumActual Tensile Strength of 50 Ksi.265 25.900 84.608 1 4 ⁄4 8 UN 12.692 2.807 101.419 1 8 0.302 7 ⁄8 9 0.480 5.

0411 0.1256 0.0803 0.1278 0.100 0.0037 -0.0617 0.1025 0.0501 0.0421 0.0217 0.0149 0.1089 0.0912 0.0726 0.0121 -0.0076 0.0157 0.0215 70 -0.0889 0.0084 0.0946 0.0133 -0.0431 0.1244 0.0091 200 0.0924 0.1233 0.0022 -0.0824 0.0030 0.0061 0.1046 0.0146 -0.1200 0.0053 0.0440 0.0109 -0.0846 0.0901 0.0958 0.0362 0.0169 -0.1188 0.0450 600 0.0670 0.0401 0.0007 0 0.0116 0 -0.1363 1.0382 0.000 0.0835 0.Low Chrome Steel (thru 3% Cr) 30 40 50 60 -0.0226 0.1177 0.0158 -0.1155 0.1211 1.1222 0.0512 0.0080 -0.0208 0.0044 -0.0316 0.0209 -0.0068 0.0141 0.0029 -0.1099 1.0192 Carbon Steel .0759 0.0334 0.0288 0.0261 400 0.0225 90 -0.0781 0.300 0.0107 0.0584 0.0203 -0.0046 0.0140 -0.0344 0.com .200 0.0220 80 -0.0638 0.0038 0.0372 0.1121 0.1320 0.1057 0.0165 0.0198 -0.0180 10 -0.0051 -0.0132 0.0553 700 0.0023 0.0096 -0.400 0.0813 0.0270 0.0970 0.0542 0.0191 0.0460 0.0187 20 -0.0015 -0.TECHNICAL INFORMATION THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL 286 THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL – (IN/FT) -200 0 -0.0163 -0.0491 0.0174 -0 -0.0200 0.0867 0.0325 0.0532 0.0252 0.0124 0.0087 -0.0714 0.0235 0.0935 0.1166 0.1342 0.0659 800 0.0127 -0.0878 1.0244 0.1299 0.0051 -0.0692 0.0574 0.1334 – – – – – – – – – Temp F www.0563 0.0298 0.0595 0.0627 0.1068 0.0015 100 0.0307 0.0649 0.0174 300 0.1144 0.1132 0.0737 0.0703 0.0857 0.0116 0.1015 0.0279 0.0981 0.0748 0.0522 0.0481 0.1004 0.0470 0.0391 0.0073 -0.0103 -0.0681 0.1078 0.1110 0.0230 -100 -0.anvilintl.0353 500 0.0770 900 0.0065 -0.0099 0.0182 0.1036 0.0606 0.1267 0.0993 1.0058 -0.0792 0.0008 0.0152 -0.

0321 0.0750 0.1434 0.0587 0.1066 0.0380 0.0477 0.0725 0.0687 0.1796 0.0776 0.1366 0.0637 0.0867 800 0.0250 300 0.400 0.0158 0.1053 0.0314 -0.1148 0.0372 -0.0227 0.0022 -0.0261 0. 347) 30 40 50 60 -0.1757 0.0662 0.0513 0.0079 0.0135 200 0.0562 0.0737 700 0.1202 0.0501 0.0465 0.1094 0.0145 -0.1678 1.0112 0.1610 0.0012 0.0295 -0.000 0.0649 0.0453 0.0489 500 0.0343 -0.0599 0.1502 0.1260 0.1692 0.0166 -0. 316.1338 0.1811 TECHNICAL INFORMATION THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL NOTE: Intersect “10” Degree increments across the top of each table with the “100” degree increments down the left side to determine the coefficient of thermal expansion for the desired temperature.0368 400 0.1717 0.0078 -0.0245 70 -0.0146 0.0123 -0.0056 -0.0933 0.0428 0.1393 0.1134 1.0134 -0.0100 -0.0999 900 0.300 0.1352 0.0353 -0.0078 -0.0575 0.0176 0 -0.1731 0.1529 0.200 0.0089 -0.0090 0.1298 0.0203 0.1325 0.0192 0.0033 -0.1189 0.0674 0.0538 0.0712 0.0273 0.1704 0.0344 0.1216 0.0056 0.0263 90 -0.1175 0.1638 0.0023 100 0.0986 0.0067 -0.0906 0.1257 0.1243 0.0101 0.0236 -0.0920 0.0440 0.1107 0.0880 0.0404 0.0550 0.0272 -0 -0.1121 0.1311 0.1556 0.1461 0.0324 -0.0169 0.1039 0.0624 0.1284 0.0045 0.0068 0.1406 1.1583 0.1771 0.0309 0.1542 1.0285 0.0334 -0.0789 0.0392 0.0972 0.0226 -0.1744 0.0124 0.0187 10 -0. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 287 .0112 -0.0297 0.1665 0.0841 0.1270 1.1624 0.0802 0.0416 0.0281 -0.0181 0.1080 0.0362 -0.1420 0.100 0.0011 0 0.THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL – (IN/FT) Temp F -200 -100 0 -0.0155 -0.0216 -0.0526 0.1570 0.1784 0.0763 0.0356 0.0893 0.0215 0.0946 0.1474 0.1651 0.1597 0.0828 0.0197 20 -0.0305 -0.0034 0.0254 80 -0.1447 0.0332 0.1012 0.1229 0.1488 0.0044 -0.0700 0.0612 600 0.1162 0.0815 0.0207 Austenitic Stainless Steels (304.1515 0.0238 0.0959 0.1379 0.0854 0.

Z

Y

288


Y

AMERICAN STANDARD CHANNELS

AMERICAN STANDARD CHANNELS

Nom.
Size
Y

Nom.
Size
Y

3
4
5
6

7

8

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
4.1
13⁄8
5.0
11⁄2
0.250
6.0
15⁄8
5
5.4
1 ⁄8
0.313
7.25
13⁄4
3
6.7
1 ⁄4
0.313
9.0
17⁄8
8.2
17⁄8
10.5
2
0.375
13.0
21⁄8
9.8
21⁄8
12.25
21⁄4
0.375
14.75
21⁄4
11.5
21⁄4
13.75
23⁄8
0.375
18.75
21⁄2

9

10

12

15

18

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
13.4
23⁄8
15.0
21⁄2
0.438
20.0
25⁄8
5
15.3
2 ⁄8
20.0
23⁄4
0.438
25.0
27⁄8
30.0
3
20.7
3
25.0
3
0.500
30.0
31⁄8
33.9
33⁄8
40.0
31⁄2
0.625
50.0
33⁄4
42.7
4
45.8
4
0.625
51.9
41⁄8
58.0
41⁄4

Z

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BEAM DIMENSIONS

S SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y
3
4
5
6
7
8
10

12

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
5.7
23⁄8
0.250
7.5
21⁄2
7.7
25⁄8
0.313
9.5
23⁄4
10.0
3
0.313
14.75
31⁄4
3
12.5
3 ⁄8
0.375
17.25
35⁄8
15.3
35⁄8
0.375
20.0
37⁄8
18.4
4
0.438
23.0
41⁄8
25.4
45⁄8
0.500
35.0
5
31.8
5
0.563
35.0
51⁄8
40.8
51⁄4
0.688
50.0
51⁄2

S SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y
15
18
20
20.3
24

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
42.9
51⁄2
0.625
50.0
55⁄8
54.7
6
0.688
70.0
61⁄4
66.0
61⁄4
0.813
75.0
63⁄8
86.0
7
0.938
96.0
71⁄4
80.0
7
90.0
71⁄8
0.875
100.0
71⁄4

www.anvilintl.com

W SHAPES
Z


Y

Nom.
Size
Y
5
6

8

10

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
19
5
0.430
25
61⁄8
0.455
18
51⁄4
0.330
1
21
5 ⁄4
0.400
24
61⁄2
0.400
28
61⁄2
0.465
31
8
0.435
35
8
0.495
40
81⁄8
0.560
1
48
8 ⁄8
0.685
1
58
8 ⁄4
0.810
67
81⁄4
0.935
22
53⁄4
0.360
26
53⁄4
0.440
30
53⁄4
0.510
33
8
0.435
39
8
0.530
45
8
0.620
49
10
0.560
54
10
0.615
60
101⁄8
0.680
68
101⁄8
0.770
77
101⁄4
0.870
1
88
10 ⁄4
0.990

W SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y

12

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
1
26
6 ⁄2
0.380
30
61⁄2
0.440
35
61⁄2
0.520
40
8
0.515
45
8
0.575
50
81⁄8
0.640
53
10
0.575
58
10
0.640
65
12
0.605
72
12
0.670
1
79
12 ⁄8
0.735
87
121⁄8
0.810
96
121⁄8
0.900
106
121⁄4
0.990

W SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y

14

16

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
3
30
6 ⁄4
0.385
34
63⁄4
0.455
38
63⁄4
0.515
43
8
0.530
48
8
0.595
53
8
0.660
61
10
0.645
68
10
0.720
74
101⁄8
0.785
1
82
10 ⁄8
0.855
1
90
14 ⁄2
0.710
99
145⁄8
0.780
109
145⁄8
0.860
120
145⁄8
0.940
132
143⁄4
1.030
36
7
0.430
40
7
0.505
45
7
0.565
50
71⁄8
0.63
57
71⁄8
0.715
67
101⁄4
0.665
77
101⁄4
0.760
89
103⁄8
0.875
3
100
10 ⁄8
0.985

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BEAM DIMENSIONS

289

290


Y

W SHAPES
Z

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BEAM DIMENSIONS, CONT'D.
Nom.
Size
Y

18

21

24

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Ft., lb. Width Flange Z
50
71⁄2
0.570
55
71⁄2
0.630
60
71⁄2
0.695
65
75⁄8
0.750
5
71
7 ⁄8
0.810
76
11
0.680
86
111⁄8
0.770
97
111⁄8
0.870
106
111⁄4
0.940
62
81⁄4
0.615
68
81⁄4
0.685
1
73
8 ⁄4
0.740
3
83
8 ⁄8
0.835
93
83⁄8
0.930
101
121⁄4
0.800
111
123⁄8
0.875
122
123⁄8
0.960
76
9
0.680
84
9
0.770
1
94
9 ⁄8
0.875
104
123⁄4
0.750
117
123⁄4
0.850
131
127⁄8
0.960

W SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y
27

30

33
36

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Ft., lb. Width Flange Z
94
10
0.745
102
10
0.830
114
101⁄8
0.930
146
14
0.975
1
108
10 ⁄2
0.760
1
116
10 ⁄2
0.850
124
101⁄2
0.930
132
101⁄2
1.000
118
111⁄2
0.740
130
111⁄2
0.855
141
111⁄2
0.960
135
12
0.790
150
12
0.940
160
12
1.020

MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED
APPLIED TORQUES
FOR SET SCREWS IN MSS
TYPE 19 & 23 C-CLAMP
Thread
Size
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8

Torque Value
(in.- lbs)
40
60
125
250
400
665

Extracted from MSS-SP-69

FOR FIG. 261 RISER CLAMP
Bolt Size
1

⁄4
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
1
3

Torque Value
(ft.- lbs)
6
21
46
100
150
190
280

Bolts per ASTM A307
Nuts per ASTM A563

www.anvilintl.com

STEEL PIPE DATA — SCHEDULE NO 40 & 80
Nom.
Size

O.D.

3

0.675

1

0.840

3

⁄4

1.050

1

1.315

11⁄4

1.660

11⁄2

1.900

2

2.375

21⁄2

2.875

3

3.500

31⁄2

4.000

4

4.500

⁄8
⁄2

Weight. per
Schedule
Wall Thick.
No.
Foot (lbs)
40
0.091
0.567
80
0.126
0.738
40
0.109
0.850
80
0.147
1.087
40
0.113
1.130
80
0.154
1.473
40
0.133
1.678
80
0.179
2.171
40
0.140
2.272
80
0.191
2.996
40
0.145
2.717
80
0.200
3.631
40
0.154
3.652
80
0.218
5.022
40
0.203
5.790
80
0.276
7.660
40
0.216
7.570
80
0.300
10.250
40
0.226
9.110
80
0.318
12.510
40
0.237
10.790
80
0.337
14.980

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
0.083
0.061
0.132
0.101
0.230
0.186
0.374
0.311
0.647
0.555
0.882
0.765
1.452
1.279
2.072
1.834
3.200
2.860
4.280
3.850
5.510
4.980

STEEL PIPE DATA — SCHEDULE NO 40 & 80
Nom.
Size

O.D.

5

5.563

6

6.625

8

8.625

10

10.750

12

12.75

14

14.000

16

16.000

18

18.000

20

20.000

24

24.000

30
36

30.000
36.000

Weight. per
Schedule
Wall Thick.
No.
Foot (lbs)
40
0.258
14.620
80
0.375
20.780
40
0.280
18.970
80
0.432
28.570
40
0.322
28.550
80
0.500
43.390
40
0.365
40.480
80
0.593
64.400
40
0.406
53.600
80
0.687
88.600
40
0.437
63.000
80
0.750
107.000
40
0.500
83.000
80
0.843
137.000
40
0.563
105.000
80
0.937
171.000
40
0.593
123.000
80
1.031
209.000
40
0.687
171.000
80
1.218
297.000
20
0.500
158.000
API
0.500
190.000

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
8.660
7.870
12.510
11.290
21.600
19.800
34.100
31.100
48.500
44.000
58.500
51.200
76.500
69.700
97.200
88.500
120.400
109.400
174.200
158.200
286.000
417.000

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

STEEL PIPE DATA

291

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COPPER TUBE DATA

292

TYPE L
Tube
Size
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
5
6
8
10
12

O.D.
Tubing
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
11⁄8
13⁄8
15⁄8
21⁄8
25⁄8
31⁄8
35⁄8
41⁄8
51⁄8
61⁄8
81⁄8
101⁄8
121⁄8

O.D.

Wall Thick.

0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.125
1.375
1.625
2.125
2.625
3.125
3.625
4.125
5.125
6.125
8.125
10.125
12.125

0.030
0.035
0.040
0.042
0.045
0.050
0.055
0.060
0.070
0.080
0.090
0.100
0.110
0.125
0.140
0.200
0.250
0.280

TYPE K
Weight per
Foot (lbs)
0.126
0.198
0.285
0.362
0.455
0.655
0.884
1.140
1.750
2.480
3.330
4.290
5.380
7.610
10.200
19.290
30.100
40.400

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
0.034
0.062
0.100
0.151
0.209
0.357
0.546
0.767
1.341
2.064
2.949
3.989
5.188
8.081
11.616
20.289
31.590
45.426

Tube
Size
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
5
6
8
10
12

O.D.
Tubing
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
11⁄8
13⁄8
15⁄8
21⁄8
25⁄8
31⁄8
35⁄8
41⁄8
51⁄8
61⁄8
81⁄8
101⁄8
121⁄8

O.D.

Wall Thick.

0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.125
1.375
1.625
2.125
2.625
3.125
3.625
4.125
5.125
6.125
8.125
10.125
12.125

0.035
0.049
0.049
0.049
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.072
0.083
0.095
0.109
0.120
0.134
0.160
0.192
0.271
0.338
0.405

Weight per
Foot (lbs)
0.145
0.269
0.344
0.418
0.641
0.839
1.040
1.360
2.060
2.920
4.000
5.120
6.510
9.670
13.870
25.900
40.300
57.800

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
0.032
0.055
0.094
0.144
0.188
0.337
0.527
0.743
1.310
2.000
2.960
3.900
5.060
8.000
11.200
19.500
30.423
43.675

www.anvilintl.com

FLANGE CAST IRON PIPE ADD WEIGHT OF FLANGES *

GLASS PIPE - REGULAR SCHEDULE

Weight per Weight of Water
O.D.
Wall Thick.
C.I. Pipe
ft. (lbs)
per ft. (lbs).

Pipe Size

Class

3

150

3.96

0.32

12.2

4

150

4.80

0.32

6

150

6.90

8

150

10

0.12

Weight/per
ft. (lbs)
0.64

Weight of Water
per ft. (lbs)
0.89

0.14

0.94

1.45

0.17

1.60

3.19

4.53

0.20

2.60

5.79

6.66

0.24

4.70

12.78

Pipe Size

O.D.

Wall Thick.

3.7

11⁄2

1.84

16.4

5.7

2

2.34

0.38

25.7

12.8

3

3.41

9.05

0.41

36.7

23.1

4

150

11.10

0.44

48.7

35.5

6

12

150

13.20

0.48

62.9

51.0

14

150

15.30

0.51

78.8

69.3

16

150

17.40

0.54

95.0

90.3

18

150

19.50

0.58

114.7

114.0

20

150

21.60

0.62

135.9

141.5

24

150

25.80

0.73

190.4

30

150

32.00

0.85

277.3

36

150

38.30

0.94

42

150

44.50

48

150

50.80

GLASS PIPE - HEAVY SCHEDULE
Pipe Size

O.D.

Wall Thick.

Weight per
ft. (lbs)

Weightof Water
per ft. (lbs)

201.0

1

1.31

0.16

0.6

0.35

312.0

11⁄2

1.84

0.17

0.9

0.76

368.9

449.0

2

2.34

0.17

1.1

1.36

1.05

479.1

612.0

3

3.41

0.20

2.0

3.06

1.14

595.2

803.0

4

4.53

0.26

3.4

5.44

6

6.66

0.33

6.3

12.42

* Mechanical joint pipe class ISO is approximately the same weight as
Bell & Spigot

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

OTHER PIPE DATA

293

anvilintl.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PVC PIPE SUPPORT SPACING 294 Pipe Size (in.) 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 SCHEDULE 40 60 80 4 31⁄2 4 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 41⁄2 51⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 51⁄2 6 51⁄2 7 61⁄2 7 7 71⁄2 7 71⁄2 7 8 71⁄2 81⁄2 8 9 81⁄2 10 9 111⁄2 101⁄2 12 11 121⁄2 111⁄2 13 12 14 121⁄2 15 13 — Temperature (°F) 100 120 140 31⁄2 2 2 31⁄2 21⁄2 2 4 21⁄2 21⁄2 4 21⁄2 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 5 3 3 5 31⁄2 3 5 31⁄2 3 6 4 31⁄2 6 4 31⁄2 61⁄2 4 4 61⁄2 41⁄2 4 7 41⁄2 4 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 8 5 41⁄2 81⁄2 51⁄2 5 91⁄2 61⁄2 51⁄2 10 7 6 101⁄2 71⁄2 61⁄2 11 8 7 111⁄2 10 81⁄2 121⁄2 11 91⁄2 SCHEDULE 80 60 80 4 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 41⁄2 51⁄2 5 6 51⁄2 6 6 61⁄2 6 7 61⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 71⁄2 81⁄2 8 9 81⁄2 91⁄2 9 10 91⁄2 11 101⁄2 12 11 13 12 131⁄2 13 14 131⁄2 141⁄2 14 151⁄2 141⁄2 17 15 — Temperature (°F) 100 120 140 31⁄2 21⁄2 2 4 21⁄2 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 5 31⁄2 3 51⁄2 31⁄2 3 51⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 6 4 31⁄2 61⁄2 41⁄2 4 7 41⁄2 4 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 8 51⁄2 5 9 6 5 91⁄2 61⁄2 51⁄2 10 7 6 101⁄2 71⁄2 61⁄2 11 8 7 111⁄2 81⁄2 71⁄2 12 11 9 121⁄2 111⁄2 91⁄2 14 121⁄2 101⁄2 SCHEDULE 120 60 80 – – – – 5 5 51⁄2 5 6 51⁄2 61⁄2 6 61⁄2 61⁄2 71⁄2 7 8 71⁄2 81⁄2 8 9 81⁄2 91⁄2 9 101⁄2 10 111⁄2 101⁄2 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – — Temperature (°F) 100 120 140 – – – – – – 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 3 5 31⁄2 3 51⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 6 4 31⁄2 61⁄2 4 31⁄2 7 41⁄2 4 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 81⁄2 51⁄2 5 9 6 51⁄2 91⁄2 61⁄2 6 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – www.com .

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION PVC PIPE SUPPORT SPACING. This chart based on continuous spans and for un-insulated line carrying fluids of specific gravity up to 1. operating temperature and service conditions. load conditions.00.SDR 41 SDR 26 – Pipe Size (in. The above table is meant as a general guideline. consideration should be given to the use of CPVC or continuous support above 120°F. The possibility of temperature overrides beyond regular working temperatures and cost may either make either of the alternatives more desirable. 295 .) 60 80 100 120 140 60 80 100 120 140 60 80 100 120 140 18 13 12 11 8 7 141⁄2 14 12 9 8 – – – – – 20 131⁄2 121⁄2 111⁄2 81⁄2 71⁄2 15 141⁄2 121⁄2 91⁄2 81⁄2 – – – – – 24 14 13 12 9 8 151⁄2 15 13 10 9 – – – – – NOTE: Although support spacing is shown at 140°F. it is recommended that the pipe manufacturer be consulted for specific spacing recommendations relating to their pipe. CONT'D. Local codes and specifications may also vary from the above recommended spacing and should be consulted for the applicable spacing requirements prior to installation.

This chart based on continuous spans and for un-insulated line carrying fluids of specific gravity up to 1.anvilintl. load conditions. 296 www. operating temperature and service conditions. it is recommended that the pipe manufacturer be consulted for specific spacing recommendations relating to their pipe. The possibility of temperature overrides beyond regular working temperatures and cost may either make either of the alternatives more desirable.TECHNICAL INFORMATION CPVC PIPE SUPPORT SPACING Pipe Size (in.com . Local codes and specifications may also vary from the above recommended spacing and should be consulted for the applicable spacing requirements prior to installation. The above table is meant as a general guideline.00. consideration should be given to the use of CPVC or continuous support above 120°F.) 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 1 1 1 ⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 SCHEDULE 40 — Temperature (°F) SCHEDULE 80 — Temperature (°F) 73° 100° 120° 140° 160° 180° 73° 100° 120° 140° 160° 180° 5 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 6 7 7 71⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄2 91⁄2 101⁄2 111⁄2 12 13 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 6 7 7 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 9 10 101⁄2 11 12 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 51⁄2 61⁄2 7 7 7 71⁄2 81⁄2 91⁄2 10 10 11 4 4 41⁄2 5 5 5 6 6 61⁄2 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 91⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 4 4 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 8 81⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 4 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 6 7 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 7 7 8 8 81⁄2 81⁄2 10 11 111⁄2 121⁄2 15 16 5 51⁄2 6 6 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 91⁄2 101⁄2 11 12 131⁄2 15 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 6 61⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 10 101⁄2 111⁄2 121⁄2 131⁄2 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 9 91⁄2 101⁄2 11 12 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 71⁄2 91⁄2 10 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 8 81⁄2 NOTE: Although support spacing is shown at 140°F.

usually less than a foot.722G GRUVLOK.5 2. Upon approval.7051 GRUVLOK Fig 7400 DESCRIPTION #1 90 ELBOW. GRVD 3DTY VALVE. 297 .7050 GRUVLOK. or product to attain the desired results.SER. heat exchangers. TEE.7800 GRUVLOK. COUPLING.Anvil offers both Basic and Extended Services… Contact your Anvil representative for more information. TECHNICAL INFORMATION ANVIL DESIGN SERVICES We usually reduce fitting counts by 10%-15% by moving equipment whenever possible. GROOVED SUCTION DIFF.7060 GRUVLOK. equipment location.758 GRUVLOK.7000 GRUVLOK. GRVD COUPLING.SER. The components can be grouped from the finished drawings for better workflow planning. and approved submittals and specifications. GROOVED SUCTION DIFF. Also. GROOVED FITTINGS Qty 10 27 32 6 4 4 TAG# 2 5 7 8 10 11 SIZE 2.Fig. your field supervisor can spend more time supervising and not calculating pipe lengths and pipe routing.FIG.7000 GRUVLOK. GRVD STRAINER.5 2.SER. The more movement that is allowed. Preliminary prints are sent to you for revision or approval. BASIC SERVICES Anvil Design Services produces fabrication drawings and Bill of Materials of mechanical room piping 21⁄2" and larger including chillers. We may suggest modifications in arrangement. GROOVED CHECK VALVE.7250 GRUVLOK. construction.5 2.FIG. boilers. GROOVED BUTTERFLY VALVE. GRVD BUTTERFLY VALVE.7000 GRUVLOK. GRVD COUPLING RIGIDLOK GRVD DESCRIPTION #2 290390014249 290390013522 290390016822 290390014801 290390013548 to “reserve” space by “getting in” first. Initially. FLEX GRVD. The project scope and fee is agreed upon in a Design Services contract.7250 DESCRIPTION #1 BUTTERFLY VALVE. accuracy. you can plan the mechanical room. The preliminary drawings can be taken to coordination meetings with other trades ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK VALVES Qty TAG# SIZE 4 25 27 34 55 58 61 81 85 89 2.Fig. taking equipment location and any interferences into consideration. Piping layouts are carefully analyzed to determine whether further economies can be attained in the piping system.7000 GRUVLOK. Piping drawings are then prepared to determine the most efficient pipe routing. With Basic Services.5 2. GRVD BUTTERFLY VALVE. GROOVED 45 ELBOW. and pumps from contractor supplied flow diagrams. The plans and specifications are then interpreted in terms of economy.SER. Anvil personnel meet with you to determine your piping preferences.SER.5 4 PART# GRUVLOK.5 2. GRVD STRAINER. mechanical drawings.7260 GRUVLOK.Fig. RIGIDLOK GRVD.7000 GRUVLOK.Fig. the more savings can be realized. and compliance. (4) sets of drawings with tags and Bills of Materials of the included system components are sent to you.7400 GRUVLOK.Fig.5 6 10 6 10 6 6x5 6 12 PART# GRUVLOK.5 2.Fig.Fig.Fig.

anvilintl. There are many different types of services offered as extended: 7 7 51 10 7 10 ➣ BOM by component (pump.com . chiller) or by system ➣ Unique Tagging – adding unique tags to components ➣ Air Handling Units – with associated ductwork ➣ Single Line Routing – non-dimensional ➣ Distribution Piping ➣ Dimensioned Floor Penetrations ➣ AWWA Piping .Field Survey M-1 ➣ Hybrid Systems ➣ Anything Else 7 18 5 2 5 16 5 2 5 17 15 7 1 5 7 4 5 8 8 7 3 7 4 5 6 7 8 7 10 7 26 26 9 7 5 21 5 21 22 23 22 28 HOT WATER ISO NO SCALE 12 8 2 7 11 7 7 4 7 11 20 IN 29 5 2 28 24 5 27 5 6 5 2 22 21 26 5 4 5 25 5 24 12 14 3 7 7 4 13 7 5 2 5 7 8 7 10 7 26 9 7 2 4 5 21 7 21 5 22 22 23 22 21 26 5 4 5 25 5 24 13 12 28 14 7 12 8 2 5 26 2 7 11 7 7 4 7 11 20 IN 29 5 2 28 24 5 27 5 www. CONT'D.TECHNICAL INFORMATION ANVIL DESIGN SERVICES.Total Scope ➣ Commercial Piping ➣ Oil Field Piping D ➣ Retrofit Projects . 298 51 7 EXTENDED SERVICES Extended Services include any scope beyond Basic Services.

........................... 267-270 Couplings for Grooved-End Pipe .................. 239-241 ASTM Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications ........262 Coupling Flexibility .................................................................... 226-227 Flow Data Frictional Resistance............................ Decimal Equivalents Of ....................................................................146 Formulas.................................................................. Sprinkler System .................................... 206-207 Conversions ................. 218-219 Barlow’s Formula ........................................ 288-290 Blind Flanges............................. 302-304 Fitting Size O.....................................................................................................224 Bolt Torque ................................................................215 Boiling Points Of Water At Various Pressures ...................................................205 Design Factors ........................................................................................ 256-257 Flow Conversion Chart ...............296 Decimal Degree Equivalents Of Minutes....................... 113-122 Alignment of Pipe..........................................................................235 Fractions. Steel Flange .......................................Description ......................................................... 113-122 Copper Tube Data........................................................ ASTM ..................... 26-37 Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications..../600Lb.....................................8 – 25 CPVC Pipe Support Spacing ..................205 Extra Heavy Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts ........................223 Equivalents Of Minutes......... Page 299 ....................................292 Coupling Chart Data Notes ........................................................................................................... 38-82 Flange & Carbon Steel Pipe Specifications.................................... 297-298 Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel.228 Arc Welding Equipment...... Geometry ....217 Branch Outlets ............................... Trouble Shooting .....D.................................................................................................................................... 242-243 Beam Dimensions ...... 218-219 Flow Control Components.....................................................................................................215 Feet Head To Water Pressure .....................................................205 Decimal Equivalents Of Fractions .......228 Commercial Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses .....................................................................255 Design Services ........ 299-301 Anvil Design Services .....................................................................200 Bolting Dimensions for 150 to 300 Lb............................................................ ASTM ................216 Bolting Dimensions for 400 Lb........................................................................ Colors ....................................................205 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INDEX ALPHABETICAL INDEX Description ........................................ 203-204 Advanced Copper Method ...208 Basic Arc & Gas Welding Symbols ....... Steel Flange ................................ 221-222 Alphabetical Index ........................ 218-219 Coated Arc Welding Electrodes ....................234 Formulas.......238 Colors And Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel ....225 Figure Number Index ..................................... 236-237 Copper Fittings................146 Fittings for Grooved-End Pipe ......Types & Styles ....................... Decimal Degree...................... Chart & Flow Data Frictional Resistance ......... Page Abbreviations ............ 297-298 Drill Sizes For NPT Pipe Taps .......................................

........ 170-171 Installation .. 203-204 Lubricants ...Fig........... 7012 Gruvlok Flange (2” ....................... 174-175 Installation ......... 178-179 Installation ........Fig............... 110-112 How to Cut Odd-Angle Elbows .... 221-222 www........................................ GBV-S & GBV-T Circuit Balancing Valves184-189 Installation ........ 147-200 Lap Joint Flanges .................. 300 Description ....Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples .....214 List Of Abbreviations ..........Fig........... -GF & -FF AnvilFlex™ ..................... 156-157 Installation . 7003 Hingelok™ Coupling ................... 176-177 Installation .. 7042 Outlet Coupling ........... AF21-GG. 7045 7046 Clamp-T® Branch Outlets......................................... 7307 HDPE Transition Coupling...................... 180-181 Installation ...............Fig......... 7001 Standard Coupling .................................. 190-191 Installation ......................................................................... 7000 Standard Coupling ............... 166-167 Installation .......................Gruvlok Sock-It® Fitting .............Fig..Fig................Fig....General Assembly of Threaded Fittings ............ 168-169 Installation ....... 148-149 Installation ........ 260-261 General Assembly of Threaded Fittings ...............Fig.....223 Other Pipe Data . 258-259 Gruvlok® Lubricants......... 7044 Branch Outlet ......... 162-165 Installation ............................com . Drill Sizes ........290 Melting Points of Metals .............. 253-254 Gruvlok® Product Information .. 263-266 NPT Pipe Taps.............. 196-198 Installation ..............................230 Movement-—Applications ............................................. 7012 Gruvlok Flange (14” ...........................Fig................ 7312 HDPE Flange Adapter .. 253-254 Maximum Recommended Applied Torques.................Fig..... Page Gasket Grade Index & Gasket Recommendations ....................................Fig................................ 150-151 Installation ............ CONT'D....237 HDPE Couplings........................................................Fig.....234 Gruvlok DI-LOK® Nipples ...................................................... 8-146 Hardness Conversion Numbers ..............................200 Installation ...............Fig.....Fig....... 154-155 Installation ... 131-132 Heat Losses From Horizontal Bare Steel Pipe ..............................................Weld-Miser™ Tee-Lets® .........199 Installation ........Fig.........................................................228 High Pressure Systems ...................................... 7005 Roughneck® Coupling .................12”) ...............Fig............................ 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling ......................220 Installation ..123 Gruvlok® Flow Control Components ......................................................................................... 172-173 Installation .............293 Physical Properties of E60 & E70 Series Electrodes ....... 158-159 Installation ......................................................................... 182-183 Installation .............................Specified Bolt Torque .............INDEX ALPHABETICAL INDEX.............................199 Geometry Formulas ................................... 256-257 Gruvlok® Gasket Styles ..................... 160-161 Installation .............................................................................................Fig............................................................................................. 152-153 Installation .................................. 7305 HDPE Coupling .......................................... 7010 Reducing Coupling ................ 192-195 Installation & Assembly ....Fig.223 Pipe Alignment...238 Pipe & Water Weight/Foot ........................24”) ............. 7011 Standard Coupling ...... Page Description ..anvilintl...... 7401 Rigidlok® Coupling .....

.... CONT'D...... Threaded and Socket Flanges ...............................259 Valves & Accessories ......................................... 45° Elbow ....................................................................................... 281-285 Pipe Preparation ..... 281-285 Unit Conversions ................... 83-109 Wall Thicknesses & Pipe Sizes........... Commercial .. 138-143 Standard Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts ........................210 Weld Fitting Welding Neck Flanges ......200 Sprinkler System Formulas ............................................................................. 239-241 Tube Data............................................. 294-295 Roll Groovers ........................235 Stainless Steel Method................................200 Total Thermal Expansion of Piping Material ............. 244-248 Tap & Drill Sizes ......................... Cross.....236 Standard Pipe Data .................................................................... Commercial ................................291 Pipe Fitting Symbols .............................229 Specified Bolt Torque .......................................................................................................................................................................................................Seamless Brass & Copper Pipe ........................................... Copper.............229 Typical Pipe Hanger Specification ......213 Sock-It® Piping Method Fittings.......................... 144-145 Slip-on............................ Steel ..................................... 244-248 Pipe Hanger Specification ....................................................................211 Weld Fitting Tee.........228 Threaded and Socket Flanges...........................................................................292 Typical BTU Values Of Fuels ...................291 Symbols For Pipe Fittings ........................................... Page Pipe Data.............................................................213 Torque................. 274-280 Plain-End Fittings .....................................................................................209 Weld Fitting Reducers & Reducing Outlet Tees ................228 Weld Fitting 90° Elbow........................................................ 271-273 Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses......................................................... 180° Return................................................................................................... 231-232 Vacume Service ............................. 206-207 Pipe Support .................Description ................ 133-137 Specific Gravity Of Gases ............................................................................................. 124-130 PVC Pipe Support Spacing...208 Steel Pipe Data ..........................................................224 Weights of Metals ..................................223 Technical Information .................................................212 Wire Rope ...............................................................213 Standard Conversions ... 249-251 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INDEX ALPHABETICAL INDEX...........................................................................225 Weight/Foot ................ 201-298 Thermal Expansion of Pipe Material ......................... Slip-on ................................................................................................................ Description ...............................................................................229 Specific Gravity Of Liquids ...... 286-287 Thermal Expansion of Piping Material .......... Page 301 ...........................................233 Useful Definitions ........................... Bolt .... Cap..................................................... Stub End ............................................................................................... 206-207 Water Pressure To Feet Head .......228 Trouble Shooting Arc Welding Equipment .......

..........................................144 Roll Groovers ................................................................43 Plain End 45° Long Radius Elbow ..............................................75 45° Long Radius Elbow ....................128 Plain End 90° Elbow .... 8-10............................................ 154-155 Standard Coupling ..................................76 221⁄2° Long Radius Elbow ................................. 172-173 Clamp-T®...............................................................40 111⁄4° Long Radius Elbow ................................. FPT Branch ..........41 www.... 28-32..................................................................... 160-161 Standard Coupling .....................anvilintl.................................................................. Description ..............77 90° Long Radius Elbow .................................... 124.......................36 90° Long Radius Elbow ................................................................................ 19-20.......INDEX FIGURE NUMBER INDEX 302 Fig..........80 90° Drain Elbow ................... 158-159 End Guard® Coupling ............................. Page 171 400G 758G 768G 1007 3006C 3006 3007 7000 7001 7003 7004EG 7004HPR 7005 7010 7011 7012 7013 7022EG 7042 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 7050-3D Brass Ball Valve ................................................................ 150-151 Gruvlok Flanges ...................................................145 Roll Groovers .101 Roll Groovers ..........................................38 45° Long Radius Elbow .................................................................112 90° Long Radius Elbow ........112 Outlet Coupling ... Groove Branch ............... 26-27....................................100 Grooved-End “Wye” Strainer .........39 221⁄2° Long Radius Elbow . 168-169 Branch Outlet .................................. No....................................................................141 45° Elbow ...................125 Stainless Steel 45° Elbow ............ 87-88 Grooved-End Silent Check Valve ....................................... 170-171 Clamp-T®........................................................ 14-15..82 221⁄2° Elbow ....................................................21-23...... 33-35....................................82 111⁄4° Elbow ............ Description .79 111⁄4° Long Radius Elbow ..................................... 37.145 Roll Groovers .78 45° Long Radius Elbow ......... No.................................................................. 18................................ 174-175 Reducing Coupling ................. 11.........128 Plain End 45° Elbow ........................... 148-149 Hingelok® Coupling ...........................111 HPR® Coupling .... Lightweight Coupling ............................... 114-115........................................................................42 Plain End 90° Long Radius Elbow ............... 162-167 Gruvlok Flanges .............81 High Pressure 45° LR Elbow ...............................................................................110 Roughneck® Coupling ...............79 221⁄2° Long Radius Elbow ..................65 Stainless Steel 90° Elbow .............................com ..24 High Pressure Header Tee....................141 90° Elbow ..............................................................112 45° Long Radius Elbow ..... Cross .36 Clamp-T®............................................71 High Pressure 90° LR Elbow ....................... 170-171 Clamp-T®..............................91 Grooved-End “Wye” Strainer ............................125 Reducing Base Support Elbow (GR xFL)........................ Page Fig.....36 Clamp-T®.................................................................................76 111⁄4° Long Radius Elbow .....................................................74 7050-5D 7050-6D 7050DR 7050EG 7050LR 7050LRP 7050P 7050RF 7050SS 7050 7051-3D 7051-5D 7051-6D 7051EG 7051LR 7051LRP 7051P 7051SS 7051 7052-3D 7052-5D 7052-6D 7052 7053-3D 7053-5D 7053-6D 7053 90° Long Radius Elbow ....................................... Cross ..................... Cross ......................................................

......... Page Fig..............130 Swaged Nipples (GR xGR) ..........................112 Plain End Tee .....125 Stainless Steel Tees ....................................................................................63 Stainless Steel Concentric Reducers.........129 Adapter Nipple (GR xMPT) .......................................................................... No.................... No................................................................................................................................................................................................66 HOSE Nipples (GR x Hose) ...............................44 Reducing Tee w/ Threaded Branch...............................................................141 Tee ................................................................78 30° Long Radius Elbow .........74 60° Long Radius Elbow ................................................................................. 52-53 Stainless Steel Caps.........129 Flange Nipples (GR x #150 FL) .................. 45-47 Bullhead Tee Specialty Tees (GR x GR x FPT) .....69 Adapter Nipple (Plain x THD) ........126 Cross ............. 55-56 Stainless Steel Eccentric Reducers ..............50 Plain End Reducing Tee .................57 45° Reducing Lateral ................66 Flange Nipples (Plain x #300 FL) ..70 Tee w/ Threaded Branch ....................................................................................129 Adapter Nipple (GR xBEV) ...................................................................... CONT'D...................................................................51 Plain End Swaged Nipples .............68 Plain End 45° Lateral ........................................................................................68 GR x Thd Concentric Reducers ........................64 60° Long Radius Elbow .....54 Swaged Nipples (GR xBEV) ..........................................................................................................143 Eccentric Reducers .................. Description .......................................................................................126 45° Lateral ......................................................................127 Stainless Steel Reducing Tees ........................................................................69 Flange Nipples (Plain x #150 FL) ...........................69 Adapter Nipple (Plain x BEV) ...........................................................................................Description .............................142 Reducing Tee Standard .................................................................................................................65 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INDEX FIGURE NUMBER INDEX.........128 Bull Plug ............77 60° Long Radius Elbow ............143 GR x GR Concentric Reducers ..........................................................................................................54 Swaged Nipples (GR xTHD) ....... 303 ............ 48-49 Standpipe Tee (GR x GR x FPT) ........................54 Adapter Nipple (Plain x GR) .........................................................................................................................................126 True Wye...........129 Adapter Nipple (GR xGR) .81 High Pressure Tee ..69 Female Thread Adapter (GR x FPT) .................141 Cap ......62 High Pressure Cross ....................................... Fig..........................................67 Plain End Bull Plug ..........................................129 Flange Nipples (GR x #300 FL) ..80 30° Long Radius Elbow ........................70 Tee Wye .......................64 GR x MPT 45° Adapter Elbow ..........75 30° Long Radius Elbow ......... Page 7055 7056 7057-3D 7057-5D 7057-6D 7058-3D 7058-5D 7058-6D 7060EG 7060P 7060SS 7060 7061P 7061SS 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068EG 7068P 7068 7069P 7069 7070 GR x MPT 90° Adapter Elbow ....... 58-59 7071P 7071 7072SS 7072 7073SS 7073 7074SS 7074 7075P 7075 7076 7077P 7077 7078 7079 7080P 7080 7081P 7081 7082P 7082 7084P 7084 7085P 7085 7086 7087 Plain End 90° True Wye ...111 Plain End Cross ........................................................... 60-61 Reducing Tee Wye .........

............... 139-140 Ball Valves ....com .............................72 Eccentric Reducers ............................................................................ 96-97 Automatic Air Vents ... No.............92 Butterfly Valve...105 Automatic Air Vents ...............................110 Copper Reducing Adapter (GR x CUP) .. 182-183 Sock-It® Reducing Outlet Tee ........138 Rigidlite® Coupling ................. 83-84 Check Valves....... 190-191 Flex Connector (GR x GR) ................. 182-183 Sock-It® Straight Tee ................................................. 12-13.................................86 Flex Connectors (FL xFL) .............. 93-94 Circuit Balancing Valves (Sweat) ....................... 136..............................................123 DI-LOK® Nipple (GR xGR) ....................116 Copper Reducing Tee (GR x GR x Gr) .... 176-177 HDPE Transition Coupling .......... 95.............................. 52-53 Sock-It® 90° Elbow ................................................................................................... 108....................................................... 107.........118 Copper Reducing Tee (GR x GR x CUP) ................................ CONT'D.....................................................106 Balancing Valves (Angle) ................................................................................................................ 95...............................25 Suction Diffuser ...................120 Copper Transition Fitting ......................118 Copper Concentric Reducer (GR x Gr) ..................... Page 7560 7561A 7564A 7572 7574 7575 7582 7600 7700 7800 8000GR AF21-FF AF21-GF AF21-GG FTV-A FTV-S GAV-15 GAV-30 GBV-A GBV-G GBV-S GBV-T Copper Tees ................................... 182-183 Sock-It® 90° Reducing Elbow ..... 184-189 Circuit Balancing Valves (Threaded) ... 304 7088 7089 7090 7091 7097 7100 7101 7103 7105 7106 7107 7240 7250 7260 7305 7307 7312 7400SS 7400 7401 7450 7460 7500B 7500SS 7500 7550 7551 Description .......................... 135.... 182-183 Sock-It® Coupling ................................................. 190-191 Flex Connectors (GR x FL) ... 182-183 Expansion Joints.... No............................... 132.......................... 113............................117 Copper End Caps .........................73 Short Pattern Tee .... 109......................... 16-17....................................................... 137.......anvilintl.............. 131..................... 180-181 Stainless Steel Rigidlite® Coupling ..............................123 DI-LOK® Nipple (THD xTHD) .......... 190-191 Tri-Service Valves (Angle) ..........................116 Fig................................................. 93-94 Balancing Valves (Straight) .............................................................. Description ............. 133.. 131...... 134....................123 End of the Line .....................................................................116 Copper 45° Elbow ....................85 Butterfly Valve................ 182-183 Sock-It® Reducing Tee ........................................ 184-189 www.................... 96-97 Tri-Service Valves (Straight) ..................... 152-153 90° Short Pattern Elbow .............. 121-122 Stainless Steel Grooved-End Ball Valve................................................. 98-99 HDPE Coupling ......... INDEX Fig.................. 89-90 Copper 90° Elbow .FIGURE NUMBER INDEX.............. 156-157 Rigidlok® Coupling ...................... 102-104 Tee Strainer.. 178-179 HDPE Flange Adapter ....... 133........73 Grooved-End Bronze Copper Ball Valve ........................ Page ® DI-LOK Nipple (GR xTHD) ........120 Butterfly Valve.

ANVIL DESIGN SERVICES BROCHURE PIPE HANGERS & SUPPORT CATALOG GRUVLOK CATALOG ORDER DOCUMENT #105 ORDER DOCUMENT #165 ANVILSTAR FIRE PROTECTION BROCHURE ORDER DOCUMENT #215 ORDER DOCUMENT #040 ANVIL INTERACTIVE CD ORDER DOCUMENT #899 .

Customer Service Tel: 708-534-1414 • Fax: 708-534-5441 FOR SALES AND SERVICE INFORMATION CONTACT THE REGIONAL SERVICE CENTER NEAREST YOU OR VISIT OUR WEBSITE AT WWW. GEORGIA. Sales Manager Tel: 813-300-3721 U. WEST PENNSYLVANIA.S. MICHIGAN. .S. UTAH. Suite 10 • P.8033 #030 / Printed in USA / 6.05 / 30M / © 2005 Anvil International. VIRGINIA Servicing: ALABAMA. NV 89431 TE L: 775-331-7029 • FAX : 775-331-5075 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-572-0051 EUROPE & MIDDLE EAST REGION Rick van Meesen. KENTUCKY. Ontario L8E 2V9 Tel: 905-664-1459 • Fax: 905-664-3190 MIDWEST SERVICE CENTER WESTERN SERVICE CENTER Servicing: ILLINOIS. Box 3180 • Portsmouth.S. Vice President 470 Seaman St.U.8000 • Fax: 603.422. NEVADA. Stoney Creek. VERMONT. Inc. TENNESSEE. WASHINGTON 1385 GRE G STRE E T SP ARK S . PA 19007 TE L: 215-788-4056 • FAX : 215-788-4475 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-451-2935 1313 AVE NUE R GRAND PRAI RI E . ARKANSAS. MISSISSIPPI. OHIO. Business Director the Netherlands Tel: +31 53 5725570 • Fax: +31 53 5725579 U. NORTH AND SOUTH CAROLINA. NH 03802-3180 • Phone: 603.422. MARYLAND. MINNESOTA. WISCONSIN 750 CE NTRAL AVE NUE UNI VE RSI TY PARK . KANSAS. IL 60466 TE L: 708-534-1414 • FAX : 708-534-5441 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-301-2701 Servicing: ALASKA. TX 75050 TE L: 972-343-9206 • FAX : 972-641-8946 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-451-4414 Kevin Fullan. IDAHO. EAST PENNSYLVANIA. NEW HAMPSHIRE.O. MONTANA. DELAWARE.COM 110 Corporate Drive. OKLAHOMA. ARIZONA. COLORADO. HAWAII. INDIANA. Customer Service Tel: 708-534-1414 • Fax: 708-534-5441 LATIN AMERICA.ANVILINTL. LOUISIANA. NEW MEXICO. MASSACHUSETTS. FLORIDA. NORTH AND SOUTH DAKOTA. PUERTO RICO & MEXICO Art Gutierrez. REGIONAL SERVICE CENTERS INTERNATIONAL SALES NORTH EAST SERVICE CENTER SOUTHERN SERVICE CENTER CANADA Servicing: CONNECTICUT. MAINE. RHODE ISLAND. TEXAS. CALIFORNIA. MISSOURI. NEW YORK. OREGON. WEST VIRGINIA. IOWA. WYOMING 2530 PE ARL BUCK ROAD BRI STOL. NEW JERSEY. NEBRASKA.